Skip to main content

Full text of "Scientist and professor of microbial chemistry at Berkeley : oral history transcript / 2001"

See other formats


University  of  California  •  Berkeley 


Regional  Oral  History  Office  University  of  California 

The  Bancroft  Library  Berkeley,  California 


Program  in  the  History  of  the  Biosciences  and  Biotechnology 


Horace  A.  Barker,  Ph.D. 
SCIENTIST  AND  PROFESSOR  OF  MICROBIAL  BIOCHEMISTRY  AT  BERKELEY 


With  an  Introduction  by 
Clinton  E.  Ballou,  Ph.D. 


Interviews  Conducted  by 

Sally  Smith  Hughes,  Ph.D. 

in  1998  and  1999 


Copyright  ©  2001  by  The  Regents  of  the  University  of  California 


Since  1954  the  Regional  Oral  History  Office  has  been  interviewing  leading 
participants  in  or  well-placed  witnesses  to  major  events  in  the  development  of 
northern  California,  the  West,  and  the  nation.  Oral  history  is  a  method  of 
collecting  historical  information  through  tape-recorded  interviews  between  a 
narrator  with  firsthand  knowledge  of  historically  significant  events  and  a  well- 
informed  interviewer,  with  the  goal  of  preserving  substantive  additions  to  the 
historical  record.  The  tape  recording  is  transcribed,  lightly  edited  for 
continuity  and  clarity,  and  reviewed  by  the  interviewee.  The  corrected 
manuscript  is  indexed,  bound  with  photographs  and  illustrative  materials,  and 
placed  in  The  Bancroft  Library  at  the  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  and  in 
other  research  collections  for  scholarly  use.  Because  it  is  primary  material, 
oral  history  is  not  intended  to  present  the  final,  verified,  or  complete 
narrative  of  events.  It  is  a  spoken  account,  offered  by  the  interviewee  in 
response  to  questioning,  and  as  such  it  is  reflective,  partisan,  deeply  involved, 
and  irreplaceable. 

********************** ************** 

All  uses  of  this  manuscript  are  covered  by  a  legal  agreement 
between  The  Regents  of  the  University  of  California  and  Horace  M. 
Barker  dated  January  14,  1999.  The  manuscript  is  thereby  made 
available  for  research  purposes.  All  literary  rights  in  the 
manuscript,  including  the  right  to  publish,  are  reserved  to  The 
Bancroft  Library  of  the  University  of  California,  Berkeley.  No  part 
of  the  manuscript  may  be  quoted  for  publication  without  the  written 
permission  of  the  Director  of  The  Bancroft  Library  of  the  University 
of  California,  Berkeley. 

Requests  for  permission  to  quote  for  publication  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Regional  Oral  History  Office,  486  Bancroft  Library, 
Mail  Code  6000,  University  of  California,  Berkeley  94720-6000,  and 
should  include  identification  of  the  specific  passages  to  be  quoted, 
anticipated  use  of  the  passages,  and  identification  of  the  user. 
The  legal  agreement  with  Horace  M.  Barker  requires  that  he  be 
notified  of  the  request  and  allowed  thirty  days  in  which  to  respond. 


It  is  recommended  that  this  oral  history  be  cited  as  follows; 


Horace  M.  Barker,  Ph.D.,  "Scientist  and 
Professor  of  Microbial  Biochemistry  at 
Berkeley,"  an  oral  history  conducted  in 
1998  and  1999  by  Sally  Smith  Hughes, 
Ph.D.,  Regional  Oral  History  Office,  The 
Bancroft  Library,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  2001. 


Copy  no. 


Horace  Albert  Barker 


New  York  Times.  January  10, 
2001. 


Horace  Barker,  93,  Scientist 
Who  Studied  Body  Chemistry 


By  WOLFGANG  SAXON 

Dr.  Horace  Albert  Barker,  a  mi- 
crobiologist  and  biochemist  who 
helped  to  unravel  the  complex  pro 
cesses  of  chemical  conversion  inside 
living  organisms,  died  on  Dec.  24  at 
his  home  in  Berkeley,  Calif.  He  was 
93. 

Dr.  Barker  made  his  mark  in  the 
1950's  by  tracing  the  biochemical 
function  of  vitamin  B12.  His  investi 
gation  helped  explain  complex  ways 
chemistry  works  in  the  body. 

Earlier,  in  1944,  he  was  on  a  team 
of  researchers  that  detected  the  role 
of  enzymes  when  living  cells  synthe 
size  sucrose.  The  researchers  gained 
that  insight  with  one  of  the  earliest 
laboratory  uses  of  radioactive  car- 
bon-14  tracers,  a  technique  Dr.  Bark 
er  helped  pioneer. 

For  his  work,  specifically  that  in 
volving  vitamin  B12,  Dr.  Barker  re 
ceived  one  of  the  12  National  Medals 
of  Science  for  1968  from  President 
Lyndon  B.  Johnson. 

Born  in  Oakland,  Calif.,  Horace 
Barker  graduated  in  1929  from  Stan 
ford  University,  where  he  also  re 
ceived  a  Ph.D.  in  chemistry  four 
years  later. 

Dr.  Barker  became  an  instructor 
in  soil  microbiology  at  the  University 
of  California  in  1936.  He  was  named  a 
professor  in  the  department  of  bio 
chemistry  when  it  was  set  up  in  1959 


Jane  Scherr.  1992 


',  Dr.  Horace  A.  Barker 


and  served  as  chairman  in  the  1960's. 

Dr.  Barker's  studies  dealt  with  vi 
tamin  B12  coenzymes,  vitamin 
chemistry,  bacterial  metabolism, 
fatty  acid  oxidation  and  synthesis, 
carbohydrate  transformations,  and 
amino  acid  and  purine  metabolism. 
Together,  the  studies  helped  build  a 
foundation  for  much  of  what  is 
known  today  of  metabolism  and  its 
role  in  sickness  and  health. 

Working  with  a  common  soil  bac 
terium  dredged  from  the  mud  of  San 
Francisco  Bay,  Dr.  Barker  led  a  re 
search  team  that  in  1959  discovered 
vitamin  B12  coenzyme,  an  active 
form  of  vitamin  B12,  deployed  in 
vital  chemical  conversions  in  the 
body.  He  then  mapped  out  many  of 
the  metabolic  reactions  this  entails. 

In  doing  so,  Dr.  Barker  clarified 
the  vitamin  B12  coenzyme's  role  in 
building  body  tissue.  This  in  turn 
contributed  to  the  understanding  of 
several  diseases,  including  perni 
cious  anemia  caused  by  a  deficiency 
of  vitamin  B12. 

Dr.  Barker  wrote  or  helped  write 
some  230  scientific  publications. 
Among  his  honors  was  his  election  to 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences 
and  to  the  American  Academy  of 
Arts  and  Sciences. 

Dr.  Barker  is  survived  by  two' 
daughters,  Barbara  B.  Friede,  of 
Piedmont,  Calif.,  and  Elizabeth  F. 
Mark,  of  Lexington,  Mass.;  a  son, 
Robert  H.,  of  Camino,  Calif.;  and 
four  grandchildren.  His  wife,  Marga 
ret  McDowell  Barker,  died  in  1995 
after  62  years  of  marriage. 

Dr.  Barker  retired  with  emeritus 
status  in  1975  but  remained  active  in 
the  biochemistry  department  at 
Berkeley  well  after  turning  80. 


Cataloguing  information 


Horace  A.  Barker,  Ph.D.  (1907-2000)  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

Scientist  and  Professor  of  Microbial  Biochemistry  at  Berkeley,   2001,  xix, 
118  pp. 

Stanford  University,  thesis  in  chemistry,  interest  in  botany;  work  with 
Cornelius  van  Niel,  Hopkins  Marine  Station;  fellow,  Microbiology  Laboratory, 
Polytechnical  School,  Delft,  Holland;  Berkeley,  1936-75:  soil  microbiologist, 
Agriculture  Experiment  Station,  1936-50;  Dept.  of  Biochemistry,  1950-75: 
discusses  program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry,  Dept.  of  Bacteriology,  Virus 
Laboratory;  research:  photosynthetic  bacteria,  enzymatic  synthesis  of  sucrose, 
B12  coenzyme,  use  of  radioactive  tracers  from  Berkeley  cyclotron,  patent  on  B12 
process;  comments  on  scientists:  C.  B.  van  Niel,  A.  J.  Kluyver,  Sam  Ruben, 
Martin  Kamen,  Ernest  and  John  Lawrence,  Wendell  Stanley,  and  others. 

Introduction  by  Clinton  E.  Ballou,  Ph.D.,  Professor  Emeritus, 
Biochemistry,  UC  Berkeley. 

Interviewed  1998-1999  by  Sally  Smith  Hughes  for  the  Program  in  the 
History  of  Biosciences  and  Biotechnology,  Regional  Oral  History  Office, 
The  Bancroft  Library,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  2001. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS- -Horace  A.  Barker 

SERIES  HISTORY  by  Sally  Smith  Hughes  i 

INTRODUCTION  by  Clinton  E.  Ballou  vii 

INTERVIEW  HISTORY  by  Sally  Smith  Hughes  xvi 

BIOGRAPHICAL  INFORMATION  xix 


I  HIGHER  EDUCATION,  1926-1936  1 
Stanford  University,  1926-1933  1 

Research  Assistant  with  C.  V.  Taylor,  1930-1931  1 

Thesis  in  the  Chemistry  Department  2 

Early  Interest  in  Botany  3 

Cornelius  van  Niel  and  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station,  Pacific 

Grove,  California,  1931-1935  5 

Van  Niel  as  a  Personality  5 

Work  with  J.  P.  Baumberger,  Summer  1931  5 

Working  with  van  Niel  6 

Van  Niel's  Microbiology  Course  7 

Rockefeller  Foundation  Fellow,  Microbiology  Laboratory, 

Polytechnical  School,  Delft,  1935-1936  8 
Physical  Layout  and  Operation  of  the  Microbiology 

Laboratory  8 

Research  on  Methane-producing  Bacteria  10 

The  Enrichment  Culture  Technique  11 

II  BIOCHEMIST  AT  BERKELEY,  1936-1975  12 
Faculty  Member  and  Soil  Microbiologist,  UCB  Agriculture 

Experiment  Station,  1936-1950  12 

First  Position  at  Berkeley  12 

Early  Faculty  Members  in  the  Berkeley  Agricultural  Program    13 

Teaching  16 

Early  Courses  16 

The  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry  18 

Schism  in  the  Department  of  Bacteriology  19 

Research  with  Radioactive  Tracers  20 

Collaborations  with  Sam  Ruben  and  Martin  Kamen  20 

Early  Tracer  Experiments  23 

Wendell  Stanley  26 

Interaction  with  Campus  Groups  Doing  Biochemistry  27 

The  Delft  Laboratory  of  Microbiology  29 

Orientation  towards  Microbial  Biochemistry  and  Natural 

History  29 

Physical  Layout  and  Personnel  30 

Dr.  Barker's  Research  32 

More  on  van  Niel  34 

Research  on  Photosynthetic  Bacteria  34 


Lectures  35 

More  on  Dr.  Barker's  Arrival  at  Berkeley  37 

Soil  Microbiology  37 

Faculty  38 

Equipment  for  Microbial  Research  38 

More  on  Enzymatic  Synthesis  of  Sucrose  39 

More  on  Research  with  Radioactive  Tracers  41 

Access  to  the  Cyclotron  41 

Tracer  Use  of  Cu  41 

Ernest  and  John  Lawrence  42 

Tracer  Research  with  Martin  Kamen  43 

Research  on  B12  Coenzyme  44 

Microbial  Culture  Collections  45 

Barker's  Collection  at  Berkeley  45 

The  Culture  Collection  at  the  Microbiology  Laboratory, 

Delft  47 

Van  Niel's  Collection  48 

More  on  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry  50 

Faculty  Participants  50 

I.  L.  Chaikoff  and  the  Medical  School  51 

More  on  Faculty  Participants  51 

Student  Participation  52 

Seminars  54 

Teaching  56 

Course  in  Soil  Microbiology  56 

The  van  Niel  Approach  to  Biochemistry  56 

Barker's  Teaching  Style  58 

Research  on  Anaerobic  Bacteria  59 

TAPE  GUIDE  60 

APPENDIX  61 

H.  A.  Barker  correspondence,  B-12  research  62 

U.S.  Patent  3,037,016  66 
"Explorations  of  Bacterial  Metabolism,"  H.  A.  Barker,  Ann.  Rev. 

Biochem.  1978.  47:1-33  75 

Horace  A.  Barker,  Curriculum  Vitae  108 

Obituary,  UC  Berkeley  Media  Release,  January  8,  2001  110 

Memorial  Service  Program  113 

INDEX  117 


BIOTECHNOLOGY  SERIES  HISTORY--Sally  Smith  Hughes,  Ph.D. 


Genesis  of  the  Program  in  the  History  of  the  Biological  Sciences  and 
Biotechnology 

In  1996,  a  long-held  dream  of  The  Bancroft  Library  came  true  with  the 
launching  of  its  Program  in  the  History  of  the  Biological  Sciences  and 
Biotechnology.   For  years,  Bancroft  had  wished  to  document  the  history  of 
the  biological  sciences  on  the  Berkeley  campus,  particularly  its 
contributions  to  the  development  of  molecular  biology.   Bancroft  has  strong 
holdings  in  the  history  of  the  physical  sciences  —  the  papers  of  E.O. 
Lawrence,  Luis  Alvarez,  Edwin  McMillan,  and  other  campus  figures  in  physics 
and  chemistry,  as  well  as  a  number  of  related  oral  histories.   These 
materials  support  Berkeley's  History  of  Science  faculty,  as  well  as 
scholars  from  across  the  country  and  around  the  world. 

Although  the  university  is  located  next  to  the  greatest  concentration 
of  biotechnology  companies  in  the  world,  Bancroft  had  no  coordinated 
program  to  document  the  industry  nor  its  origins  in  academic  biology.   For 
a  decade,  the  staff  of  the  Regional  Oral  History  Office  had  sought  without 
success  to  raise  funds  for  an  oral  history  program  to  record  the 
development  of  the  industry  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  Area.   When  Charles 
Faulhaber  arrived  in  1995  as  Bancroft's  new  director,  he  agreed  to  the  need 
to  establish  a  Bancroft  program  to  capture  and  preserve  the  collective 
memory  and  papers  of  university  and  corporate  scientists  and  the  pioneers 
who  created  the  biotechnology  industry.   He  too  saw  the  importance  of 
documenting  the  history  of  a  science  and  industry  which  influences 
virtually  every  field  of  the  life  sciences,  generates  constant  public 
interest  and  controversy,  and  raises  serious  questions  of  public  policy. 
Preservation  of  this  history  was  obviously  vital  for  a  proper  understanding 
of  science  and  business  in  the  late  twentieth  century. 

Bancroft  was  the  ideal  location  to  launch  such  an  historical 
endeavor.   It  offered  the  combination  of  experienced  oral  history  and 
archival  personnel,  and  technical  resources  to  execute  a  coordinated  oral 
history  and  archival  program.   It  had  an  established  oral  history  series  in 
the  biological  sciences,  an  archival  division  called  the  History  of  Science 
and  Technology  Program,  and  the  expertise  to  develop  comprehensive  records 
management  plans  to  safeguard  the  archives  of  individuals  and  businesses 
making  significant  contributions  to  molecular  biology  and  biotechnology. 
It  also  had  longstanding  cooperative  arrangements  with  UC  San  Francisco  and 
Stanford  University,  the  other  research  universities  in  the  San  Francisco 
Bay  Area.   The  history  of  biotech  project  was  to  provide  a  basis  for 
continuing  collaboration  among  the  three  institutions  in  the  documentation 
of  recent  science  and  technology  through  oral  history  and  archival 
collection.   The  only  ingredient  missing  was  funding. 


ii 


In  April  1996,  the  dream  became  reality.   Daniel  E.  Koshland,  Jr. 
provided  seed  money  for  a  center  at  The  Bancroft  Library  for  historical 
research  on  the  biological  sciences  and  biotechnology.   Thanks  to  this 
generous  gift,  Bancroft  has  begun  to  build  an  integrated  collection  of 
research  materials—primarily  oral  history  transcripts,  personal  papers, 
and  archival  collections—related  to  the  history  of  the  biological  sciences 
and  biotechnology  in  university  and  industry  settings.   One  of  the  first 
steps  was  to  create  a  board  composed  of  distinguished  figures  in  academia 
and  industry  who  advise  on  the  direction  of  the  oral  history  and  archival 
components.   The  Program's  initial  concentration  is  on  the  San  Francisco 
Bay  Area  and  northern  California.   But  its  ultimate  aim  is  to  document  the 
growth  of  molecular  biology  as  an  independent  field  of  the  life  sciences, 
and  the  subsequent  revolution  which  established  biotechnology  as  a  key 
contribution  of  American  science  and  industry. 

UCSF  Library,  with  its  strong  holdings  in  the  biomedical  sciences,  is 
a  collaborator  on  the  archival  portion  of  the  Program.   David  Farrell, 
Bancroft's  curator  of  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology,  serves  as 
liaison.   In  February  1998,  Robin  Chandler,  head  of  UCSF  Archives  and 
Special  Collections,  completed  a  survey  of  corporate  archives  at  local 
biotechnology  companies  and  document  collections  of  Berkeley  and  UCSF 
faculty  in  the  biomolecular  sciences.   The  ultimate  aim  is  to  ensure  that 
personal  papers  and  business  archives  are  collected,  cataloged,  and  made 
available  for  scholarly  research. 


Project  Structure 

With  the  board's  advice,  Sally  Hughes,  a  science  historian  at  the 
Regional  Oral  History  Office,  began  lengthy  interviews  with  Robert  Swanson, 
a  co-founder  and  former  CEO  of  Genentech  in  South  San  Francisco;  Arthur 
Kornberg,  a  Nobel  laureate  at  Stanford;  and  Paul  Berg,  also  a  Stanford 
Nobel  laureate.   A  short  interview  was  conducted  with  Niels  Reimers  of  the 
Stanford  and  UCSF  technology  licensing  offices.   These  oral  histories  build 
upon  ones  conducted  in  the  early  1990s,  under  UCSF  or  Stanford  auspices, 
with  scientists  at  these  two  universities.1  The  oral  histories  offer  a 
factual,  contextual,  and  vivid  personal  history  that  enriches  the  archival 
collection,  adding  information  that  is  not  usually  present  in  written 
documents.   In  turn,  the  archival  collections  support  and  provide  depth  to 
the  oral  history  narrations. 


'Hughes  conducted  oral  histories  with  Herbert  Boyer,  William  Rutter, 
and  Keith  Yamamoto  of  UCSF,  and  with  Stanley  Cohen  of  Stanford.  To  date, 
the  first  volume  of  the  oral  history  with  Dr.  Rutter  is  available  at  the 
Bancroft  and  UCSF  libraries;  transcripts  of  the  other  interviews  are 
currently  under  review  by  the  interviewees. 


Ill 


Primary  and  Secondary  Sources 

This  oral  history  program  both  supports  and  is  supported  by  the 
written  documentary  record.   Primary  and  secondary  source  materials  provide 
necessary  information  for  conducting  the  interviews  and  also  serve  as 
essential  resources  for  researchers  using  the  oral  histories.   The  oral 
histories  also  orient  scholars  unfamiliar  with  the  field  or  the  scientist 
to  key  issues  and  participants.   Such  orientation  is  particularly  useful  to 
a  researcher  faced  with  voluminous,  scattered,  and  unorganized  primary 
sources.   This  two-way  "dialogue"  between  the  documents  and  the  oral 
histories  is  essential  for  valid  historical  interpretation. 

Beginning  with  the  first  interviews  in  1992,  the  interviewer  has 
conducted  extensive  documentary  research  in  both  primary  and  secondary 
materials.   She  gratefully  acknowledges  the  generosity  of  the  scientists 
who  have  made  their  personal  records  available  to  her:  Paul  Berg,  Stanley 
Cohen,  Arthur  Kornberg,  William  Rutter,  and  Keith  Yamamoto.   She  also 
thanks  the  archivists  at  Bancroft,  UCSF,  and  Stanford  libraries,  and 
personnel  at  Chiron,  Genentech,  and  Stanford's  Office  of  Technology 
Licensing,  for  assistance  in  using  archival  collections. 


Oral  History  Process 

The  oral  history  methodology  used  in  this  program  is  that  of  the 
Regional  Oral  History  office,  founded  in  1954  and  producer  of  over  1,600 
oral  histories.   The  method  consists  of  research  in  primary  and  secondary 
sources;  systematic  recorded  interviews;  transcription,  light  editing  by 
the  interviewer,  and  review  and  approval  by  the  interviewee;  library 
deposition  of  bound  volumes  of  transcripts  with  table  of  contents, 
introduction,  interview  history,  and  index;  cataloging  in  UC  Berkeley  and 
national  online  library  networks  (MELVYL,  RLIN,  and  OCLC) ;  and  publicity 
through  ROHO  news  releases  and  announcements  in  scientific,  medical,  and 
historical  journals  and  newsletters  and  via  the  ROHO  and  UCSF  Library  Web 
pages. 

Oral  history  as  a  historical  technique  has  been  faulted  for  its 
reliance  on  the  vagaries  of  memory,  its  distance  from  the  events  discussed, 
and  its  subjectivity.   All  three  criticisms  are  valid;  hence  the  necessity 
for  using  oral  history  documents  in  conjunction  with  other  sources  in  order 
to  reach  a  reasonable  historical  interpretation.1  Yet  these  acknowledged 
weaknesses  of  oral  history,  particularly  its  subjectivity,  are  also  its 
strength.   Often  individual  perspectives  provide  information  unobtainable 
through  more  traditional  sources.   Oral  history  in  skillful  hands  provides 
the  context  in  which  events  occur-- the  social,  political,  economic,  and 


'The  three  criticisms  leveled  at  oral  history  also  apply  in  many  cases 
to  other  types  of  documentary  sources. 


iv 


institutional  forces  which  shape  the  course  of  events.   It  also  places  a 
personal  face  on  history  which  not  only  enlivens  past  events  but  also  helps 
to  explain  how  individuals  affect  historical  developments. 

An  advantage  of  a  series  of  oral  histories  on  a  given  topic,  in  this 
case  molecular  biology  and  biotechnology,  is  that  the  information  each 
contains  is  cumulative  and  interactive.   Through  individual  accounts,  a 
series  can  present  the  complexities  and  interconnections  of  the  larger 
picture.   Thus  the  whole  (the  series)  is  greater  than  the  sum  of  its  parts 
(the  individual  oral  histories),  and  should  be  considered  as  a  totality. 


Emerging  Themes 

Although  the  oral  history  program  is  still  in  its  infancy,  several 
themes  are  emerging.   One  is  "technology  transfer,"  the  complicated  process 
by  which  scientific  discovery  moves  from  the  university  laboratory  to 
industry  where  it  contributes  to  the  manufacture  of  commercial  products. 
The  oral  histories  show  that  this  trajectory  is  seldom  a  linear  process, 
but  rather  is  influenced  by  institutional  and  personal  relationships, 
financial  and  political  climate,  and  so  on. 

Another  theme  is  the  importance  of  personality  in  the  conduct  of 
science  and  industry.   These  oral  histories  testify  to  the  fact  that  who 
you  are,  what  you  have  and  have  not  achieved,  whom  you  know,  and  how  you 
relate  has  repercussions  for  the  success  or  failure  of  an  enterprise, 
whether  scientific  or  commercial.   Oral  history  is  probably  better  than  any 
other  methodology  for  documenting  these  personal  dimensions  of  history. 
Its  vivid  descriptions  of  personalities  and  events  not  only  make  history 
vital  and  engaging,  but  also  contribute  to  an  understanding  of  why 
circumstances  occurred  in  the  manner  they  did. 

Molecular  biology  and  biotechnology  are  fields  with  high  scientific 
and  commercial  stakes.   As  one  might  expect,  the  oral  histories  reveal  the 
complex  interweaving  of  scientific,  business,  social,  and  personal  factors 
shaping  these  fields.   The  expectation  is  that  the  oral  histories  will 
serve  as  fertile  ground  for  research  by  present  and  future  scholars 
interested  in  any  number  of  different  aspects  of  this  rich  and  fascinating 
history. 

Update.  September  2001 

In  early  2001,  the  Program  in  the  History  of  the  Biological  Sciences 
and  Biotechnology  was  given  great  impetus  by  Genentech's  generous  pledge  of 
one  million  dollars  to  support  documentation  of  the  biotechnology  industry. 
At  an  initial  meeting  of  Genentech  and  Library  personnel  in  November  2000, 
it  was  agreed  that  the  initial  phase  of  the  Genentech-supported  project  in 
the  company's  twenty-fifth  anniversary  year  should  focus  on  oral  histories 


V 


with  current  and  former  Genentech  employees.  Archival  collection,  on  the 
other  hand,  was  designated  as  a  long-term  process  because  of  the  greater 
necessity  to  gather  oral  documentation  while  minds  are  clear  and  because  of 
Genentech 's  present  need  to  retain  many  corporate  documents  for  legal  and 
other  reasons . 

On  October  15,  2001,  The  Bancroft  Library  will  celebrate  Genentech' s 
twenty- fifth  anniversary  and  acknowledge  its  generosity  to  the  Program  by 
formally  presenting  the  oral  histories  of  Herbert  W.  Boyer  and  Robert  A. 
Swanson,  the  company's  founders.   Oral  histories  are  currently  in  progress 
with  the  following  individuals  presently  or  formerly  at  Genentech:  David 
Goeddel,  Arthur  Levinson,  Fred  Middleton,  Richard  Scheller,  and  Daniel 
Yansura.   Oral  histories  are  also  completed  or  in  progress  with  individuals 
at  Chiron  Corporation  and  Tularik,  Inc.   The  next  phase  will  expand 
documentation  to  other  biotechnology  companies. 

Location  of  the  Oral  Histories 

Copies  of  the  oral  histories  are  available  at  the  Bancroft,  UCSF,  and 
UCLA  libraries.   They  also  may  be  purchased  at  cost  through  the  Regional 
Oral  History  Office.   Some  of  the  oral  histories,  with  more  to  come,  are 
available  on  The  Bancroft  Library's  History  of  the  Biological  Sciences  and 
Biotechnology  Website:  http://www.lib.berkeley.edu/BANC/Biotech/. 


Sally  Smith  Hughes,  Ph.D. 
Historian  of  Science 

Regional  Oral  History  Office 
The  Bancroft  Library 
University  of  California,  Berkeley 
October  2001' 


vi 


Program  in  the  History  of  the  Biological  Sciences  and  Biotechnology 

Completed  Oral  Histories 

November  2001 


Horace  A.  Barker,  Scientist  and  Professor  of  Microbial  Biochemistry  at 
Berkeley,  2001 

Paul  Berg,  Ph.D.,  A  Stanford  Professor's  Career  in  Biochemistry,  Science 
Politics,  and  the  Biotechnology  Industry,  2000 

Herbert  W.  Boyer,  Ph.D.,  Recombinant  DNA  Research  at  UCSF  and  Commercial 
Application  at  Genentech,  2001 

Arthur  Kornberg,  M.D.,  Biochemistry  at  Stanford,  Biotechnology  at  DNAX,  1998 

Niels  Reimers,  Stanford's  Office  of  Technology  Licensing  and  the  Cohen /Boyer 
Cloning  Patents,  1998 

William  J.  Rutter,  Ph.D.,  The  Department  of  Biochemistry  and  the  Molecular 

Approach  to  Biomedicine  at  the  University  of  California,  San  Francisco, 
Volume  I,  1998 

Robert  A.  Swanson,  M.S.,  Co-Founder,  CEO,  and  Chairman  of  Genentech,  Inc., 
1976-1996,  2001 


Oral  Histories  in  Process 


Stanley  N.  Cohen,  M.D. 

David  Goeddel,  Ph.D. 

Dennis  Kleid,  Ph.D. 

Daniel  E.  Koshland,  Ph.D. 

Marian  E.  Koshland,  Ph.D.,  retrospective 

Arthur  Levinson,  Ph.D. 

Fred  Middleton 

Thomas  Perkins 

Reorganization  of  Biology  at  UC  Berkeley 

William  Rutter,  Ph.D.,  Volume  II 

Richard  Scheller,  Ph.D. 


vii 
INTRODUCTION  by  Clinton  E.  Ballou,  Ph.D. 


Professor  H.  A.  Barker  was  born  on  November  29,  1907,  in  Oakland, 
California,  where  he  grew  up  not  far  from  Lake  Merritt.   At  an  early 
age,  he  was  given  the  nickname  "Nook"  by  family  members,  who  saw  a  close 
resemblance  to  a  popular  cartoon  character  with  a  similar  name  (1). 
This  nickname  stayed  with  him  all  his  life  and  was  adopted  widely  by 
friends  and  colleagues.   Later,  in  official  correspondence,  he  signed 
his  name  "Horace,"  although  on  less  formal  documents  he  occasionally 
used  "Al,"  a  variant  of  his  middle  name.   He  was  introduced  to  his 
favorite  avocation  at  an  early  age,  when  he  went  trout  fishing  on  some 
of  the  small  streams  that  flowed  from  the  Oakland  and  Berkeley  Hills 
into  San  Francisco  Bay  (2),  and  this  love  for  nature  and  the  outdoors 
lasted  throughout  his  life.   When  he  was  eleven,  the  family  moved  to 
Palo  Alto  where  his  father,  Albert  C.  Barker,  was  a  teacher  and  school 
administrator  (3).   Before  their  marriage,  both  of  his  parents  had 
attended  Stanford  University,  where  his  future  mother,  Nettie  Hindry, 
obtained  degrees  in  classical  literature  and  Latin,  and  it  is  possible 
that  the  name  Horace  reflected  her  classical  interests. 

Barker  has  noted  that  "Both  my  father  and  mother  were  very  fond  of 
the  outdoors  and  so  each  summer  we  spent  a  month  or  more,  whenever 
possible,  camping  in  the  Sierras,  and  living  a  quiet  and  simple  life  in 
close  contact  with  Nature.   This  resulted  in  my  developing  a 
considerable  familiarity  with  plants  and  animals,  and  the  physical 
environment,  and  perhaps  even  more  important,  developing  a  sense  of 
satisfaction  and  accomplishment  in  relatively  solitary  activities  such 
as  fishing,  hiking,  and  exploring  new  areas;  this  attitude  was  easily 
carried  over  to  scientific  work  in  a  laboratory."  (3)   He  also  developed 
an  interest  in  music,  played  the  piano,  and,  after  graduation  from  high 
school,  spent  a  year  in  Germany  with  his  family  where  he  "learned 
German,  read  classical  German  literature,  and  went  to  innumerable  operas 
and  concerts  of  every  kind."  (3)   In  1925,  he  entered  Stanford 
University,  obtained  an  undergraduate  degree  in  physical  sciences,  and 
left  there  in  1933  with  a  Ph.D.  in  Chemistry.   While  at  Stanford,  he 
also  met  and  married  Margaret  D.  McDowell,  with  whom  he  had  three 
children,  Barbara  Freide  of  Piedmont,  California,  Betsy  Mark  of 
Lexington,  Massachusetts,  and  Bob  Barker  of  Camino,  California. 

In  his  oral  history,  it  is  made  clear  that  the  three  years 
following  his  graduation  from  Stanford  were  a  formative  time  in 
stimulating  his  interest  in  microbiology  and  then  concentrating  his 
attention  on  microbial  biochemistry  as  the  focus  of  his  academic  career. 
In  1933,  Barker  set  out  on  a  two-year  fellowship  to  study  with  C.  B. 
van  Niel  at  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station  on  Monterey  Bay.  He  was  the  first 
postdoctoral  student  of  this  young  Stanford  assistant  professor  who  was 
to  become  an  icon  of  microbiology  and  a  magnet  that,  over  several 


viii 

decades,  attracted  many  scientists  with  an  interest  in  microbiology  to 
enroll  in  his  famous  summer  course  at  the  station.   Although  Barker  had 
developed  some  interest  in  biology  as  an  undergraduate,  particularly 
botany,  it  was  at  Pacific  Grove  that  he  really  committed  to  the  subject. 
He  once  recalled  with  awe  how  he  would  meet  regularly  with  van  Niel  for 
a  one-on-one  lecture,  given  entirely  without  notes,  that  might  run  for 
an  hour  or  more  while  delving  deeply  into  some  current  topic.  (3) 

Barker  also  credited  van  Niel  with  introducing  him  to  the  valuable 
technique  of  enrichment  culture  for  the  isolation  of  microorganisms 
capable  of  effecting  almost  any  desired  biochemical  reaction.   I  was  a 
beneficiary  of  this  indoctrination  when,  in  the  1960s,  my  research  on 
the  structure  of  yeast  mannans  was  stymied  for  lack  of  enzymes  that 
could  selectively  degrade  the  carbohydrate  chains.   In  frustration,  I 
sought  the  council  of  then  Professor  Barker,  who  advised  me  to  get  some 
rich  dirt,  put  it  in  a  test  tube  with  an  aqueous  solution  of  mannan,  and 
wait  until  something  grew  up.   Any  microorganism  that  grew  must  be  able 
to  hydrolyze  the  polysaccharide  to  give  free  mannose,  a  sugar  similar  to 
glucose,  that  the  organism  could  use  as  an  energy  source.   Success 
followed  success  with  several  different  mannans,  and  we  soon  had  a 
collection  of  bacterial  strains  for  the  isolation  of  different 
mannosidases  (enzymes)  with  which  we  could  take  the  polysaccharide  apart 
in  a  selective  and  stepwise  manner. 

When  his  fellowship  at  the  Marine  Station  ended  in  1935,  Barker 
backtracked  on  the  footsteps  of  his  mentor  van  Niel  to  study  for  a  year 
with  A.  J.  Kluyver  at  the  Delft  Microbiology  Laboratory.   It  was  during 
this  year  in  Holland  that  he  initiated  an  investigation  that  many  years 
later  would  lead  him  to  the  important  discovery  of  vitamin  B-12 
coenzymes.  (3)   Also,  during  this  year  Barker  received  an  invitation 
from  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley  to  join  the  Agriculture 
Experiment  Station  as  an  instructor  in  soil  microbiology,  an  opportunity 
he  attributed  to  van  Niel's  intercession.   Two  other  promising  young 
biologists,  William  Zev  Hassid  (in  plant  nutrition)  and  Michael 
Doudoroff  (in  bacteriology),  accepted  Berkeley  appointments  during  the 
same  era,  and  later  these  three  were  to  become  closely  associated  in 
teaching  and  research,  with  results  that  would  bring  distinction  to  the 
campus . 

In  his  oral  history,  Barker  emphasized  events  prior  to  1950,  when 
he  was  getting  started  at  Berkeley,  and  perhaps  these  years  were  the 
most  memorable  to  him  because  they  had  such  an  influence  on  his  later 
career.   It  would  be  unfortunate,  however,  for  anyone  reading  the 
history  to  come  away  without  a  more  complete  picture  of  the  man  and  his 
role  in  science.   To  bring  this  picture  into  focus,  it  is  helpful  to 
list  some  of  the  outstanding  scientists  who  as  students  gained  their 
training  with  Barker,  who  worked  as  visitors  in  his  laboratory,  or  with 
whom  he  had  an  important  association.   These  include  Earl  and  Thressa 
Stadtman,  Fritz  Lipmann,  Eugene  Kennedy,  Joseph  Wachsman,  Irwin 
Gunsalus,  Arthur  Kornberg,  Jesse  Rabinowitz,  Herbert  Weissbach,  Harry 


ix 

Hogenkamp,  Benjamin  Volcani,  Roscoe  Brady,  Gerhard  Gottschalk,  Bernard 
Horecker,  Ralph  Costilow,  Robert  Switzer,  Robert  Blakeley,  Ching  C. 
Wang,  and  Ernst  Winnacker.  (4)   Thus,  Barker  was  mentor  to  a  number  of 
young  scientists  who  went  on  to  outstanding  careers,  and  he  attracted 
many  distinguished  investigators  from  around  the  world  to  his  laboratory 
in  Berkeley. 

Barker's  major  research  activities  dealt  with  studies  on  anaerobic 
fermentation  by  bacteria.   He  elucidated  a  general  pathway  in  bacteria 
for  the  formation  of  methane  from  carbon  dioxide,  acetate  and  methanol, 
and  in  so  doing  he  was  the  first  to  demonstrate  (with  Sam  Ruben  and 
Martin  D.  Kamen)  the  use  of  the  long-lived  radioactive  isotope  carbon- 14 
"as  a  tracer  in  a  biological  system."  (5)   Then,  using  similar 
techniques,  he  demonstrated  the  reductive  incorporation  of  carbon 
dioxide  and  of  ethanol  into  short-chain  fatty  acids  and  various  amino 
acids.   Turning  his  attention  to  the  bacterial  fermentation  of  amino 
acids,  he  uncovered  new  pathways  for  their  decomposition  that,  with 
glutamate  as  a  substrate,  involved  a  novel  chain  rearrangement.   This 
reaction  was  found  to  be  dependent  on  vitamin  B-12,  which  led  Barker  to 
the  isolation  and  partial  characterization  of  the  coenzyme  forms  of  the 
vitamin,  reported  in  1960.   A  detailed  account  of  these  and  other 
studies  is  given  in  (3).   In  1964,  the  British  chemist  Dorothy  Hodgkin 
was  awarded  the  Nobel  Prize  for  her  work  on  vitamin  B-12  structure,  and 
many  of  his  colleagues  feel  that  Barker  could  have  shared  in  the  prize. 
This  view  was  supported  recently  by  Professor  J.  R.  Quayle,  F.R.S.,  who 
observed  that,  "Looking  back  at  Barker's  overall  achievements  there  is 
no  doubt  that  they  are  world-class,  at  the  Nobel  level.   He  entered  the 
field  of  bacterial  fermentations  when  mixed  cultures  were  the  order  of 
the  day.   He  and  [Robert]  Hungate  developed  pure  culture  isolation 
techniques  to  the  point  that  many  people  came  to  Berkeley  to  find  out 
how.   Barker's  intuition  and  meticulous  analytical  approach  reduced 
complex  fermentations  into  a  series  of  intellectually  elegant  equations 
and  carbon  balances.   In  this  he  could  be  matched  by  few.   He  entered 
the  methanogenesis  field  in  its  prehistoric  state  and,  again,  provided 
cultures  and  a  chemical  rationale  that  guided  workers  in  the  field  for 
years  to  come."  (6) 

In  unpublished  notes  prepared  by  Barker  in  1969  (5),  the  following 
two  sentences  appear.   "Before  coming  to  Berkeley  in  September  1936,  I 
had  investigated  the  biological  formation  of  methane  from  ethanol, 
acetate  and  butyrate  and  had  obtained  evidence  for  the  theory  of  C.  B. 
van  Niel  that  methane  is  formed  by  reduction  of  carbon  dioxide.   In  the 
fermentation  of  ethanol  in  the  presence  of  calcium  carbonate  by 
enrichment  cultures  of  methane  bacteria,  I  found  that  one  mole  of 
carbonate  was  reduced  to  methane  for  each  two  moles  of  ethanol  oxidized 
to  acetate."   Here  we  see  stated  the  topic  that  would  occupy  Barker  for 
much  of  his  career  as  he  sought  to  define  the  biochemical  mechanisms 
involved  in  such  a  seemingly  simple  transformation.   Although  he  was 
taken  on  several  side  journeys  along  the  way,  finding  the  mechanisms  and 
pathways  in  bacteria  by  which  carbon  dioxide  was  utilized  as  an  oxidant, 


by  which  methane  was  produced,  and  by  which  various  other  products 
resulted  from  the  fermentation  of  ethanol  and  amino  acids,  would  consume 
most  of  his  energy  for  the  years  to  come. 

Also  contained  in  one  of  these  sentences  is  a  hint  of  the  special 
characteristic  that  defined  Barker's  approach  to  science.   He  was 
careful  in  designing  his  experiments  and  meticulous  in  accounting  for 
the  stoichiometry  of  the  reactants  and  products  in  any  investigation. 
Because  of  this  practice,  he  was  led  to  insights  that  might  have  eluded 
the  less  attentive  investigator.   Thus,  when  he  wrote,  "I  found  that  one 
mole  of  carbonate  was  reduced  to  methane  for  each  two  moles  of  ethanol 
oxidized  to  acetate,"  (5)  one  could  rely  on  this  as  being  significant 
and  near  to  the  truth.   Sometimes,  however,  he  appeared  to  carry  this 
concern  for  numbers  and  accountability  to  an  extreme.   One  cold  winter 
day  in  December,  we  were  taking  a  trip  together  by  car  to  fish  for 
steelhead  on  the  Eel  River,  and  Barker  was  driving.   He  decided  to  stop 
for  gas,  and  I  was  surprised  when  he  withdrew  a  small  black  notebook 
from  the  glove  compartment  and  recorded  the  date  and  the  exact  mileage 
on  the  speedometer,  along  with  the  amount  of  gas  purchased  and  the  cost. 
I  also  saw  that  it  was  a  well-used  book  that  contained  page  after  page 
with  columns  of  similar  figures,  and  I  have  long  pondered  his  attention 
to  such  detail.   I  should  add  that  this  fishing  trip  also  revealed 
another  characteristic  of  Barker,  namely  the  persistent  determination 
with  which  he  approached  a  problem.   On  this  day,  the  problem  was  to 
catch  a  fish,  and  steelhead  are  not  the  easiest  quarry  to  pursue 
successfully.   After  about  eight  hours  of  fruitless  casting  on  that  cold 
and  blustery  day,  I  had  given  up,  but  Barker  continued  on  until,  when 
the  rest  of  us  had  reeled  in  our  lines  and  were  ready  to  leave,  he  set 
the  hook  and  eventually  landed  a  seven-pound  beauty.   Mission 
accomplished . 

In  his  daily  approach  to  science,  Barker  was  somewhat  detached  and 
completely  unperturbable.   He  did  not  concern  himself  with  the  real  or 
imagined  threat  from  competitors  that  motivates  many  scientists. 
Perhaps  he  sought  consciously  to  avoid  research  projects  where  the 
competition  was  extreme.   On  one  occasion,  however,  when  his  lab  was 
zeroing  in  on  the  B-12  coenzymes,  he  was  faced  with  such  a  situation. 
To  learn  first-hand  how  he  acted  at  the  time,  I  asked  Herbert  Weissbach, 
a  visiting  scientist  from  the  NIH  and  Barker's  main  collaborator  on  this 
project  from  1958-60,  to  share  his  experience.   He  wrote  (7)  "My  year 
with  Barker  was  truly  unforgettable.   I  would  not  say  he  was  'laid-back1 
but  he  certainly  had  complete  control  of  his  emotions .. .the  day  we 
showed  the  unknown  cofactor  for  the  conversion  of  glutamate  to  beta 
methyl  aspartate  was  a  derivative  of  vitamin  B-12.   I  had  taken  this 
orange  solution  which  had  a  spectrum  that  was  not  similar  to  anything 
known  and,  after  exposing  it  to  light,  the  color  changed  and  the  new 
spectrum  was  that  of  hydroxy  B-12.   This  must  have  been  in  July  or 
August,  on  the  day  before  Nook  was  to  leave  for  his  vacation  home.   I 
came  running  into  his  office  with  what  I  thought  was  exciting  news  and 
he  said  that  the  results  were  very  nice.   I  suggested  that  we  discuss 


xi 

what  experiments  to  do  and  put  together  a  manuscript  as  quickly  as 
possible.   He  just  continued  what  he  was  doing  and  said  it  could  wait 
until  after  he  came  back  from  vacation.   Having  come  from  the  NIH,  where 
in  a  similar  situation  the  manuscript  would  have  been  written  that  day, 
I  was  shocked  to  say  the  least.   I  remember  meeting  Esmond  Snell  in  the 
hall  and  telling  him  about  Nook's  reaction,  which  to  my  amazement  didn't 
surprise  him  at  all." 

In  the  1940s,  Barker,  Doudoroff,  and  Hassid  were  located  in 
neighboring  labs  on  the  third  floor  of  the  Life  Sciences  Building,  in 
what  today  might  be  considered  minimal  accommodations.   Fortunately  for 
science,  however,  this  close  association  brought  them  to  collaborate  on 
a  project  that  was  concerned  with  the  biosynthesis  of  sucrose,  ordinary 
table  sugar.   It  was  the  bacteriologist  Doudoroff  who  first  observed  the 
phosphate-dependent  cleavage  of  this  disaccharide  by  the  bacterium 
Pseudomonas  saccharophila,  which  produced  glucose  1-phosphate  and 
fructose.   The  enzyme  that  catalyzed  this  reaction  was  purified  and 
named  sucrose  phosphorylase.   Later,  Doudoroff  and  Hassid,  a 
carbohydrate  chemist,  showed  that  the  reaction  could  be  reversed  to  form 
a  nonreducing  sugar  that  appeared  to  be  sucrose.   At  this  time,  Barker 
joined  the  project,  probably  to  bring  his  chemical  training  to  bear  in 
proving  the  identity  of  the  putative  sucrose.   When  published,  this 
research  led  to  an  amusing  incident,  as  described  in  Hassid 's  obituary. 
(8)   "The  enzymatic  synthesis  of  sucrose  resulted  in  some  publicity  that 
came  to  the  attention  of  officials  of  the  Coca-Cola  company,  who  were 
having  difficulty  obtaining  sucrose  because  of  wartime  rationing.   The 
company  sent  a  representative  to  Berkeley  to  ascertain  whether 
commercial  quantities  of  sucrose  could  be  made  by  the  enzymatic  method. 
Hassid  and  his  associates  were  away  on  vacation  at  the  time,  so  the 
Coca-Cola  emissary  discussed  the  problem  with  (then  Dean)  Professor 
Hoagland  and  reported  that  his  company  was  prepared  to  provide  $500,000 
for  research  on  this  enzyme  if  a  commercial  process  of  sucrose  synthesis 
seemed  feasible.   Unfortunately,  Professor  Hoagland  was  pessimistic 
about  the  possibility  of  sweetening  Coca-Cola  by  this  method,  and  so 
further  support  of  research  on  sucrose  phosphorylase  was  left  to  the 
University  and  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service."  Considering  the 
magnitude  of  this  proposal,  one  can  only  wonder  about  the  outcome  had 
Dean  Hoagland  left  the  matter  for  Barker,  Doudoroff  and  Hassid  to 
negotiate  with  the  Coca-Cola  Company. 

Barker  has  described  his  role  in  facilitating  graduate  study  in 
biochemistry  at  Berkeley  by  helping  to  start  the  Comparative 
Biochemistry  Group  Major.   In  general,  group  majors  are  a  device  for 
bypassing  formalized  departmental  regulations  in  order  to  create 
interdepartmental  programs  that  accommodate  to  the  special  needs  of 
certain  students  and  faculty.   A  perceived  weakness,  according  to  some, 
is  that  the  relaxed  administration  of  such  programs  can  lead  to  less 
rigor  in  admission  requirements  and  to  poor  supervision  of  the  students. 
Regardless,  as  Barker  noted  (3),  "From  1936  to  1948  my  students  obtained 
advanced  degrees  in  the  graduate  curricula  of  Bacteriology, 


xii 

Microbiology,  or  Agricultural  Chemistry.   The  Biochemistry  Department  at 
Berkeley  during  that  period  was  part  of  the  Medical  School;  graduate 
degrees  in  biochemistry  were  not  available  to  students  studying  with 
other  faculty  members.   Since  many  students  in  other  departments  were 
doing  research  on  biochemical  problems  and  wished  to  be  recognized  as 
biochemists,  there  was  considerable  interest  among  both  students  and 
faculty  in  setting  up  an  academic  mechanism  for  giving  degrees  in 
biochemistry  outside  of  the  Biochemistry  Department."  Thus,  in  1948, 
Barker  helped  to  establish  a  Ph.D.  curriculum  in  comparative 
biochemistry,  which  he  administered  until  his  retirement  in  1975,  and 
during  which  time  about  seventy-five  students  were  awarded  degrees.   As 
he  notes,  the  later  performances  of  students  such  as  Elizabeth  Neufeld, 
Paul  Srere,  and  Earl  Stadtman  suggest  that  quality  did  not  suffer  during 
his  tenure  in  the  program.   In  1980,  there  were  eleven  such  group  majors 
in  the  biological  sciences,  the  one  in  comparative  biochemistry 
including  faculty  from  biochemistry,  cell  physiology,  chemical 
biodynamics,  chemistry,  entomology,  forestry,  immunology,  Lawrence 
Berkeley  Laboratory,  molecular  biology,  nutritional  science,  physiology- 
anatomy,  public  health,  and  UCSF  biochemistry  and  biophysics.  (9) 
Clearly,  the  group  majors  have  played  a  significant  role  on  the  Berkeley 
campus . 

In  his  formal  teaching,  Barker  concentrated  his  efforts  mainly  in 
two  areas .   One  was  an  undergraduate  laboratory  course  that  he  inherited 
upon  his  appointment  in  1937  from  C.  B.  Lipman.   This  course  initially 
dealt  with  soil  microbiology,  but  over  the  years  it  evolved  into  a  plant 
biochemistry  laboratory.   When  Barker  later  joined  the  biochemistry 
department  in  the  College  of  Letters  and  Science,  this  course  served  as 
a  model  for  the  Biochemistry  102L  Laboratory  that  for  many  years  was 
offered  by  the  department  for  nonmajor  students.   Barker  also  developed 
a  graduate  lecture  course  in  microbial  metabolism  in  collaboration  with 
Doudoroff ,  and  taught  the  course  in  the  Department  of  Bacteriology  with 
Doudoroff,  Roger  Stanier,  and  Edward  Adelberg.   In  all  of  his  teaching, 
Barker  was  straightforward,  methodical,  and  well-organized,  and  he  never 
indulged  in  showmanship  or  intentional  humor,  nor  did  he  consciously  aim 
to  be  entertaining.   He  gave  his  teaching  the  same  serious  consideration 
he  gave  to  his  research,  and  my  observations  suggest  that  the  students 
respected  him  for  this. 

During  his  career  at  Berkeley,  Barker  appears  to  have  been  a 
reluctant  administrator,  although  he  did  chair  the  small  departments  of 
plant  nutrition  (1949-50)  and  plant  biochemistry  (1950-53),  and  he 
served  two  years  as  chairman  of  the  biochemistry  department  (1962-64)  at 
the  difficult  time  when  it  was  preparing  to  move  into  new  quarters  and 
sever  connections  with  the  Virus  Laboratory.   Years  earlier,  when  the 
Biochemistry  and  Virus  Laboratory  was  completed  in  1951,  Barker  had 
moved  onto  the  third  floor  along  with  several  other  members  of  the  newly 
formed  Department  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry.   He  has  noted  (3)  that 
"Although  the  laboratories  were  an  improvement  over  those  we  had 
previously  occupied,  the  administrative  arrangements  in  the  building 


X1X1 

were  difficult  for  several  years  because  of  an  almost  constant  struggle 
over  authority  and  space."  This  is  a  muted  reference  to  his 
relationship  with  Wendell  Stanley,  who  was  recruited  in  1948  to  head  up 
the  new  biochemistry  department  in  the  College  of  Letters  and  Science 
and  to  serve  as  director  of  the  Virus  Laboratory.  (10)   Fortunately  for 
all  concerned,  this  source  of  conflict  was  eliminated  in  1964  when  most 
of  the  biochemistry  faculty  moved  to  a  new  building  at  the  west  end  of 
the  campus . 

In  one  of  the  experiments  carried  out  by  Barker  in  Delft,  he 
observed  the  accumulation  of  large  amounts  of  n-caproic  acid  during  the 
anaerobic  fermentation  of  ethanol  by  a  bacterium  he  had  isolated  by 
enrichment  culture,  and  Kluyver  brought  this  result  to  the  attention  of 
a  local  chemical  manufacturer  for  possible  exploitation.   Barker 
reports,  however,  "So  far  as  I  know  nothing  ever  came  of  this. 
Nevertheless,  the  company  provided  me  with  a  small  retainer  that  made  it 
possible,  the  following  year,  to  start  construction  of  a  cabin  in  the 
mountains  of  California  we  still  use  each  summer."  (3)   This  cabin, 
built  in  1937  at  Silver  Lake  near  Mount  Lassen,  is  well-known  to  many  of 
Barker's  friends  and  colleagues  who  have  been  lucky  enough  to  spend  a 
few  days  there  with  him  and  his  wife  Margaret  during  the  wonderful 
summer  days  that  visit  the  northern  Sierras.   They  loved  books  and  often 
read  to  each  other  at  home  or  at  Silver  Lake.   The  lake  was  also  a  place 
for  playing  the  word  game  Scrabble,  and  my  wife  and  I  often  competed 
with  them  in  the  evening  before  a  roaring  fire  in  their  cabin.   Margaret 
always  seemed  to  command  the  broadest  and  most  esoteric  vocabulary,  but 
her  husband  was  a  superior  tactician  when  it  came  to  utilizing  the 
available  word  combinations. 

Visitors  to  the  cabin  were  always  taken  on  long  hikes  to  the 
numerous  upper  lakes  in  the  so-called  wilderness  area,  and  along  the  way 
they  were  introduced  to  every  plant,  insect,  and  mammal  by  the  official 
Latin  names  and  were  given  a  description  of  their  most  interesting 
characteristics.   On  my  first  visit  to  Silver  Lake  about  1970,  I  asked 
Barker  if  he  had  a  map  I  could  use  while  hiking  by  myself.   He  pulled  a 
sheet  of  yellow  paper  from  a  drawer  and  drew  from  memory  all  of  the 
trails,  cliffs,  ponds,  and  lakes  for  the  surrounding  five  mile  area,  and 
on  it  he  indicated  the  best  places  to  fish  on  each  lake.   My  personal 
map  was  done  with  such  accuracy  that  I  still  use  it  today,  some  thirty 
years  later.   The  only  thing  it  lacks  is  the  location  of  the  several 
small  "secret  lakes"  that  Barker  and  his  son  Bob  stocked  early  each 
spring  with  fingerlings  they  caught  and  transplanted  from  the  larger 
surrounding  lakes.   After  the  fish  matured  for  a  year  or  two  in  these 
food-rich  lakes,  the  Barkers  returned  to  harvest  the  reward.   This  and 
other  pleasant  activities  at  the  lake  served  to  draw  Barker  back  to  his 
cabin  each  summer  for  over  sixty  years. 

After  his  retirement  in  1975,  mandated  by  the  age  limit  then 
enforced  at  the  University  of  California,  Barker  maintained  a  regular 
schedule  of  attendance  on  campus.   Although  he  endured  a  heart  attack 


xiv 

while  hiking  at  Silver  Lake  in  1987  and  had  undergone  bypass  surgery,  he 
recovered  quickly  and  his  health  remained  good.   For  many  of  these  later 
years,  he  faithfully  attended  his  wife,  Margaret,  during  a  prolonged 
confinement  that  preceded  her  death  in  1995.   Shortly  after  his  ninety- 
third  birthday,  Barker  suffered  a  brief  illness  and  died  from  heart 
failure  at  his  home  in  Berkeley  on  December  24,  2000.  (11) 

In  ending  this  review,  it  is  fitting  to  recall  the  many  honors 
that  accrued  to  Barker  during  his  career  (12),  which  include  the  Sugar 
Research  Award  in  1945,  election  to  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  in 
1953,  the  Carl  Neuberg  Medal  in  1959,  the  Borden  Award  in  1962,  the 
California  Scientist  of  the  Year  Award  in  1965,  the  F.  G.  Hopkins  Medal 
of  the  British  Biochemical  Society  in  1967,  the  National  Medal  of 
Science  in  1968  presented  to  him  at  the  White  House  by  President  Lyndon 
Johnson,  and  the  University  of  California  Berkeley  Citation  in  1975.   In 
1988,  the  Biochemistry  Building  was  renamed  Barker  Hall  and  Barker's 
portrait  was  hung  in  the  lobby  where  it  will  long  bring  enduring 
recognition  to  this  remarkable  man. 


Clinton  E.  Ballou,  Ph.D. 
Professor  Emeritus,  Biochemistry 


February,  2001 

University  of  California,  Berkeley 


References 

1.  Barker's  son,  Bob,  suggested  (December  24,  2000)  that  "Nook"  is 
derived  from  "Snookums."  According  to  The  World  Encyclopedia  of 
Comics  (Maurice  Horn,  ed.,  Chelsea  House  Publishers,  1976), 
Snookums  is  the  name  of  the  infant  character  in  the  comic  strip 
"The  Newlyweds"  by  George  McManus,  published  as  a  newspaper  Sunday 
feature  from  1904-1918. 

2.  Personal  comment  by  H.  A.  Barker. 

3.  H.  A.  Barker,  "Explorations  of  Bacterial  Metabolism,"  Annual 
Reviews  of  Biochemistry  1978,  47:1-33. 

4.  H.  A.  Barker  curriculum  vitae  and  bibliography  (1978?). 

5.  H.  A.  Barker,  "Notes  on  the  history  of  biochemistry  at  Berkeley," 
December  15,  1969. 

6.  J.  R.  Quayle,  personal  communication,  January  26,  2001. 

7.  H.  Weissbach,  personal  communication,  January  5,  2001. 


XV 

8.  C.  E.  Ballou  and  H.  A.  Barker,  "Willaim  Zev  Hassid  (1899-1974)  A 
Biographical  Memoir,"  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  1979,  50:197-230. 

9.  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  General  Catalog  1980. 

10.  A.  N.  H.  Creager,  "Wendell  Stanley's  Dream  of  a  Free-standing 
Biochemistry  Department  at  the  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,"  Journal  of  the  History  of  Biology  1996,  29:331-360. 

11.  H.  A.  Barker  obituary,  San  Francisco  Chronicle,  January  5,  2001. 

12.  American  Men  and  Women  of  Science,  15th  edition,  R.  R.  Bowker  Co., 
1982. 


xvi 
INTERVIEW  HISTORY—Horace  A.  Barker 


Horace  Barker  was  interviewed  for  the  Bancroft  Library's  Program 
in  the  History  of  the  Biosciences  and  Biotechnology  as  part  of  its 
effort  to  document  basic  science  contributions  to  biomedicine  and  the 
biotechnology  industry.   From  the  1930s  on,  Barker  pursued  a  basic 
biochemical  approach  to  microbiology  focused  on  natural  history  and 
metabolism  of  soil  bacteria  at  a  time  when  many  others  in  the  field  were 
studying  microorganisms  as  pathogens. 

We  are  grateful  to  Dr.  Barker  for  persevering  at  age  ninety-one 
and  despite  ill  health  through  three  interview  sessions  in  which  he 
provided  the  outline  of  his  professional  achievements,  particularly 
those  early  in  his  career.   Highlights  of  his  story  are  his  two  summers 
and  one  fellowship  year  in  the  1930s  with  the  eminent  Dutch 
microbiologist,  Cornelius  van  Niel  at  Stanford's  Hopkins  Marine  Station; 
his  postdoctoral  fellowship  under  A.  J.  Kluyver  at  the  Delft  Laboratory 
of  Microbiology  in  Holland,  and  his  long  service,  1936-1975,  on  the 
Berkeley  faculty,  first  in  the  University  of  California  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station  and  later  in  the  department  of  biochemistry. 

Of  particular  interest  is  Barker's  work  beginning  in  the  late 
1930s  with  the  use  of  artificial  radioisotopes  produced  by  Ernest 
Lawrence's  60-inch  cyclotron  in  Crocker  Radiation  Laboratory  on  the 
Berkeley  campus.   Barker  tells  in  the  oral  history  of  his  collaboration 
with  the  physical  scientists  Martin  Kamen,  Sam  Ruben,  and  Zev  Hassid  in 
some  of  the  earliest  work  anywhere  using  artificial  radioisotopes  in 
biological  tracer  experiments.   His  account  is  a  useful  extension  of  the 
series  of  oral  histories  in  the  Bancroft  Library  on  medical  physics  at 
Berkeley,  which  include  documentation  of  the  earliest  synthesis  and 
application  of  artificial  radioisotopes  in  biology. 

We  would  like  to  have  heard  more  about  Barker's  many  other 
accomplishments,  unfortunately  only  partially  recounted  here,  in 
instilling  comparative  microbial  biochemistry  at  UC  Berkeley.   His 
renown  rests  on  "a  lifetime  record  of  stellar  achievements"  in  basic 
science,  as  the  Nobel  laureate  Arthur  Kornberg  commented.1   Barker 
performed  pioneering  work  on  elucidating  metabolic  pathways  in  soil 
bacteria,  including  his  work  on  vitamin  B12  for  which  UC  held  a  patent 
and  which  became  of  considerable  interest  to  the  pharmaceutical  firms 
Merck  and  Squibb.   Thus  Barker's  work  presents  an  early  example  of  the 
commercial  potential  of  basic  biological  research  well  before  the 
recombinant  DNA  revolution  of  the  1970s  and  the  growth  of  the  modern 


1  Arthur  Kornberg,  For  the  Love  of  Enzymes:  The  Odyssey  of  a  Biochemist, 
Cambridge:  Harvard  University  press,  1989,  p.  172. 


xvii 

biotechnology  industry.   Fortunately,  Barker  some  years  ago  carefully 
arranged  and  then  donated  to  the  Bancroft  Library  more  than  eleven 
cartons  of  his  correspondence,  laboratory  notebooks,  and  assorted 
photographs  documenting  his  scientific  contributions.   His  lengthy 
review  of  his  own  scientific  career,  published  in  the  Annual  Review  of 
Biochemistry,  is  available  in  the  appendix  of  this  oral  history,  along 
with  his  curriculum  vitae,  bibliography,  and  other  relevant  documents. 
These  documents  help  to  fill  in  what  Dr.  Barker  left  out  of  the  oral 
history,  but  fail  to  provide  the  social  context  and  personal  dimensions 
of  his  activities. 

Also  missing  in  the  oral  history  is  documentation  of  Barker's  role 
in  helping  to  recruit  many  of  the  biochemists  and  molecular  biologists 
who  were  to  make  UC  Berkeley  a  center  of  the  biochemical  and  molecular 
approach  in  the  life  sciences.   Barker  does  however  mention  the  Program 
in  Comparative  Biochemistry,  an  interdepartmental  group  which  provided  a 
broad  forum  for  faculty  and  graduate  students  interested  in 
biochemistry.   He  also  hints  at,  but  falls  short  of  elaborating  on,  the 
animosity  between  Wendell  Stanley  and  his  group  in  the  Virus  Lab,  and 
the  biochemists  whom  Stanley  had  hoped  to  unite  in  Berkeley's  first 
department  of  biochemistry,  founded  in  1950.   Barker  was  in  fact  one  of 
Stanley's  prime  opponents,  objecting  among  other  things  to  Stanley's 
attempt  to  focus  biochemistry  on  viral  research.   As  a  result  of  these 
and  other  professional  and  personal  tensions,  Stanley  resigned  in  1953 
as  chairman  of  biochemistry.   In  the  end,  three  separate  departments 
emerged  from  the  group  that  Stanley  had  striven  unsuccessfully  to  unite: 
biochemistry,  virology,  and  molecular  biology.   Thus  Stanley's  vision  of 
a  unified  biochemical  and  molecular  enterprise  on  campus  was  only 
realized  in  the  1980s  and  nineties  when  these  fields  were  organized 
under  a  new  Department  of  Molecular  and  Cell  Biology.   For  full 
historical  treatment  of  these  developments,  the  reader  is  referred  to  an 
article  by  Angela  Creager2  and  an  oral  history  in  The  Bancroft  Library 
series  on  the  reorganization  of  biology  at  Berkeley. 


Oral  History  Process 

Three  interviews  were  conducted  with  Dr.  Barker  between  December 
21,  1998,  and  January  14,  1999.   The  first  was  conducted  in  Dr.  Barker's 
office  in  Barker  Hall  on  the  Berkeley  campus,  with  biochemistry 
colleagues  Clinton  Ballou  and  Edward  Penhoet  in  attendance.   We  are 
grateful  to  Dr.  Penhoet  for  instigating  the  idea  for  and  funding 
interviews  with  his  mentor  Dr.  Barker.   The  later  interviews  were 
conducted  one  to  one,  in  Barker's  modest  home  in  Berkeley  where  he  lived 
alone  after  the  death  of  his  wife  Margaret  in  1995.   Soft  spoken  and 


2Angela  N.  H.  Creager,  "Wendell  Stanley's  Dream  of  a  Free-standing 
Biochemistry  Department  at  the  University  of  California,  Berkeley,"  Journal  of 
the  History  of  Biology  1996,  29:331-360. 


xviii 

reserved,  Dr.  Barker  answered  to  the  best  of  his  ability  but  had  trouble 
remembering  details  of  recent  history.   We  thank  Dr.  Barker's  daughter, 
Barbara  Friede,  and  Louise  Taylor,  long  a  friend  of  the  Barker  family, 
for  reviewing  the  transcripts.   They  made  only  very  occasional  changes 
and  additions. 

We  are  particularly  indebted  to  Clinton  E.  Ballou,  Ph.D.,  for 
extending  the  information  and  accuracy  of  the  oral  history.   He 
painstakingly  reviewed  the  transcripts,  provided  biographical 
information  for  people  mentioned  by  Dr.  Barker,  corrected  spelling  of 
proper  names,  and  so  on.   In  doing  so,  Dr.  Ballou  pulled  on  his  long 
association  with  Barker  as  colleague  and  friend  in  the  Berkeley 
biochemistry  department.   As  emeritus  professors,  they  shared  an  office 
in  Barker  Hall,  the  location  of  the  first  interview.   In  addition,  Dr. 
Ballou  carefully  researched  and  wrote  the  introduction  to  this  volume. 
Although  there  is  no  equivalent  to  an  oral  history  of  Dr.  Barker 
recorded  in  his  prime,  thanks  to  Dr.  Ballou 's  contributions,  for  which 
we  are  truly  grateful,  the  present  volume  is  the  next  best  thing.   Dr. 
Ballou 's  introduction  describes  Barker's  scientific  contributions  and 
fills  in  details  which  Dr.  Barker  was  unable  to  provide  about  the 
postwar  development  of  biochemistry  on  the  Berkeley  campus.   As  a 
result,  we  believe  that  by  using  the  combined  resources  of  the 
introductory  material,  the  interviews,  and  the  appendix  contents,  the 
reader  will  obtain  a  good  sense  of  Dr.  Barker  and  his  science.   For  the 
serious  researcher,  this  oral  history  will  provide  a  useful  platform  for 
further  research. 

This  oral  history  reflects  the  contributions  and  working 
environment  of  a  remarkable  scientist  who  is  widely  respected  and  did 
much  to  advance  the  field  of  comparative  microbiology,  particularly  in 
the  area  of  bacterial  metabolism. 

Dr.  Barker  died  quietly  at  home  on  December  28,  2000,  before  the 
oral  history  volume  was  completed. 

The  Regional  Oral  History  Office  was  established  in  1954  to 
augment  through  tape-recorded  memoirs  the  Library's  materials  on  the 
history  of  California  and  the  West.   Copies  of  all  interviews  are 
available  for  research  use  in  The  Bancroft  Library  and  in  the  UCLA 
Department  of  Special  Collections.   The  office  is  under  the  direction  of 
Richard  Candida  Smith,  Director,  and  the  administrative  direction  of 
Charles  B.  Faulhaber,  James  D.  Hart  Director  of  The  Bancroft  Library, 
University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

Sally  Smith  Hughes,  Ph.D, 

Historian  of  Science  and  Project  Director 

July  2001 

Regional  Oral  History  Office 

The  Bancroft  Library 

University  of  California,  Berkeley 


xix 


Regional  Oral  History  Office  University  of  California 

Room  486  The  Bancroft  Library  Berkeley,    California  94720 

BIOGRAPHICAL   INFORMATION 
(Please  write  clearly.      Use  black  ink.) 

Your   full  name    //QfcflCFL    $JJ3£(S.~T    O/ff/G&g/'g. 

Date  of  birth  NhUrjnnkGtr  otfj   I  30*1    Birthplace_ 
Father's    full  name    #/B€/P'/'      C/)P<3.A.ELS 


— 

|>g7Vt"       ScbDOls  Birthplace     /77/?//l/£ 


Mother's   full  name  MC~H~/&      H  li\j  DlTQ 


_^ 

Occupation   -QC^^/1/^Aj   _  Birthplace   g/Uiy€.  CO. 

Your   spouse 


Occupation     fWS'g  ^O  6^  _     Birthplace  ^fi-jj^    ftL~J-£)    . 
Your   children    <fij9/gRfl£/9 


Where   did   you  grow  up? 
Present   community 


.  D. 


^****\~}       /")  ^T^x  *  *  A  "\  /*•>       *T~^)  / 

Occupation  ( £)    'jy^^4>SS^>    &1_      (TV  loCj^Q.mf^J'h^     ^^/C.        C^g/TLg/^f 

y  cD  -         cj 

Areas  of  expertise^ ^ 


Other  interests  or  activities 


y  f  t-ishmc< ,  yv-t  r/->-7£v 


Organizations   in  which  you  are   active 


INTERVIEW  WITH  HORACE  BARKER 


I   HIGHER  EDUCATION,  1926-1936 
[Interview  1:  December  21,  1998] :  ##2 

Stanford  University,  1926-1933 

Research  Assistant  with  C.V.  Taylor,  1930-1931 


Hughes:    Well,  do  you  want  to  start  with  your  undergraduate  years  at 

Stanford  [1925-1929]?   I  know  from  your  review  article3  that  you 
had  a  hard  time  deciding  whether  it  was  going  to  be  the 
humanities  or  the  sciences  that  you  were  going  to  major  in. 

Barker:   Well,  my  family- -my  brother  in  particular- -had  been  in  the 
humanities.   He  ended  up  as  an  English  professor.   He  was  a 
Rhodes  scholar  and  he  was  at  Oxford  for  several  years  where  I 
visited  him  briefly.   He  was  at  Stanford  after  that  but  then  he 
ended  up  in  the  eastern  United  States  for  most  of  his  career. 

Hughes:    Do  you  remember  how  you  decided  on  the  sciences  rather  than  the 
humanities? 

Barker:    Well,  I  got  started  in  biology;  that's  really  why  I  got  into 
science.   When  I  was  an  undergraduate  I  got  invited  by  a 
professor  in  the  biology  department,  whose  name  escapes  me  at  the 

moment . 

Hughes:    Taylor? 


1  Also  present:  Edward  E.  Penhoet  and  Clinton  E.  Ballou. 

2  ##  This  symbol  indicates  that  a  tape  or  tape  segment  has  begun  or 
ended.   A  guide  to  the  tapes  follows  the  transcript. 

3  H.  A.  Barker.   "Explorations  of  bacterial  metabolism."  Annual  Review 
of  Biochemistry  1978,  47:1-33. 


Barker: 

Hughes: 
Barker: 

Hughes : 
Barker: 


Hughes : 


Barker: 


C.  V.  Taylor.   I  worked  with  him  somewhat  and  then  he  was  invited 
to  the  University  of  Chicago  and  invited  me  to  come  along  as  a 
research  assistant,  so  I  was  there  for  a  year  [1930-31]. 

Was  it  unusual  for  an  undergraduate  to  go  off  with  a  professor? 

Let's  see,  was  I  an  undergraduate  at  the  time?   I  got  my  A.B.  in 
1929,  I  believe. 

Yes,  you're  right. 

So  I  was  a  young  graduate  student.   January  term  I  took  a  course 
from  Taylor.   And  it  was  a  very  small  course;  I  think  there  were 
only  about  half-a-dozen  students  in  it.   Evidently  I  clicked  in 
some  way  with  him  and  so  he  invited  me  to  come  to  Chicago.   So  I 
learned  about  the  stockyards.   [laughs] 


Did  that  experience  get  you  interested  in  microbes? 
remember,  was  a  protozoologist. 


Taylor,  as  I 


Yes,  he  was  a  protozoologist.   Well,  the  thing  that  really  got  me 
started  in  microbiology  was  a  course  I  took  with  [Cornelius]  van 
Niel  one  summer  at  Pacific  Grove  [California] .   Van  Niel  was  a 
very  prominent  man  in  the  area  of  microbiology.   He  discovered 
most  synthetic  bacteria  and  a  variety  of  other  things.   He  left 
Holland  shortly  after  he  got  his  Ph.D.  and  came  to  Pacific  Grove, 
and  I  was  one  of  his  first  students. 


Thesis  in  the  Chemistry  Department 


Penhoet:  Did  you  do  your  thesis  work  at  Pacific  Grove? 

Barker:  No,  I  did  my  thesis  in  chemistry  at  Stanford,  with  [James  W. ] 
McBain. 

Hughes:  And  what  was  the  subject? 

Barker:  Well,  let's  see,  it  was  a  long  time  ago. 

Hughes:  Was  it  microbial? 

Barker:  No,  I  worked  on  egg  albumen- -denaturation  of  egg  albumen. 

Penhoet:  Oh,  so  it  was  biochemistry. 

Barker:  It  was  biochemistry. 


Penhoet:   In  the  chemistry  department  at  Stanford.   That's  interesting. 

Barker:    Well,  see,  [Murray]  Luck  was  a  biochemist.   He  was  in  the 

chemistry  department  for  many  years. A  He  wasn't  a  very  good 
teacher;  his  main  activities  were  in  the  Annual  Review  [of 
Biochemistry] ,  I  think. 

Hughes:    So  it  sounds  as  though  from  a  relatively  early  age  you  were 

interested  in  the  biochemical  aspects  of  microorganisms,  is  that 
right? 

Barker:    Right. 

Hughes :   How  did  you  get  on  that  track? 

Barker:   Well,  I  think  it  was  probably  initially  from  my  contacts  with 
C.  V.  Taylor.   He  was  later  the  chairman  of  the  biology 
department  at  Stanford  for  a  number  of  years. 

Hughes:    But  he  had  a  biochemical  interest? 

Barker:    Well,  he  had  a  biochemical  interest,  yes,  but  he  was  really  more 
of  a  biologist  than  he  was  biochemist. 

Penhoet:  Going  further  back,  Nook,  undergraduates  at  Stanford  were 
encouraged  to  get  involved  in  research?  You  told  me,  for 
example,  that  several  summers  you  took  a  car  with  another 
undergraduate  and  drove  all  over  the  southwest  collecting  plants, 


Early  Interest  in  Botany 


Barker:    But  that  was  unconnected  with  any  push  by  anybody  on  the  faculty. 
At  Stanford  in  the  early  days  I  got  interested  in  botany.   I  took 
a  course  in  systematic  botany  with  [L.  R. ]  Abrams,  who  was  in 
charge  of  the  herbarium  at  Stanford.   It  was  a  course  in  which 
you  took  field  trips  and  went  out  to  various  places  around  the 
Bay  Area.   And  once  we  went  up  to  Yosemite,  I  remember. 

We  collected  various  things  and  brought  them  back  and 
classified  them.   It  was  a  rather  traditional  taxonomy  course. 


*  Luck  was  a  biochemist  in  the  Department  of  Chemistry;  in  1959,  Stanford 
created  its  first  department  of  biochemistry,  with  Arthur  Kornberg  as 
chairman.   For  a  history  of  the  latter  department,  see  the  oral  history  with 
Kornberg  in  The  Bancroft  Library  Series. 


Penhoet: 
Barker: 

Penhoet: 
Barker: 

Hughes: 
Barker: 


Penhoet: 

Barker: 
Ballou: 

Barker: 

Hughes: 
Barker: 


But  I  got  interested  since  I  had  been  going  into  the  mountains 
for  many  years  and  I  began  collecting  things  on  my  own.   I  had  a 
substantial  collection  which  I  contributed,  ultimately,  to  the 
herbarium  of  Stanford.   I  don't  know  what's  happened  to  it  since 
then,  but  it  was  moved  to  San  Francisco  at  one  stage,  to  the 
Academy  of  Sciences. 

So  your  interest  in  nature  came  from  your  own  family  experience. 

Well,  it  came  from  the  mountains,  really.   Yes,  at  some  stage  I 
started  collecting  plants  in  the  mountains. 

This  was  before  you  were  even  an  undergraduate—when  you  were  a 
child? 

Oh,  well,  I'm  sure  to  some  degree  it  had  an  influence,  but  I 
didn't  really  begin  collecting  in  any  formal  way  until  I  was  a 
student  . 


This  was  something  that  you  did  on  your  own. 
connection  with  any  class. 


It  wasn't  in 


Well,  I  took  a  course  in  systematic  botany  at  Stanford  and  I 
think  that  stimulated  it.   We  took  a  number  of  field  trips  and  we 
went  to  Yosemite  in  the  fall  once.   We  went  to  various  places  to 
collect  so  later  on  I  took  this  more  seriously  than  I  did  on  my 
own.   [laughs] 

Was  that  typical  of  the  education  at  Stanford  at  the  time,  that 
students  got  involved  in  field  trips  and  doing  things,  rather 
than  just  reading  out  of  books? 

Oh,  yes,  I  think  so.   At  least  as  they  began  to  get  into  some 
research  area,  or  potential  research  area. 

How  many  students  were  there  at  Stanford  at  that  time,  do  you 
have  a  recollection?   It  must  not  have  been  a  very  large 
university,  was  it? 

No,  it  wasn't  really  large.   I  don't  know  how  many,  but  it  was 
much,  much  smaller  than  Berkeley  in  those  days. 

There  was  a  lot  of  contact  between  students  and  faculty? 
Yes.   There  was  quite  a  lot  of  contact  with  faculty. 


Cornelius  van  Niel  and  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station.  Pacific  Grove. 
California.  1931-1935 


Van  Niel  as  a  Personality 

Hughes:   Well,  let's  go  back  to  van  Niel  and  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station. 

Barker:   All  right. 

Hughes:    Could  you  say  something  about  him  as  a  personality? 

Barker:    Oh,  he  was  a  very  impressive  guy.   [laughs]   He  was  very,  very 
outgoing,  and  he  had  an  impressive  way  of  speaking. 

Hughes:    Was  he  fluent  in  English? 

Barker:   Very  fluent  in  English,  oh,  yes.   In  Holland,  you  know,  they 
learn  German,  French  and  English,  in  grammar  school,  I  guess. 
Yes,  he  spoke  quite  fluently.   He  had  a  slight  Dutch  accent, 
[laughs]   And  he  was  a  great  teacher. 

Hughes:    What  was  his  approach  to  microbiology? 

Barker:    Well,  he  had  a  great  interest  in  the  biochemical  aspects. 

Hughes:   You  were  there  [at  Hopkins  Marine  Station]  two  summers  [1930, 

1931],  and  then  also  for  a  National  Research  Council  Fellowship 
[1933-35] . 

Barker:    Yes,  I  was. 


Work  with  J.  P.  Baumberger,  Summer  1931 


Hughes:    Did  van  Niel  have  projects  for  you  to  do,  or  did  you  come  with 
projects  in  mind? 

Barker:    Well,  let's  see,  I  think  the  first  time  1  was  there  was  not  with 
him;  it  was  connected  with  a  professor  whose  name  escapes  me  at 
the  moment,  who  was  in  the  physiology  department  at  Stanford.   Do 
you  have  any  names  there? 

Hughes:    Yes,  there's  a  J.  [James]  P.  [Percy]  Baumberger. 


Barker:   Yes,  Baumberger.   I  think  I  was  originally  an  assistant  in  some 
of  his  classes.   I  didn't  get  acquainted  with  van  Niel  until 
later. 

Hughes:   Not  until  your  fellowship? 
Barker:   Yes. 

Hughes:    How  did  a  day  go?   Were  you  working  shoulder  to  shoulder,  so  to 
speak,  or  did  everybody  have  more  or  less  independent  projects? 

Barker:   Well,  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station  is  a  very  small  place,  and  so  at 
that  time  there  were  two  sets  of  activity.   There  were  some 
people  who  were  interested  in  invertebrates .   They  would  get  up 
early  in  the  morning  and  collect  when  the  tide  was  low,  that  sort 
of  thing.   I  did  a  little  of  this  because  we  did  it  in  connection 
with  classes. 


Working  with  van  Niel 


Barker:   But  then  van  Niel  came  and  he  had  no  direct  connection,  I  think, 
to  this  sort  of  thing.   He  had  been  trained  in  Delft  in  Holland 
by  A.  J.  Kluyver,  which  is  sort  of  a  famous  name  in  general 
microbiology.   Van  Niel  had  a  very  impressive  personality,  as  a 
teacher  and  person.   [laughs]   He  had  a  manner  of  talking  that 
really  was  highly  impressive.   He  had  a  big  effect  on  people,  I 
think,  in  personality. 

Penhoet:   The  summers  that  you  went  to  work  in  his  lab,  were  there  a  lot  of 
people,  or  just  a  few? 

Barker:   Oh,  just  a  few. 
Penhoet:   A  handful. 

Barker:   Yes,  I  was  perhaps  his  first  student  at  that  stage.   I  began 
working  with  him.   In  those  days,  one  had  very  close  contacts 
with  the  professors. 

Penhoet:   So  you  really  worked  with  him  all  day,  every  day,  when  you  were 
there  for  the  summers? 

Barker:    Yes.   Sometimes  we  did. 


Van  Niel's  Microbiology  Course 


Hughes:    Was  his  course  hands-on? 

Barker:   Oh,  yes.   Well,  I  think  he  was  probably  the  most  famous  teacher 
in  microbiology  of  his  age. 

Hughes:    Famous  people  have  taken  his  course. 

Barker:  I  was  one  of  his  first  students.  He  used  to  give  me  lectures  on 
alcoholic  fermentation,  for  example.  He  would  spend  three  hours 
[laughs]  lecturing  me,  and  without  any  notes.  I  know  he  studied 
very  hard  at  night  to  prepare  his  lectures. 

Ballou:  Just  for  you? 

Barker:  Well,  just  for  me,  to  begin  with,  yes.   [laughter] 

Penhoet:  So  he  gave  you  a  three-hour  lecture  just  by  talking  one  on  one? 

Barker:  Yes,  that's  right. 

Penhoet:  Oh,  fantastic! 

Hughes:   My  understanding  is  that  there  was  never  more  than  a  handful  of 
students  for  the  course  each  summer. 

Barker:   Well,  he  was  never  able  to  handle  more  than  perhaps  ten  at  the 

outside,  I  would  guess.   But  he  got  people  who  later  became  quite 
well  known. 

Hughes:  My  understanding,  too,  is  that  it  wasn't  just  the  microorganisms 
themselves,  it  was  also  a  whole  technology  that  he  was  teaching, 
enrichment  culture,  for  example. 

Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    How  widely  known  was  enrichment  culture? 

Barker:   Well,  that  was  a  technique  which  was  developed  mainly  in  Holland, 
well,  mainly  by  [Martinus]  Beijerinck.   He  was  the  original 
microbiologist  at  the  University  of  Delft,  starting  maybe  in  the 
1890s  sometime.   And  he  lived  until  sometime  in  the  early 
twenties.5   I  think  van  Niel  actually  took  some  courses  from  him. 
But  the  one  van  Niel  was  most  closely  connected  with 


Beijerinck  died  in  1931. 


intellectually  and  spiritually  was  A.  J.  Kluyver.   Van  Niel  was 
his  successor. 

Hughes:    Wasn't  Kluyver  a  student  of  Beijerinck1 s? 

Barker:   Yes. 

Hughes:   And  van  Niel  was  a  student  of  Kluyver. 


Rockefeller  Foundation  Fellow,  Microbiology  Laboratory, 
Polvtechnical  School6.  Delft.  1935-1936 


Physical  Layout  and  Operation  of  the  Microbiology  Laboratory 


Barker:   All  this  induced  me  after  I  got  my  Ph.D.  to  spend  a  year  in 
Holland. 

Hughes:   Tell  me  about  that,  because  the  Delft  school  is  famous. 

Barker:   Kluyver  lived  in  a  big  house  on  the  canal,  and  this  house  was 
directly  connected  with  the  laboratory. 

Hughes:   And  Beijerinck  had  lived  there  before  him? 

Barker:    I  think  so,  yes.   The  apartment  was  right  on  the  canal.   You 

could  look  out  the  window  and  see  the  canal  boats  sailing  past. 

Hughes:   What  were  the  laboratories  like?  How  were  they  equipped? 

Barker:   Oh,  they  were  very  well  equipped  for  those  days.   And  there  were 
various  assistants—people  that  were  paid  to  take  care  of 
specialized  equipment,  to  keep  track  of  things  and  so  on.   They 
had  a  very  big  collection  of  microorganisms  dating  from 
Beijerinck's  time. 

Hughes:    So  they  had  a  series  of  cultures  that  were  being  maintained? 

Barker:    Oh,  yes.   Kluyver  always  had  an  assistant.   It  was  really  a  full- 
time  job  for  somebody  who  had  usually  gotten  a  Ph.D.  in  the  lab 
or  was  getting  a  Ph.D.  in  the  lab.   Van  Niel  had  been  this  at  one 


'  The  name  in  Dutch  is  Technische  Hoogeschool.   The  literal  English 
translation  "technical  high  school"  more  correctly  translates  as  polytechnical 
school  or  college. 


time,  and  when  I  was  there  it  was  a  man  by  the  name  of  Holdgers 
who  later  on  became  a  professor  of  microbiology  in  Amsterdam. 

Hughes:  Once  again,  this  was  a  metabolic  approach,  was  is  not? 

Barker:  Yes.   There  was  no  medical  application  involved. 

Hughes:  Was  the  Delft  school  a  technical  school? 

Barker:  Yes. 

Hughes:   What  difference  did  that  make  to  the  type  of  research  that  went 
on  there? 

Barker:    Well,  I  don't  know  that  it  made  any  difference,  because  I  had 
virtually  no  contacts  [with  the  school].   Except,  I  remember  I 
was  interested  in  learning  something  about  micro-chemistry- 
chemical  tests  on  small  amounts  of  things.   And  Kluyver  arranged 
for  me  to  take  sort  of  a  private  course  with  a  professor  in  the 
chemistry  department  there,  in  techniques. 

Hughes:    At  the  university? 

Barker:   At  the  university  there. 

Hughes:    How  big  a  group  was  it  at  the  Delft  school? 

Barker:    Oh,  well,  let's  see,  I  don't  know  about  the  university  in 

general,  because  I  had  virtually  no  contact  with  it,  but  the 
microbiology  lab  had  maybe  six  or  eight  or  ten  people  doing 
Ph.D.s.   And  then  Kluyver  also  taught  a  course--!  think  it  was 
two  lectures  a  week—for  undergraduate  students.   That  was  the 
only  time  we  saw  undergraduates. 

Hughes:    So  it  was  considered  the  department  of  microbiology  for  the 
university? 

Barker:   Yes.   It  was  part  of  the  university. 
Hughes:    Were  you  unusual  in  being  a  foreign  student? 

Barker:    Well,  they  had  had  a  succession  of  foreign  students  there  who  had 
become  quite  well  known. 

Hughes:    Had  you  already  learned  enrichment  culture? 
Barker:    Yes,  from  van  Niel. 


10 


Research  on  Methane-producing  Bacteria 


Hughes:    What  did  you  do  that  year? 

Barker:    Well,  I  became  interested  in  methane-producing  bacteria.   Holland 
was  a  good  place  to  study  them  because  the  canal  is  there, 
[laughs]   And  [other]  wet  places. 

Hughes:    Is  that  one  reason  you  chose  Delft? 

Barker:   Oh,  no,  I  went  there  because  van  Niel  had  been  there  and 

recommended  Kluyver  and  so  on  as  being  a  very  fine  place  to  be 
for  microbiology. 

Hughes:    Well,  why  study  methane  bacteria  particularly? 

Barker:   Well,  I  got  interested  in  methane  bacteria  at  Pacific  Grove, 

before  I  went  to  Holland.   We  used  to  go  out  occasionally  with 
van  Niel  on  collecting  trips  around  the  Monterey  area  and  bring 
back  samples  of  mud  from  this,  that,  and  the  other  place  and  set 
up  enrichment  cultures—cultures  in  which  you'd  get  methane 
bacteria.   You  need  an  anaerobic  environment,  so  you  had  some 
sort  of  container  or  bottle  which  you  filled  more  or  less 
completely  with  some  mud  in  the  bottom,  and  then  some  normal 
nutrients  for  living  organisms.   You  really  want  organic 
compounds --things  like  acetate  or  ethyl  alcohol,  succinic  acid-- 
almost  anything  of  that  sort,  a  single  compound.   You  let  it  sit 
awhile;  pretty  soon  it  begins  to  bubble,  and  bubble,  and  bubble, 
and  it  gets  more  active  and  pretty  soon  you  have  a  pretty  good 
enrichment  culture. 

Ballou:    So  how  do  you  determine  that  you  have  methane-producing  bacteria? 
Barker:   Well,  you'd  collect  some  of  the  gas  that's  coming  off. 
Ballou:    And  light  it  with  a  match?   [laughs] 

Barker:    And  do  a  gas  analysis  on  that.   We  had  some  sort  of  system  in 
Pacific  Grove  for  analyzing  gas. 

Penhoet:   So  even  then  it  was  a  little  bit  of  an  outgrowth  of  your  interest 
in  collecting  things  in  nature. 

Barker:   Oh,  yes. 

Penhoet:   But  now  moving  into  biochemical  analysis  of  these  things  in 
nature. 


11 


Barker:    Right.   Before  this  I  collected  plants, 


The  Enrichment  Culture  Technique 


Hughes:   Would  it  be  obvious  how  one  should  enrich  the  culture  when  you 
were  trying  to  favor  one  culture  over  another? 

Barker:   Beijerinck  was  the  one  who  originated  the  enrichment  culture 

technique.   He  pushed  it  very  hard.   So  you'd  take  a  compound  and 
put  it  in  a  particular  environment.   If  you  wanted  an  anaerobe, 
you  filled  up  the  bottle  with  mud  and  put  in  the  compound  and 
then  you  waited  until  something  happened.   And  pretty  soon  things 
would  begin  bubbling,  and  you  knew  you  had  an  organism  that  used 
this  compound  and  that  it  probably  wasn't  isolated,  and  you  could 
find  out  more  specifically  what  it  did.   In  many  cases  it  would 
be  a  combination  of  organisms.   For  example,  if  you  had  alcohol 
as  a  substrate,  it  usually  would  get  oxidized  to  acetate,  and 
then  methane  bacteria  would  work  on  the  acetate.   There's  usually 
some  mud  in  the  bottom,  and  you'd  shake  the  culture  a  little  and 
a  lot  of  bubbles  would  come  out. 


12 


II   BIOCHEMIST  AT  BERKELEY,  1936-1975 


Faculty  Member  and  Soil  Microbiologist,  UC  Berkeley  Agriculture 
Experiment  Station.  1936-19507 


Penhoet:   We  were  talking  about  the  medical  school  being  separate  from  the 
rest  of  the  activities  on  the  [Berkeley]  campus. 

Barker:    Well,  originally  biochemistry  was  part  of  the  medical  school,  and 
bacteriology  also,  I  believe,  under  Karl  [Friedrich]  Meyer. 

Hughes:   But  biochemistry  was  also  located  here? 

Barker:    In  Life  Sciences  [Building].   Biochemistry  was  on  the  ground 

floor  and  bacteriology  was  on  the  third  or  fourth  floor,  I  think 
it  was  at  the  time. 


First  Position  at  Berkeley 


Penhoet : 


Barker: 


How  is  it  that  you  were  in  the  plant  group8  although  your  work 
had  always  been  with  microbial  systems? 

Well,  I  was  in  Holland  when  I  got  an  invitation  to  come  here, 
[pause]  Well,  I'm  not  really  quite  sure  why  they  invited  me. 
suppose  they  had  an  opening  at  that  time. 


7  A  portion  from  the  third  interview  session  is  included  in  this  section. 

8  From  1936  to  1969,  Dr.  Barker  was  on  the  faculty  of  the  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station,  UC  Berkeley.   In  1949-50,  he  was  chairman  of  Berkeley's 
Department  of  Plant  Nutrition.   For  subsequent  appointments  and  departmental 
name  changes,  see  his  "Biography  for  Academic  Personnel"  at  the  back  of  this 
volume . 


13 


Penhoet:   So  it  was  just  an  accident  of  history  that  the  plant  group  had  an 
opening? 

Barker:   Well,  I  don't  know  whether  it  was  an  accident  or  there  was 

something  of  more  rationality  in  it,  but  at  any  rate  I'd  never 
really  had  any  connections  with  agriculture  before.   At  Stanford 
I  was  in  the  chemistry  department,  and  then  I  was  in  Pacific 
Grove  with  van  Niel  for  a  time.   And  then  I  was  in  Holland.   But 
when  I  came  [to  Berkeley],  for  a  number  of  years  the  course  I 
taught  was  soil  microbiology. 

Penhoet:   I  see.   So  that  was  the  connection  to  agriculture. 

Barker:   Yes,  all  the  agriculture  students  at  that  time  had  to  take  a 
course  in  microbiology.   And  I  became  the  one  who  taught  them 
there  in  the  lab  of  the  Life  Sciences  Building. 

Hughes:   Well,  that  makes  sense,  with  your  background,  that  you  would  be 
invited  to  teach  soil  microbiology.   You  were  appointed  Junior 
Soil  Microbiologist  as  well  as  Instructor  [1936-1940]. 


Early  Faculty  Members  in  the  Berkeley  Agriculture  Program 


Barker:    I  received  an  invitation  to  come  to  Berkeley  I  suppose  through 

van  Niel's  influence.   Professor  [Dennis  R. ]  Hoagland  was  looking 
for  somebody  to  teach  soil  microbiology  to  the  students  of 
agriculture  here. 

Hughes:   Tell  me  about  Hoagland. 

Barker:   Hoagland  was  a  plant  physiologist,  well  known  here.   He  was 
interested  primarily  in  nutrition  of  higher  plants. 

Hughes:   Was  Hoagland  doing  mainly  applied  research? 

Barker:   Well,  he  did  some  applied  research,  but  he  was  interested 

basically  in  finding  out  what  elements  were  required  for  the 
growth  of  plants—usually  in  water  culture—and  then  seeing  what 
quantities  were  involved  and  that  sort  of  thing. 

Hughes:    Were  you  the  only  soil  microbiologist? 

Barker:    Well,  before  me  the  person  who  had  taught  soil  microbiology  for  a 
number  of  years  was  C.  B.  Lipman,  who  was  dean  of  the  graduate 
school.   He  had  a  great  interest  in  soil  microbiology,  so  he'd 
come  over  two  or  three  afternoons  a  week  and  teach  a  course  in  a 


rather  informal  way  and  then  go  back  to  his  more  official  office 
and  carry  out  [laughs]  the  higher  activities  of  the  university. 
Yes,  he  was  quite  a  character. 

Hughes:    Why  do  you  say  that? 

Barker:    Well,  I  think  that  Professor  Hoagland  had  a  very  broad  view  of 

research  and  what  its  implications  were  and  what  it  was  good  for 
and  so  on.   He  was  quite  supportive.   After  all,  a  lot  of  the 
bacteriology  I  did  was  not  immediately  related  to  agriculture. 

Hughes:    Do  you  think  he  realized  that  when  he  appointed  you? 

Barker:   Well,  he  appointed  me  because  he  got  in  touch  with  van  Niel,  with 
whom  I  had  worked  as  a  postdoctoral  fellow.   And  then  he  wrote  to 
me  when  I  was  still  in  Holland  and  offered  me  this  position  in 
soil  microbiology.   I  don't  know  whether  Dean  Lipman  had 
something  to  do  with  it,  too. 

Hughes:    If  Hoagland  hired  a  faculty  member  who  was  going  to  carry  the 
soil  microbiology  course,  then  that  must  have  been  enough  to 
justify  your  position  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.   My  point  is 
that  even  though  your  research  might  not  have  had  direct 
agriculture  applications,  you  were  certainly  helping  out  the 
agricultural  curriculum  by  teaching  the  soil  microbiology  class. 

In  those  days  did  heads  of  departments  or  divisions  have 
more  freedom  in  whom  they  hired  and  the  sort  of  research  that  was 
done?   Was  there  less  need  for  justification? 

Barker:   Oh,  I  don't  know  how  they  justified  hiring  me.   [laughter]   They 
just  'did.   There  were  a  number  of  universities  in  the  United 
States  where  soil  microbiology  was  given  considerable  support. 
Wisconsin,  for  example,  was  one,  and  Illinois,  they  all  had 
courses  that  had  been  going  for  quite  a  long  time  and  were  quite 
successful. 

Hughes:   Was  Lipman  the  first  to  teach  it  here? 

Barker:    Yes,  I  think  he  was  probably  the  first  one  who  taught  soil 

microbiology  on  the  campus.   He  enjoyed  doing  some  sorts  of  soil 
microbiology  himself.   Although  he  was  dean  of  the  graduate 
school  and  had  been  I  think  for  a  number  of  years  and  continued 
throughout  the  early  years  when  I  was  here,  he  usually  would  come 
to  his  laboratory  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building  in  the  morning 
and  spend  an  hour  or  two  there  and  then  would  go  to  the  dean's 
office  and  do  what  he  had  to  do  there.   He  did  that  for  a  number 
of  years  certainly,  but  then  when  soil  microbiology  got  started 
as  a  formal  course,  it  was  really  too  much  work  for  him  to 


15 


Hughes: 


handle—to  give  all  the  lectures  and  take  care  of  the  laboratory 
and  so  on-  -and  so  they  got  me  to  help  out. 

Well,  you  were  at  the  Agriculture  Experiment  Station,  which  I 
presume  was  located  in  LSB.   Am  I  right? 


Barker:    I  was  always  in  the  Life  Sciences  [Building]  .9 

Hughes:   Yes,  but  according  to  the  records,  technically  your  appointment 
was  in  the  Agriculture  Experiment  Station,  UC  Berkeley. 

Barker:   Yes,  that's  right.   Well,  the  Agriculture  Experiment  Station  was 
a  big  affair.   It  covered  a  wide  area  of  agriculture—Davis  and 
Berkeley. 

Penhoet:   So  it  was  an  administrative  structure? 

Hughes:    It  was  an  administrative  structure,  yes. 

Ballou:   Well,  where  was  it  located  on  the  Berkeley  campus? 

Barker:   The  dean  had  an  office  in  one  of  these  agriculture  buildings,  he 
and  the  assistant  dean.   But  it  was  a  big  activity.   You  know,  in 
addition  to  people  who  were  teachers  and  professorial  types,  they 
had  people  who  didn't  have  a  very  direct  connection  with  the 
university  but  contact  with  agriculture  people  throughout  the 
state. 

Hughes:    It  still  exists  at  the  state  level. 
Barker:    Yes,  I'm  sure  it  still  exists.   [laughter] 

Hughes:   The  plant  nutrition  group10--which  was  your  group,  am  I  not 
right—was  in  LSB? 

Barker:    That's  it. 

Hughes:    And  then  were  there  other  groups  in  the  Agriculture  Experiment 
Station  elsewhere  on  campus? 


9  Dr.  Barker  later  moved  to  Stanley  Hall. 

10  The  academic  units  with  which  Dr.  Barker  was  affiliated  underwent 
numerous  name  and  organizational  changes,  too  complicated  to  outline  here, 
See  his  curriculum  vitae  at  the  back  of  this  volume. 


16 


Barker:    Oh,  yes,  in  Agriculture  Hall  and  Giannini  Hall.   There  was  food 

technology,  for  example,  where  [Emil  M. ]  Mrak  got  his  start.   You 
know  about  Mrak? 


Hughes:    No. 

Barker:    Well,  he  was  [chancellor]  at  [UC]  Davis  for  a  number  of  years. 

Hughes:    How  did  the  conditions  at  LSB  compare  with  your  past  experiences 
at  Delft  and  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station? 

Barker:    Well,  initially  the  lab  was  a  big  lab  with  nothing  much  in  it  but 
a  warm  room  and  a  place  to  sterilize  glassware.   There  wasn't 
much  else. 

Penhoet:   Who  supplied  the  money  for  your  research  in  those  days? 

Hughes:   The  Agriculture  Experiment  Station.   I  don't  remember  how  much  I 
got,  but  it  was  enough  to  get  a  lab  started  and  then  money  was 
available.   You  see,  my  appointments  were  academic  and  in  the 
experiment  station.   The  experiment  station  had  the  money  and  so 
on  and  supplied  what  was  needed. 

Hughes:    That  would  have  been  State  of  California  money? 

Barker:    I  think  so.   Then  I  also  had  a  grant  from  the  National  Science 
Foundation. 


Teaching 


Early  Courses 


Hughes:    Were  you  teaching  right  from  the  start? 

Barker:    Yes.   I'd  really  never  done  any  teaching  to  speak  of,  except  for 
helping  at  van  Niel's  course  at  Pacific  Grove.   When  I  came,  I 
didn't  have  the  course  all  to  myself.   C.  B.  Lipman  was  in  charge 
of  the  course  for  the  first  year  or  two,  and  then  I  sort  of  took 
charge  of  the  laboratory  work. 

Hughes:   And  this  was  soil  microbiology. 

Barker:    It  was  soil  microbiology,  in  which  initially  there  was  one 

lecture  a  week  which  Lipman  gave  very  informally.   I  usually 


17 


attended  that  and  sort  of  got  an  idea  of  what  he  was  talking 
about. 

Hughes:   What  was  your  part  in  the  course? 

Barker:    Well,  initially  I  just  went  to  listen  to  him,  but  I  was  in  charge 
pretty  much,  under  his  general  direction,  of  the  laboratory.   He 
was  pretty  busy,  so  sometimes  he'd  drop  in  a  lab  but  generally 
that  was  pretty  much  my  area. 

Ballou:   What  kinds  of  experiments  did  you  do  in  the  teaching  lab? 

Barker:   Well,  we  had  a  syllabus  of  some  sort,  which  I  worked  up. 

Initially  Lipman  didn't  have  anything;  he  sort  of  played  it  by 
ear.   [laughter] 

Ballou:   You  would  isolate  organisms? 

Barker:   Yes.   We  would  isolate  sulfur-producing  bacteria,  and  this,  that, 
and  the  other  thing. 

Penhoet:   How  many  students  were  there? 
Barker:   Well,  initially  there  were  two. 
Penhoet:   Two  students? 

Barker:   Two  students.   [laughs]   In  Lipman 's  days  classes  were  very 

small.   Shortly  after  I  came  it  became  a  required  course  and  then 
we  had  about  eighteen  or  twenty. 

Ballou:   A  good  way  to  increase  enrollment  is  to  make  the  course  required 
for  some  major.   [laughter] 

Barker:    Yes,  well,  all  the  students  in  the  soils  curriculum  were  required 
to  take  this  course. 

Hughes:    What  were  their  career  aspirations? 

Barker:   Well,  there  were  a  variety  of  [positions]  in  California  for 

people  [to  give]  advice  in  the  agriculture  community.   I  think 
many  of  them  went  into  that  sort  of  thing.   Some,  of  course,  got 
out  of  agriculture  entirely  and  got  into  other  areas- 
microbiology.   One  of  my  best  known  students  was  Earl  Stadtman, 
who  was  at  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  for  quite  a  number 
of  years. 

Hughes:    He  did  research  with  you  as  well? 


18 


Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    I  noticed  his  name  on  some  of  your  papers. 

Barker:    Well,  part  of  it  was  Ph.D.  work. 

Hughes:    Let  me  go  back  to  the  teaching  for  just  a  minute.   You  had  a  very 
basic  approach  to  microbiology;  you  were  interested  in  the 
biochemistry  of  these  organisms. 

Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:   Did  you  have  to  change  that  focus  when  you  began  to  teach  soil 
microbiology? 

Barker:    It  wasn't  so  terribly  different  from  what  I'd  learned  from  van 
Niel.   Well,  there  was  appreciably  more  application  to 
agriculture,  per  se.   The  organisms  might  be  of  some  importance 
to  the  growth  of  plants—nitrogen  fixation,  nitrification,  and 
things  like  this . 

Hughes:    Did  you  teach  a  metabolically  oriented  course? 

Barker:    Well,  to  some  degree,  but  the  students  that  we  had  in  agriculture 
didn't  have  very  extensive  backgrounds  in  biochemistry. 


The  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry 


Barker:    Later  on,  I  developed  a  course  with  several  members  of  the 

bacteriology  department  that  was  intended  to  teach  bacterial 
metabolism. 

Hughes:    Is  that  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry? 
Barker:   Yes.   I  was  the  chief  administrator  in  biochemistry. 
Hughes :    Why  did  you  help  to  set  up  the  program? 

Barker:    Well,  we  needed  it  for  students.   One  or  another  of  the  [faculty] 
within  the  program  had  gotten  many  of  their  students  [through 
this  program] . 

Ballou:    It's  really  a  mechanism  for  going  across  departments  to  attract 
students . 


Barker: 


Yes,  it  is. 


19 


Ballou:    But  it  existed  for  more  than  ten  years. 
Hughes:   Did  it? 

Barker:   Oh,  a  long  time.   In  fact,  up  until  the  reorganization  of  biology 
occurred  here  [in  the  1980s  and  early  1990s]. 

Penhoet:   But  there  was  no  biochemistry  in  any  specific  place  [before 
1950]. 

Barker:   There  was  biochemistry  but  it  was  in  the  medical  school  [at  UC 

San  Francisco].   [David]  Greenberg  was  chairman  of  the  group,  and 
there  were  a  few  other  people  in  it. 

Ballou:    Right.   Was  it  Herbert  Evans  whom  you  were  thinking  about  in 
biochemistry? 

Barker:    No.   Herbert  Evans  had  no  contacts  really  at  all  with  us.   He  was 
a  unit  unto  himself.   I  don't  think  he  encouraged  or  had  much 
contact,  although  I  knew  a  few  people  who  worked  with  him. 

Hughes:   Who  was  involved  in  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry? 

Barker:   Well,  it  was  mainly  bacteriology  and  agriculture. 

Penhoet:   Was  Mike  Doudoroff  one  of  the  founders  of  the  program  with  you? 

Barker:    Yes,  he  for  several  years  served  as  chairman  of  the  microbiology 
group  and  the  bacteriology  department. 


Schism  in  the  Department  of  Bacteriology 


Barker:    The  bacteriology  department  was  strongly  divided  between  medical 
and  nonmedical.   They  didn't  really  talk  to  each  other  at  all,  to 
speak  of!   [laughter]   And  they  taught  courses  that  were  quite 
unrelated. 

Hughes:    [Israel  Lyon]  Chaikoff  is  a  name- 
Barker:   He  was  in  physiology. 

Hughes:   He,  too,  was  interested  in  getting  the  Program  in  Comparative 
Biochemistry  off  the  ground? 

Barker:    Yes,  he  was  one  of  the  people  who  had  students  in  comparative 
biochemistry. 


20 


Hughes:  But  he  was  medically  oriented,  was  he  not? 

Barker:  Well,  he  was  in  physiology. 

Hughes:  But  you  talked  to  him.   [laughs] 

Barker:  Oh,  yes.   [laughs] 

Penhoet:  Well,  I  think  he  was  talking  about  the  schism  in  the  bacteriology 
department.  It  was  part  medical  people  and  part  others,  and  they 
are  the  ones  who  didn't  talk  to  each  other. 

Barker:   No,  there  was  scarcely  any  communication  between  the  medical  and 
the  nonmedical  bacteriologists.   It  was  understandable;  they 
dealt  with  entirely  different  organisms. 

Hughes:    Was  that  characteristic  of  bacteriology  departments  of  that  era? 
Barker:    I  think  so,  yes. 
Hughes:    There  was  a  schism. 

Barker:   Yes,  in  places  like  Wisconsin  and  so  on  they  had  a  general 

bacteriology  department  as  well  as  a  medical  school  bacteriology 
department.   [laughs]   I  think  it  was  terribly  common. 

Research  with  Radioactive  Tracers11 

Collaborations  with  Sam  Ruben  and  Martin  Kamen 

Hughes:   Let's  go  back  to  your  research  using  some  of  the  early 

radioactive  tracers.   I  understand  that  you  worked  with  Kamen. 

Barker:  Martin  Kamen. 

Hughes:  Actually,  that  was  later,  wasn't  it? 

Barker:  Sam  Ruben  was  the  initial  person. 

Hughes:  With  carbon-11,  right? 


11  A  discussion  of  tracers  from  the  third  interview  session  is 
incorporated  here. 


21 


Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    How  did  that  relationship  begin? 

Barker:   Well,  [Zev]  Hassid  was  a  friend  of  Sam  Ruben,  and  it  was  through 
Hassid  that  I  got  connected  with  Ruben.   We  often  spent  most  of 
the  night  waiting  for  the  cyclotron  so  we  could  prepare  some  C1A, 
and  then  [spent]  the  rest  of  the  night  [laughs]  getting  it  in 
shape  so  we  could  use  it.   And  so  I  guess  for  a  time  I  was  the 
only  one  outside--at  least  outside  the  chemistry  department- -that 
used  Cu. 

The  people  in  the  chemistry  department  had  this  nice  tool 
that  could  be  used  and  didn't  really  know  how  to  use  it. 
[laughs]   They  had  people  that  I  knew  didn't  have  any  background 
in  physiology  and  so  on  so  they  thought  it  was  a  godsend  to  have 
microorganisms  that  could  do  all  sorts  of  things.   You  didn't 
have  to  bother  with  patients  and  so  on.   All  you  had  to  do  was 
take  a  little  mud  or  something  of  the  sort  for  a  culture  to  do  an 
experiment . 

Penhoet:   Where  did  the  use  of  radioactivity  as  a  tracer  in  determining 
biochemical  patterns  start?   It  started  here?12 

Barker:    It  started  here.   Yes,  I  think  so.   Let's  see,  there  were  some 
people  who  used  heavy  isotopes  in  other  places,  but  as  far  as 
radioactive  isotopes  are  concerned,  it  really  started  here. 

Ballou:   Martin  Kamen  wrote  a  very  nice  summary  of  this  published  in 

Science  a  number  of  years  ago.   He  analyzed  very  precisely  just 
where  the  first  experiment  was  done  and  where  the  ideas  came 
from. 

Penhoet :   So  you  were  a  natural  to  work  on  this . 

Barker:    [slowly]   Well,  yes.   The  two  senior  people  were  Ruben  and  Kamen. 
Kamen  was  the  physicist;  Ruben  was  the  chemist.   Initially, 
Kamen1 s  job  was  just  to  prepare  the  isotope,  to  go  through  the 
procedures  which  are  necessary. 

Hughes:   How  did  you  detect  the  radioactive  compounds? 

Barker:    Well,  Ruben  had  counters,  and  later  on  I  think  I  had  a  counter, 
too,  that  I  used  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building.   But  initially 
Ruben  and  Martin  Kamen  were  the  two  people  who  were  responsible 


12  For  more  on  the  origins  of  the  use  of  artificial  radioisotopes ,  see 
the  Bancroft  Library  oral  history  series  on  medical  physics  at  Berkeley. 


22 


for  the  physical  aspects  of  the  preparation  and  counting  and  so 
on. 

Ruben  was  an  instructor,  I  think,  at  that  time  and  maybe  an 
assistant  professor  in  the  chemistry  department.   And  Martin 
Kamen  was  in  the  Radiation  Lab,  but  they  used  to  collaborate. 
Kamen  was  generally  involved  simply  in  the  preparation  of  the 
Cu,  and  Ruben  and  I  were  involved  in  doing  the  experiments. 
Kamen  would  come  past  and  watch  in  the  early  hours  of  the  morning 
[laughs]  and  see  if  anything  would  happen  that  was  interesting. 

Hughes:    Nobody  cared  much  about  sleep? 

Barker:   Well,  the  only  time  when  the  cyclotron  was  available  for  people 
in  biology  was  after  midnight.   The  experiments  had  to  be  of 
rather  short  duration,  too,  because  the  half -life  is  only  twenty 
minutes  or  so.   And  even  if  you  got  a  reasonably  strong  radiation 
sample,  it  didn't  last  more  than  a  few  hours.   You  had  to  be  all 
set  and  have  rather  quick  methods  of  analysis  and  hope  the 
results  would  be  useful.   The  experiments  often  didn't  have  to  be 
very  refined  in  order  to  show  novel  results. 

Hughes:    This  was  the  sixty-inch  cyclotron  in  Crocker  Radiation  Lab? 

Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    Talk  a  little  bit  about  what  that  was  like. 

Barker:    Well,  I  didn't  have  a  great  many  contacts  directly  with  the 

cyclotron.   It  was  a  big  box  for  me  where  they  put  in  something, 
left  it  for  a  time,  and  it  came  out  radioactive. 

Hughes:   And  they  handed  it  to  you  at  that  point? 

Barker:   Well,  Kamen  was  the  one  who  always  handled  the  radioactive  things 
up  until  the  stage  that  they  were  free  of  other  radioactive 
materials . 

Ballou:    You  started  with  barium  carbonate,  correct? 
Barker:   Yes,  we  started  with  barium  carbonate. 

Penhoet:   So  how  would  you  get  the  stuff  to  your  lab?   Would  someone 
deliver  it  to  you? 

Barker:   Oh,  we  did  the  experiments  up  there. 

Penhoet:   Oh,  you  did  the  experiments  right  on  the  site? 


23 


Barker:   Yes,  they  were  all  done  in  that  old  building,  which  was  right  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  campus.   It  used  to  be  called  the  rat  lab. 
I  guess  that's  gone  now. 

Unison:  Oh,  yes. 

Hughes:  It's  been  gone  for  a  long  time. 

Ballou:  It  was  an  old  wooden  shack  of  a  place. 

Barker:  It  was  a  three-  or  four-story  building. 

Hughes:    I've  heard  horror  stories  about  the  lack  of  protective  shielding 
and  the  way  people  handled  the  isotopes. 

Barker:   Yes,  the  people  who  prepared  the  isotope  practically  handled  it 
with  their  bare  hands.   [laughs] 


Early  Tracer  Experiments 


Penhoet:   It  must  have  been  exciting  when  you  got  the  first  meaningful 
result  with  radioactive  carbonate. 

Barker:   Oh,  yes. 

Penhoet:   Do  you  remember  the  first  experiment  that  gave  you  a  result? 

Barker:   Well,  I  don't  remember  the  first  one,  but  I  remember  some  of  the 
experiments . 

Penhoet:   What  were  some  of  the  early  ones  when  you  got  some  positive 
results? 

Barker:    Well,  we  had  experiments  with  methane  bacteria  in  which  we  showed 
that  in  some  situations  C02  disappears  and  methane  is  formed. 
But  there  are  other  situations  more  commonly  where  there  is  C02 
and  you  get  methane,  but  you  don't  know  just  where  it  came  from; 
it  came  from  an  organic  compound,  an  acetate,  for  example. 

Ballou:   There  was  the  idea  then  that  C02  never  got  reduced  back  to 
anything;  it  was  just  the  final  stage  in  oxidation. 

Barker:    Oh,  yes. 

Ballou:    If  you  could  show  that  C02  got  converted-- 


24 


Barker:    Yes,  I  think  we  were  the  first  to  show  that  C02  was  really  the 
source  of  methane. 

Hughes:   And  that  was  thanks  to  having  Cu? 
Barker:    Oh,  yes. 

Hughes:  I  think  it  was  after  World  War  II  that  carbon- 14  became  available 
for  non-military  uses.  Didn't  you  do  the  first  tracer  experiment 
with  Cu? 

Barker:    Well,  I  think  so. 

Ballou:    Was  this  some  experiment  you  were  doing  with  Zev  Hassid  in 
looking  at  thirty  steps  in  photosynthesis? 

Barker:    Well,  it's  all  a  little  vague  in  my  mind  at  the  moment. 

Hughes:    It  was  Kamen  who  was  largely  responsible  for  producing  the  C14, 
right? 

Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    And  I  think  you  did  some  experiments  with  Kamen. 

Barker:   Oh,  yes,  we  did  lots  of  experiments.   Nearly  all  of  them  started 
late  in  the  evening,  seldom  got  going  before  ten  or  eleven 
o'clock  at  night.   And  we  seldom  got  home  before  five  or  six  or 
seven  in  the  morning.   You  have  only  maybe  three  or  four  hours  to 
do  the  experiments . 

Hughes:    [scanning  Barker's  bibliography]   I  am  trying  to  see  what  you 
were  doing  with  Kamen.   Here  we  go.   1945:  "Inadequacies  of 
present  knowledge  of  the  relation  between  photosynthesis  and  the 
0I8  content  of  atmospheric  oxygen."13 

Penhoet:   [scanning  bibliography]   Well,  here:  "Carbon  dioxide  utilization 
in  the  synthesis  of  acetic  acid  [by  Clostridium- 
thermoaceticum]  .  "'*'  That  was  with  Kamen. 

Barker:    Yes,  that  probably  was. 


13  M.  D.  Kamen  and  H.  A.  Barker.   Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  1945,  31:  8. 

"•  H.  A.  Barker  and  M.  D.  Kamen.   Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  1945,  31,  219. 


25 


Penhoet:   Another  one  with  Kamen:  "Carbon  dioxide  utilization  in  the 
synthesis  of  acetic  and  butyric  acids  [by  Butyribacterium 
rettgeri] . "15   So  you  really  were  working  out  the  [metabolic] 
pathways . 

Barker:   Yes. 

Penhoet:   Hey,  here's  a  great  one:  "Storage  of  dried  fruit."16   [laughs] 
Well,  you  did  a  few  practical  things. 

Barker:   Well,  during  the  war  I  got  quite  extensively  involved  with  people 
in  the  food  technology  department,  doing  this,  that,  and  the 
other  thing. 

Hughes:   You  did  some  work  on  sugar  metabolism. 

Penhoet:   Oh,  sure,  you  did  a  lot  of  work  with  sucrose,  with  phosphorylase, 
with  enzymatic  synthesis  of  disaccharides,  etcetera,  with  Zev. 

Barker:    Yes,  I  know. 

Penhoet:   Well,  you  spent  some  summers  working  at  the  C&H  sugar  factory, 
didn't  you? 

Barker:    Oh,  I  was  there  once  or  twice,  yes.   I  can't  even  remember  what  I 
did  there.   [laughter] 

Barker:    The  Kamen  research  1  remember  best  was  getting  up  there  and 

starting  about  ten  at  night  and  not  finishing  until  two  in  the 
morning.   I  think  that  was  the  standard.   [laughs] 

Hughes:   Yes,  what  did  your  family  think  about  that? 
Barker:   They  survived.   [laughs] 


15  H.  A.  Barker,  M.  D.  Kamen,  and  Victoria  Haas.   Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences  1945,  31:355. 

16  E.  R.  Stadtman,  H.  A.  Barker,  and  E.  M.  Mrak,  and  G.  Mackinney. 
Industrial  and  Engineering  Chemistry  1946,  38:99. 


26 

Wendell  Stanley 

[Interview  2:  January  7,  1999 ]17 


Hughes:   Dr.  Barker,  Wendell  Stanley  came  to  Berkeley  in  1948,  and  my 
understanding  is  that  he  came  with  the  idea  of  uniting  the 
various  groups  that  were  doing  biochemistry  around  the  campus. 
Do  you  remember  anything  about  his  arrival  on  campus  and  his 
agenda  for  biochemistry? 

Barker:    I'm  afraid  I  don't  remember  very  much  about  the  early  period 

except  that  it  gradually  became  apparent  that  his  interest  in  the 
organization  was  somewhat  different  from  ours. 

Hughes:    How  did  your  views  differ? 

Barker:   Well,  I  had  been  associated  with  the  College  of  Agriculture  for  a 
long  time.   Professor  Hoagland  was  head  of  ag  nutrition,  and  I 
was  in  that  for  some  time,  and  we  had  become  accustomed  to 
dealing  with  people  in  agriculture  and  were  quite  comfortable,  so 
any  change  was  obviously  going  to  be  somewhat  different  and 
perhaps  more  complicated. 

Hughes:    What  are  your  impressions  of  Stanley  as  a  personality? 

Barker:  My  recollections  are  somewhat  vague  about  him,  but  I  think  he 
probably  wanted  to  have  authority  over  it  all.  Perhaps  he  had 
been  told  before  he  came  that  the  [biochemistry]  building  [now 
Stanley  Hall]  would  be  part  of  his  domain.  So  he  seemed  to  be 
somewhat  unhappy  when  people  didn't  consult  him  if  any  changes 
had  to  be  made  and  so  on. 

Hughes:  He  ran  into  quite  a  bit  of  resistance. 

Barker:  Yes,  he  ran  into  resistance  from  time  to  time. 

Hughes:  You  were  in  the  same  building  with  him  for  a  while? 

Barker:  Yes. 

Hughes:  How  did  that  work  out? 

Barker:    Well,  we  didn't  see  each  other  very  much,  except  at  the  Christmas 
parties  and  that  sort  of  thing. 


17  The  second  interview  session  has  been  rearranged  for  better 
topicality. 


27 


Hughes :    So  you  pretty  much  carried  on  as  you  always  had  carried  on? 

Barker:   Well,  Stanley  was  on  the  top  floor  and  he  had  a  fairly  formal 

arrangement.   He  had  a  secretary  who  you  went  to  see  before  you 
could  see  him,  and  so  we  didn't  talk  to  him  very  much.   Sometimes 
he  would  initiate  something,  but  by  and  large,  we  disregarded  him 
most  of  the  time.   [laughter]   He  was  probably  not  too  pleased 
with  that.   We  were  in  different  colleges,  too.   He  was  in 
Letters  and  Sciences  and  we  were  in  Agriculture.   Somehow  some 
arrangement  was  worked  out  so  that  we  didn't  have  too  many 
contacts.   I'm  sure  that  he  was  in  somewhat  of  a  difficult 
position,  too.   He  was  not  interested  in  what  we  were  doing;  we 
were  not  interested  in  what  he  was  doing.   [laughs] 

Hughes:   The  biochemical  tie  wasn't  strong  enough. 
Barker:   No. 

Hughes:    [UC  President]  Robert  Sproul  was  convinced  that  Stanley  should 
reunite  biochemistry—you  and  the  other  groups  around  campus. 

Barker:   Which  he  didn't  do;  it  fell  apart. 

Hughes:   Yes,  very  dramatically  it  fell  apart.   But  the  disruption  didn't 
affect  your  research? 

Barker:   Well,  not  very  much.   I  suppose  there  were  times  when  it  seemed  a 
little  more  difficult.   I  think  on  the  whole  we  succeeded  in 
getting  along  all  right  despite  having  Stanley  above  us,  in  a 
sense. 

Hughes:   He  was  literally  on  a  higher  level. 

Barker:   He  was  always  on  the  top  floor.   We  were  on  the  third  floor, 
[laughter] 


Interaction  with  Campus  Groups  Doing  Biochemistry 


Hughes:   Did  you  have  any  close  interactions  with  the  other  groups  on 
campus  that  were  doing  biochemistry? 

Barker:   Yes,  I  had  some  considerable  interactions  with  some  of  the 

younger  people  in  the  biochemistry  department,  which  was  part  of 
the  medical  school  and  under  C.  L.  A.  Schmidt,  I  think,  at  that 
time.   That  was  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building,  too.   That  was  on 
the  ground  floor  and  we  were  on  the  third  floor. 


28 


Hughes:   Did  you  actually  do  some  collaborative  research?   I  have  your 
bibliography.   Would  that  help? 

Barker:    Probably.   [laughs]   I  think  it  got  started  originally  over  the 
use  of  radioisotopes. 

Hughes:    Well,  I  know  you  worked  with  Kamen,  for  example. 

Barker:   Well,  and  with  Sam  Ruben  who  was  in  the  chemistry  department. 

Kamen,  who  was  in  the  Radiation  Lab,  was  not  directly  connected 
to  any  of  the  departments  at  the  time. 

Hughes:   You  mentioned  that  you  also  collaborated  with  the  biochemists  in 
LSB. 

Barker:    Well,  let  me  see  if  there's  anything  here  [in  my  bibliography]. 

Well,  I  had  collaborations,  of  course,  with  Doudoroff,  who  was  in 
the  bacteriology  department,  and  Hassid  was  in  the  same 
department  I  was  in.   There  were  several  papers  that  were 
collaborations  with  Dr.  Doudoroff. 

Hughes:    On  a  given  topic? 

Barker:    Mostly  on  a  given  topic,  namely  sugar  metabolism—various  ways  in 
which  bacteria  of  different  sorts  handled  sucrose  and  related 
sugars . 

Hughes:    Do  you  remember  what  you  did  and  what  he  did? 

Barker:    Well,  I  must  say  I'm  rather  vague  about  that  at  the  moment. 

Hughes:    He  was  a  microbiologist? 

Barker:    Yes,  he  was  a  microbiologist.   I'd  known  Doudoroff  slightly  at 

Stanford,  not  very  well;  I  really  didn't  get  acquainted  with  him 
until  he  came  to  Berkeley. 

Hughes:   Was  he  an  undergraduate  at  Stanford? 

Barker:    He  was  probably  a  graduate  student.   Well,  he  was  probably  an 
undergraduate  when  I  first  knew  him,  yes.18 

Hughes:    Did  he  have  a  biochemical  approach  similar  to  yours? 
Barker:    Yes,  he  had  also  studied  with  van  Niel  at  Pacific  Grove. 


18  Doudoroff  was  undergraduate  and  graduate  student  at  Stanford. 


29 


The  Delft  Laboratory  of  Microbiology 


Orientation  towards  Microbial  Biochemistry  and  Natural 
History 


Hughes:    Van  Niel's  interest  was  in  biochemical  aspects  of  microorganisms? 

Barker:   Yes,  right.   Well,  the  Delft  laboratory  from  which  he  came--where 
I  spent  a  year  as  a  postdoctoral  fellow—had  an  interest  both  in 
the  organisms  themselves  and  in  what  they  did  in  a  chemical  way. 

Hughes:   Was  that  an  orientation  that  was  characteristic  of  the  Delft 
School? 

Barker:    I  think  so,  yes.   Much  of  bacteriology  at  that  time,  and  perhaps 
still,  was  oriented  toward  medicine,  and  the  Delft  School  had  no 
orientation  at  all  toward  medicine;  it  was  entirely  toward  what 
occurs  in  nature.   The  laboratory  had  developed  from  the  work  of 
Beijerinck.   He  was  one  of  the  early  general  soil  and  nature 
microbiologists . 

Hughes:    I  brought  you  a  book.   Are  you  familiar  with  it? 

Barker:   Ah,  yes.   I  have  a  copy  of  it  somewhere. 

Hughes:   Dr.  Barker  is  looking  at  a  biography  of  Martinus  Beijerinck.19 

Barker:   He  was  the  great  originator  of  the  field  of  general  microbiology 
in  the  world  at  that  time.   There  were  some  Russians,  whose  names 
I  don't  remember-- [Sergei]  Winogradsky  and  some  others—who  were 
also  instrumental  in  developing  this  field,  but  Beijerinck  was 
very  important. 

Hughes:    Yes,  and  I  associate  with  Beijerinck 's  name  the  technology  of 
enrichment  culture. 

Barker:   Yes. 

Hughes:   Was  he  the  originator  of  enrichment  culture? 

Barker:    Well,  he  was  certainly  one  of  the  early  people  who  developed  it 
more  extensively  than  it  had  been  previously. 


19  G.  van  Iterson,  Jr.,  L.  E.  den  Dooren  de  Jong,  and  A.  J.  Kluyver, 
Martinus  Willem  Beijerinck:  His  Life  and  His  Work,  Madison,  WI:  Science  Tech, 
Inc.,  1983. 


30 


Hughes: 


Barker: 


Hughes : 
Barker: 


Was  it  more  difficult  to  get  financial  support  for  looking  at 
microorganisms  as  aspects  of  nature  than  if  you  had  been 


interested  in  them  as  pathogens? 


Well,  I  don't  think  so.   It  actually  might  be  true  in  general, 
but  during  that  period  I  think  it  was  relatively  easy  to  get 
support  for  fellowships  and  so  on.   Van  Niel  had  made  quite  a  big 
impression  by  his  discovery,  particularly,  of  the  photosynthetic 
bacteria.   And  the  Delft  School  was  well  known,  and  there  were 
various  laboratories  in  the  United  States—Wisconsin  and  others-- 
where  general  microbiology  was  being  pursued. 

So  general  microbiology  was  a  fundable  area  of  research. 
Oh,  yes. 


Physical  Layout  and  Personnel 


Barker:    Yes,  there's  the  building  where  I  worked.   [points  to  photograph 
of  building  in  Delft  in  Beijerinck  biography]   It  was  a 
combination  of  house  and  laboratory.   The  higher  part  was  the 
living  quarters  and  so  on  for  the  professor,  and  the  laboratory 
was  tacked  on  to  one  lower  part  which  doesn't  really  show  here. 
But  it  was  on  the  lower  building  which  extended  along  the  canal 
some  little  distance. 

Hughes:    What  a  wonderful  setting. 

Barker:    Yes,  it  was  a  nice  place.   Boats  were  always  going  up  and  down 
the  canal.   It  was  a  major  commercial  highway  in  Holland. 

Hughes:    Did  you  communicate  in  English? 

Barker:    Oh,  yes.   All  the  professors  there  spoke  very  good  English.   A 
number  of  the  graduate  students  didn't,  but  most  of  them  knew 
some  English,  and  I  gradually  learned  a  few  words  of  Dutch. 

Hughes:    What  was  Kluyver  like  as  a  personality? 

Barker:  Well,  he  was  a  very  large  person  and  outgoing  man.  He  was  a  very 
good  speaker.  He  gave  lectures  and  made  a  good  strong  impression 
on  other  people,  I  think. 

Hughes:    Was  he  available  to  you  in  that  year  that  you  were  in  Delft? 


31 


Barker: 


Hughes; 
Barker: 

Hughes : 
Barker: 


Hughes : 


Barker: 


Hughes: 
Barker: 


Hughes : 
Barker; 


Yes,  he  was  quite  available.   The  laboratory  and  his  house  were 
connected,  you  see.   Once  or  twice  a  week  he  would  come  down  to 
the  laboratory  and  talk  with  various  students  and  so  on,  but  if 
anything  important  arose,  you  could  always  contact  him  rather 
readily.   He  had  a  secretary  that  helped  him,  too. 


He  at  that  stage  was  mainly  an  administrator? 
any  bench  work? 


He  wasn't  doing 


Oh,  he  didn't  do  any  bench  work, 
long  time. 


He  probably  hadn't  for  quite  a 


How  old  a  man  was  he  at  that  point? 

Well,  let's  see,  that  was  in  the  thirties.   Well,  I  would  say  he 
was  in  his  late  fifties,  maybe,  or  early  sixties.   He  was  very 
approachable,  and  he  spoke  German;  he  spoke  Dutch;  he  spoke 
English.   I  remember  there  was  an  international  meeting  and  he 
greeted  the  people  who  came  to  the  lab  in  three  or  four 
languages.   [laughs] 

Was  the  lab  quite  a  crossroads  for  scientists  interested  in 
microorganisms? 

Yes,  quite  a  few  people  visited  during  the  year  I  was  there.   I 
can't  remember  now  who  they  all  were.   Oh,  some  people  from  the 
University  of  Wisconsin-- [Chester  H.]  Werkman,  I  remember 
particularly.   He  was  traveling  in  Europe  and  he  spent  two  days 
there  in  Delft. 

But  didn't  do  any  research? 

No.   I'm  a  little  vague  now  about  whether  there  was  anybody  else 
from  the  United  States  there  while  I  was .   The  Dutch  speak 
English  and  German  quite  well.   The  technical  people- -the 
assistants  who  are  paid  to  work  there--didn' t  speak  English  very 
well,  but  I  could  get  by  all  right  with  them  with  my  poor  German. 

How  big  a  group  was  it? 

The  laboratory  itself  had  about  six  or  eight,  maybe  ten,  rooms. 
Well,  I  can't  remember  in  detail  how  many.   Professor  Kluyver 
always  had  one  major  assistant  in  the  labs,  which  van  Niel  had 
been  at  one  time.   And  when  I  was  there,  it  was  a  man  by  the  name 
of  Kingna-Boltjes ,  who  later  became  professor  of  microbiology  in 
northern  Holland  after  he  left  there. 


Hughes:    What  was  his  area  of  expertise? 


32 


Barker:   Well,  let's  see,  he  had  done  his  Ph.D.  on  nitrifying  bacteria,  I 
believe,  yes.   But  generally  he  covered  the  same  area  that 
Professor  Kluyver  did,  although  he  was  appreciably  less 
articulate  and  so  on.   Kluyver  had  a  very  outgoing  personality 
and  spoke  very  well  publicly  as  well  as  privately. 

Hughes:    Were  you  having  scientific  interchanges  with  Kluyver? 
Barker:   Oh,  well,  that  was  the  main  thing,  yes. 
Hughes:    So  you  were  talking  about  your  research? 

Barker:   Yes,  I  was  talking  about  my  research,  and  other  people's  research 
which  might  be  related. 


Dr.  Barker's  Research 


Hughes:   Did  you  go  to  Delft  with  a  specific  research  project  in  mind? 

Barker:    Not  really,  no.   I  decided,  as  I  recall,  to  fit  in  with  whatever 
[Kluyver]  would  suggest.   And  I  remember,  initially,  that  I  was 
also  interested  in  methanogens .   I  got  started  on  the  methane- 
producing  bacteria.   I'd  started  this  in  Pacific  Grove,  and  so 
that's  one  of  the  things  I  continued  on,  but  initially  he  started 
me  out  on  some  smaller  project  —  some  easier  project. 

Hughes:   Do  you  remember  what  that  was? 
Barker:    Well,  I'd  have  to  look  up  and  see. 
Hughes:   Do  you  think  you  published  on  it? 

Barker:   Oh,  yes,  I'm  sure  it  was  published.   Well,  let  me  see.   [skims 
his  bibliography] 

Hughes:    You  were  in  Delft  from  1935  to  1936,  so  presumably  the 
publication  can  be  no  earlier  than  1936. 

Barker:   Yes,  I  think  one  publication  was  made  while  I  was  there.   Let's 
see  here.   Yes,  I  think  the  first  publication  that  I  did  while  I 
was  there  was,  "On  the  fermentation  of  some  dibasic  C<,-acids  by 
Aerobacter  aerogenes.  "20 


20  H.  A.  Barker.   Proceedings  of  the  Koninklijke  Akademie  van 
Wetenschappen  te  Amsterdam  1936,  39:674. 


33 


Hughes:   Why  do  you  suppose  Kluyver  gave  you  that  project? 

Barker:   Oh,  I  don't  know;  it  was  relatively  easy,  I  think,  to  get  started 
on. 

But  the  main  work  that  I  did,  so  far  as  my  future  was 
concerned,  was  starting  on  the  isolation  of  methane-producing 
bacteria.   And  this  particular  organism  produced  caproic  and 
butyric  acids  in  large  amounts.   And  one  paper  was  published  in 
the  Archives  of  Microbiology  in  '37.21 

Hughes:   Was  that  a  significant  contribution? 

Barker:   Yes,  it  was,  because  I  think  no  organism  producing  caproic  acid 
had  been  known  before  that  time,  so  this  was  somewhat  novel. 

Hughes:   Why  would  that  be  interesting? 

Barker:    Well,  I  suppose  it's  interesting  because  caproic  acid  is  a  six- 
carbon  compound  and  butyric  acid  has  four  carbons.   And  I  suppose 
it  extended  the  range  of  chemistry.   Also  caproic  acid  apparently 
had  some  uses  which  butyric  acid  didn't  have.   Butyric  acid  and 
butyl  alcohol  had  been  produced  commercially  previous  to  that 
time,  and  the  organism  that  I  isolated  was  used  in  Delft  later 
on,  I  think,  for  caproic  acid  production—maybe  something  else, 
but  I'm  not  sure  what  now. 

Hughes:   What  is  caproic  acid  used  for? 

Barker:   Well,  as  a  compound  it  just  has  two  more  carbon  atoms  [than 
butyric  acid] . 

Hughes:    Yes,  but  does  it  have  some  industrial  use? 

Barker:   Well,  evidently  it  did  have  some,  or  Professor  Kluyver  thought  it 
might . 

Hughes:   You,  I'm  gathering,  were  not  particularly  interested  in  the 
practical  applications  of  this  work. 

Barker:   No. 

Hughes:    You  were  interested  in  how  these  organisms  functioned  in  nature? 


21  H.  A.  Barker.   "The  production  of  caproic  and  butyric  acids  by  the 
methane  fermentation  of  ethyl  alcohol."  Archiv  fiir  Mikrobiology  1937,  8:415, 


34 


Barker:   Yes,  but  you  know  I  was  a  young  person  getting  started.   To  have 
something  that  is  of  some  interest  outside  of  the  laboratory  is 
also  nice.   [laughs] 


More  on  van  Niel 


Hughes:   Do  you  think,  in  terms  of  the  university,  that  your  connection 

with  van  Niel  and  Hopkins  Marine  Station  probably  meant  more  than 
your  connection  with  Kluyver  and  the  Delft  School? 

Barker:   Oh,  very  likely.   Van  Niel  was  very  well  known.   He  had  a  very 

outgoing  dramatic  personality,  really,  and  he  had  done  very  good 
work.   And  I  guess  the  fact  that  I  had  studied  with  him  for 
several  years  and  then  had  gone  to  Delft  and  studied  there  was-- 
they  thought  I  ought  to  have  a  good  background.   [laughs] 

Hughes:   Yes,  I  would  think!   From  the  best.   Compared  to  other  students 
at  your  level,  didn't  you  have  much  more  experience?  You  had 
spent  time  with  van  Niel. 

Barker:    Well,  I'm  sure  I  had  more  experience  than  some  because  I'd 
already  had  some  Delft  experience.   [laughs]   Van  Niel's 
laboratory  in  the  days  when  I  worked  with  him  was  set  up  very 
much  on  the  pattern  of  the  Delft  laboratory. 


Research  on  Photosynthetic  Bacteria 


Hughes:    Why  would  a  microbiologist  be  at  a  marine  station? 

Barker:   Well,  that's  a  good  question  because  it  really  is  sort  of  chance, 
I  think.   There  are,  after  all,  lots  of  microorganisms  in  the 
ocean  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  ocean,  and  so  obviously  this  is 
a  place  where  one  might  come  in  contact  with  organisms  that  you 
wouldn't  find  in  another  environment. 

Hughes:    Is  that  particularly  true  of  the  photosynthetic  bacteria? 

Barker:    Probably  not.   All  the  photosynthetic  bacteria  actually  came  from 
the  land--ponds  and  so  on.   Photosynthetic  bacteria  are 
anaerobes,  most  of  them,  and  they  don't  like  a  lot  of  oxygen,  and 
so  they  wouldn't  thrive  in  the  ocean. 


35 


Hughes:    When  you  fly  over  the  salt  marshes  coming  into  San  Francisco, 
isn't  the  red  color  due  to  Halobacterium  halobiwnl 

Barker:   Well,  there  probably  is  a  genus  of  that  name  down  there. 

Hughes:    I  was  wondering  if  that  was  one  reason  that  van  Niel  was  at  the 
marine  station. 

Barker:   The  ones  that  I'm  familiar  with  are  Rhodospirillum  and  the 

Halospirillum.   I'm  not  sure  if  Halospirillum  is  photosynthetic- 
probably  not.   It  probably  just  means  that  they  are  salt 
tolerant. 


Lectures 


Hughes:    Did  you  find  similarities  in  the  science  that  was  done  at  Delft 
and  Hopkins  Marine  Station? 

Barker:   Oh,  yes.   Van  Niel  was  a  very  good  student  of  Kluyver's,  and 

actually  [van  Niel]  was  probable  a  more  impressive  teacher,  as  a 
lecturer  and  so  on.   His  lecturing  was  very  intense  and  very 
dramatic,  whereas  Kluyver  gave  a  good  informative  lecture,  but 
there  was  less  passion  involved  in  the  presentation.   Oh,  van 
Niel  was  an  extraordinary  person  from  the  point  of  view  of 
lecturing  and  presence.   I  think  everybody  who  came  under  his 
influence  was  really  impressed. 

Hughes:   Was  he  largely  lecturing  from  his  own  experience? 

Barker:  Oh,  no,  he  was  mainly  lecturing  on  the  basis  of  history.  He 
worked  very  hard  in  bringing  historical  information  into  his 
courses  and  so  on. 

Hughes:   There  was  already  substantial  information  on  these 
microorganisms  ? 

Barker:   Well,  on  some  of  them  there  was  and  for  some  there  wasn't. 
[From]  people  like  Winogradsky  and  Beijerinck  and  so  on. 

Hughes:    Did  van  Niel  ever  teach  on  the  Stanford  campus? 

Barker:    Yes,  he  did.   He  used  to  come  up  in  the  spring  for  several  years 
--I  don't  know  how  many—and  did  his  series  of  lectures  without 
even  a  laboratory.   That  is,  it  was  just  demonstration  of 
organisms  and  so  on.   He  didn't  like  that  as  much,  but  apparently 
it  was  considered  desirable  at  the  university  so  he  did  it. 


36 


Hughes:    He  had  no  ambition  to  be  on  the  Palo  Alto  campus? 

Barker:   No,  definitely  not.   The  marine  station  was  home.   He  had  a  very 
nice  house  in  Carmel  and  a  short  drive  over  to  the  marine 
station.   The  marine  station  was  a  nice  place.   When  he  first 
went  there,  well,  there  had  been  some  disruption;  people  of 
several  sorts  were  there--  invertebrate  zoologists  and  so  on.   In 
fact,  the  director  of  the  marine  station  in  the  early  years  when 
van  Niel  was  there  was  an  older  man  interested  in  invertebrate 
zoology.   I  can't  remember  his  name. 

[Barker's  comment  lost  in  tape  change]  ## 
Hughes:    What  was  the  electricity  being  used  for? 

Barker:    Well,  for  heating  water  baths  and  that  sort  of  thing.   The  budget 
of  the  marine  station  was  pretty  tight  in  those  days.   They  used 
to  suggest  that  we  use  the  minimum  amount  of  electricity. 

Hughes:   Did  the  invertebrate  zoologists  stay  around  for  van  Niel's 
career? 

Barker:   No.   During  the  Depression,  the  marine  station  essentially  shut 
down  except  for  van  Niel's  laboratory.   Several  other  people  who 
had  been  on  the  staff  left  or  discontinued  for  shortage  of  funds 
and  so  on.   But  van  Niel  thrived  during  that  period  and  gradually 
built  it  up  again. 

Hughes:    Did  the  invertebrate  zoologists  return  once  the  Depression  was 
over? 

Barker:   Well,  I'm  rather  vague  about  what  happened  down  there. 
Hughes:    I  was  wondering  if  it  became  a  van  Niel  operation. 

Barker:   Yes,  that  was  the  major  activity.   There  was  some  oceanographic 
work.   They  had  a  boat  that  was  used.   One  member  of  the  staff 
used  to  go  out  fairly  regularly  early  in  the  morning  and  collect 
some  data  on  temperatures  and  this,  that,  and  the  other  thing. 
But  gradually  it  stopped. 

Hughes:    So  it  really  became-- 

Barker:    A  big  microbiology  place,  for  the  most  part.   Although,  in  the 

summertime,  some  of  the  people  from  Stanford  came  down  there  and 
did  a  little  research  with  invertebrates  and  so  on.   And  there 
were  a  few  students  in  the  summer,  and  in  the  wintertime  there 
were  probably  half-a-dozen  people. 


37 


More  on  Dr.  Barker's  Arrival  at  Berkeley 


Soil  Microbiology 


Hughes:   Do  you  think  that  your  work  on  the  methane-producing  bacteria  was 
one  of  the  reasons  that  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 
became  interested  in  you? 

Barker:   Oh,  I  doubt  that  very  much. 
Hughes:   Why? 

Barker:   Well,  I  don't  know.   Nevertheless,  it's  always  possible  that  they 
thought  this  was  a  new  area  and  that  if  I  got  into  this  area  I 
might  get  into  others  that  would  ( ).   [laughs] 

Hughes :   Why  do  you  think  they  were  interested  in  you? 

Barker:   Well,  before  I  came  here,  the  teaching  of  agriculture 

bacteriology  essentially  was  done  by  C.  B.  Lipman,  who  was  dean 
of  the  graduate  school.   He  had  taught  this  [course]  sort  of  in 
his  spare  time,  which  wasn't  very  great  because  he  was  pretty 
busy  with  his  deanly  duties.   I  guess  they  thought  it  would  be 
desirable  to  get  somebody  to  relieve  him  of  his  teaching 
responsibility  in  this  area. 

Hughes:    And  really  do  a  concerted  job  of  teaching  soil  microbiology? 

Barker:   Yes.   The  class  was  very  small  before  I  came;  I  think  he  just  had 
one  or  two  students  at  a  time.   But  later  on  it  became  a  required 
course  for  students  in  the  soils  curriculum,  and  I  think  there 
was  normally  something  like  fifteen  or  twenty  students .   It 
wasn't  a  large  subject  —  large  subject  but  not  a  large  student 
[demand] . 

Hughes:    You  were  located  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building  which,  I 

understand,  had  problems,  the  physical  plant  itself.   I've  heard 
stories  about  the  rat  infestations,  for  example. 

Barker:   Well,  occasionally  one  saw  a  rat.   Not  very  often. 
Hughes:    So  that  wasn't  really  a  problem. 
Barker:   Not  for  me. 


38 


Faculty 

Hughes:    Do  you  remember  who  was  there  when  you  arrived  as  a  young  faculty 
member? 

Barker:   Well,  Hoagland,  of  course,  and  Lipman. 
Hughes:   Was  Hassid  there? 

Barker:    Yes,  he  was  a  graduate  student  when  I  first  came.   I  was  closely 
associated  with  Hassid.   Later,  I  think,  he  was  part  of  the 
department,  too.   And  Doudoroff  came  fairly  early  [1940].   I 
think  he  came  a  few  years  after  I  did.   And  then  there  was  Roger 
Stanier.   They  were  both  in  the  bacteriology  department  which  was 
close  by  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building,  just  up  a  floor. 

Hughes:   Hassid  was  actually  in  plant  biochemistry? 


Barker:    Yes,  in  plant  nutrition.   Some  of  the  people  had  academic 

appointments.   I  think  nearly  all  of  them  had  also  an  experiment 
station  appointment.   But  then  there  were  also  people  who  only 
had  experiment  station  appointments,  who  basically  were 
assistants  to  Professor  Hoagland.   He  was  chairman  of  the 
department. 

Hughes:    You  had  appointments  of  both  kinds  —  on  the  faculty  and  in  the 
experiment  station. 

Barker:   Yes.   And  when  I  first  came  there,  Dean  Lipman  also  came  there 
from  time  to  time  and  carried  on  some  experimental  work. 

Hughes:   But  not  directly  with  you? 

Barker:    Not  directly,  no.   We  were  quite  closely  associated.   We  used  the 
same  facilities  for  sterilization  and  cold  and  warm  rooms  and 
that  sort  of  thing. 


Equipment  for  Microbial  Research 


Hughes:    Was  LSB  well-equipped  for  microbial  research? 

Barker:   Well,  fairly  well.   I  added  to  that  after  I  came.   I  think  we  got 
a  big  walk-in  cabinet  for  greater  variety  of  temperatures  because 


39 


[before]  there  was  just  a  single  warm  room  there  which  was  kept 
at  30  degrees.   If  you  wanted  some  other  temperature,  you  had  to 
devise  them  the  [best  you  could.]   [laughs] 

Hughes:    So  you  provided  a  facility  that  had  a  range  of  temperatures  for 
use  with  cultures? 

Barker:    Yes,  the  temperature  could  be  adjusted  to  the  way  we  wanted.   It 
was  a  walk-in  thing,  but  it  was  not  very  big.   [demonstrates 
size]   And  inside  there  were  various  shelves. 

Hughes:    So  about  eight  feet  by  eight  feet,  would  you  say? 

Barker:   Well,  it  might  have  been  a  little  smaller  than  that--maybe  six 
feet  by  eight  feet. 

Hughes:   Did  you  introduce  enrichment  culture  to  this  group  or  was  that 
something  that  most  microbiologists  knew  about? 

Barker:    Well,  enrichment  culture  is  something  much  older,  but  I  think  I 

extended  this  to  a  greater  variety  of  organisms  and  so  on.   Well, 
of  course  Lipman  was  familiar  with  all  the  classical  work  that 
had  been  done  in  microbiology,  which  started  with  [Louis] 
Pasteur,  I  suppose,  and  then  there  was  Winogradsky. 


More  on  Enzymatic  Synthesis  of  Sucrose 


Hughes:   Research  that  certainly  got  some  attention  was  on  vitamin  B12 
coenzyme. 

Barker:  Ah,  yes. 

Hughes:  Do  you  remember  how  you  got  into  that? 

Barker:  Well,  I'm  a  little  vague  about  it  at  the  moment. 

Hughes:  Do  you  want  to  look  at  your  bibliography? 

Barker:    [skimming  his  bibliography]   Well,  we  got  into  the  enzymatic 
synthesis  of  sucrose,  I  remember. 

Hughes:   That  was  wartime  work? 

Barker:    Oh,  no.   That  made  quite  a  big  impression,  because  the  sugar 
industry  had  some  vague  interest  in  this. 


40 

Hughes:  Did  you  have  support  from  the  sugar  industry? 

Barker:  Yes,  I  think  so. 

Hughes:  Were  you  working  on  a  specific  organism? 

Barker:  Well,  let's  see,  I  must  say  I'm  very  vague  about  much  of  this. 

Hughes:    Just  run  your  eye  down  the  page  and  see  if  anything  comes  to 
mind. 

Barker:   The  first  paper  is,  "Enzymatic  synthesis  of  crystalline  sucrose," 
for  which  I  was  senior  author  and  Hassid  and  Doudoroff  were  also 
authors  ,zz 

Hughes:   Do  you  think  you  got  into  the  sucrose  work  because  your  interests 
led  you  in  that  direction?   Or  do  you  think  that  the  sugar 
industry  might  have  prompted  your  interest? 

Barker:   Oh,  no,  I  had  no  interest  in  the  sugar  industry,  that  was  pure 
coincidence.   No,  they  were  interested  in  it. 

Hughes:   How  did  they  get  to  know  about  you? 

Barker:    Probably  from  the  papers  that  were  published.   Well,  it's 

possible  that  we  contacted  somebody  for  some  reason  or  other. 

Hughes:   More  likely  that  they  contacted  you. 
Barker:    I'm  rather  vague  about  that  now. 

Hughes:    Dr.  Penhoet  thought  that  you  had  spent  some  time  in  the  summer 
working  for  C&H  Sugar. 

Barker:    I  remember  at  some  stage  I  visited  one  of  their  plants,  but  I 
must  say  I'm  quite  vague  about  this  now.   But  basically  it  was 
something  that  we  got  started  in  the  lab  first. 

Hughes:   Yes,  and  that  was  true  all  the  way  along,  wasn't  it?  You 
followed  your  research  where  your  interests  led  you. 

Barker:    Well,  I  never  got  deeply  involved  in  any  commercial  interest. 
I'm  afraid  I'm  not  being  a  very  good  [respondent]. 

Hughes:   Well,  it's  a  long  time  ago.   Turn  the  page  of  your  bibliography 
to  the  B12  research. 


H.  A.  Barker,  W.  Z.  Hassid,  and  M.  Doudoroff.   Science  1944,  100:51. 


41 

Barker:   Oh,  that  was  later,  I  believe. 

Hughes:   Yes,  that  was  mid  to  late-fifties,  I  think. 

More  on  Research  with  Radioactive  Tracers 
Access  to  the  Cyclotron 


Barker:   I  see  there  was  some  Cu  work  on  C02  utilization. 
Hughes:   That  was  with  Martin  Kamen. 

Barker:   Yes.   That  had  quite  an  influence,  I  remember,  on  what  I  did  for 
some  time. 

Hughes:    In  what  way? 

Barker:   Well,  this  [using  radioactive  tracers]  was  a  way  of  finding  out 
things  that  you  couldn't  find  out  very  readily  any  other  way,  so 
we  did  a  number  of  experiments.   It  was  always  a  little  awkward 
because  usually  the  cyclotron  was  only  available  [to  biologists] 
from  about  midnight  to  two  a.m.,  so  we  got  started  usually  about 
maybe  ten  or  eleven  at  night  and  usually  then  had  to  wait  until 
Kamen  could  get  a  hold  of  the  cyclotron  which  was  used  for  lots 
of  other  things,  of  course,  during  this  period.   So  we  got  it 
when  nobody  else  was  using  it. 

Hughes:   The  biologists  were  the  low  men  on  the  totem  pole.   [laughter] 
Barker:   Very  low. 


Tracer  Use  of  Carbon- 14 


Hughes:   Were  any  other  microbiologists  using  radioactive  tracers  in  their 
work  at  that  time? 

Barker:   Well,  some  people  were  beginning  to  use  Cu,  which  was  the  long- 
lived  radioactive  isotope.   See,  where  we  had  a  twenty-minute 
half-life  isotope  [Cu]  which  made  it  possible  to  do  quick 
experiments,  the  people  in  the  East  had  the  long-lived 
radiocarbon  which  they  could  work  on  indefinitely. 


42 


Hughes:   They  had  Cu  before  Berkeley? 

Barker:   Yes,  [pauses]  I  think  so.   There  was  a  cyclotron  at  the 
University  of  Chicago. 

Hughes:    So  perhaps  they  were  the  first  to  use  Cu  in  metabolic  studies  of 
bacteria? 

Barker:    I  don't  know  that  they  were  the  first  ones.   We  may  have  been  the 
first  ones  because  we  had  the  organisms  that  were  already  pretty 
well  known  that  probably  they  did  use  C02  in  their  metabolism.23 
But  others  also  had  problems  that  could  be  solved  with  the  use  of 
isotopes  fairly  early. 

Hughes:   Also,  you  had  Martin  Kamen  right  here  on  campus.   Wasn't  he  one 
of  the  very  few  who  could  prepare  C14  for  tracer  use? 

Barker:   Oh,  yes,  he  was  initially.   All  experiments  were  done  with 
Martin.   [laughs] 

Hughes:   Well,  who  knows,  you  may  have  been  the  first.   [laughs] 

Barker:    Well,  I  think  perhaps  we  were  the  first  to  do  experiments  of  that 
sort,  but  then  other  people  came  along  rather  soon  thereafter. 


Ernest  and  John  Lawrence 


Hughes:    Ernest  Lawrence,  as  I  understand,  was  quite  interested  in  having 
radioisotopes  used  in  biological  research. 

Barker:   Well,  I  think  he  thought  that  it  would  be  good  for  the  cyclotron 
and  his  general  activities  to  have  people  working  on  other 
approaches  to  biology.   But  we  had  virtually  no  contacts  with  him 
at  the  university;  I  think  I  only  met  him  once  or  twice  on 
committees.   He  was  never  up  at  midnight  or  two  a.m. 


23  In  his  "Notes  on  the  history  of  biochemistry  at  Berkeley"  (1969), 
Barker  writes  of  a  paper  he  co-authored  in  1941  which  reported  "the  first  use 


of  C1(,  discovered  the  previous  year  by  Ruben  and  Kamen  (1940)  as  a 
biological  system[s]."   See  appendix  to  oral  history. 


tracer  in 


43 


Hughes:   Oh,  I  see.   [laughter]   What  about  his  brother,  John  Lawrence?" 
Was  he  around  at  all? 

Barker:   No,  he  was  not.   A  little  later  on  he  did  some  experiments,  I 

think,  with  carbon  isotopes,  but  it  was  entirely  unrelated  to  the 
sort  of  work  that  [we  were  doing] . 

Hughes:    Right,  he  was  a  physician  and  he  was  more  interested  in  clinical 
application. 

Barker:    Yes. 

Hughes:    I  just  thought  maybe  your  paths  had  crossed. 

Barker:   Well,  I  met  him  on  one  or  two  occasions. 


Tracer  Research  with  Martin  Kamen 


Hughes:    So  when  you  were  doing  these  experiments,  it  was  Martin  Kamen  and 
you- -the  two  of  you? 

Barker:   Yes.   I'd  meet  him  about  midnight  or  so  and  usually  go  on  from 
there. 

Hughes:   You  would  bring  your  cultures  to  the  Rat  Lab? 

Barker:   Yes,  I'd  have  to  get  ready  and  get  cultures  to  the  proper  stage 
so  we  could  do  the  experiments.   And  then  it  was  just  a  question 
of  taking  the  cell  suspension  and  the  appropriate  nutrients  and 
then  putting  in  some  radioactive  carbon  and  waiting  a  short  time 
and  then  analyzing  the  results- -see  where  [the  carbon]  went  and 
how  much  got  into  what. 

Hughes:   And  the  radioactive  carbon  was  in  the  form  of  C02? 

Barker:    Initially  it  was  provided  entirely  in  the  form  of  C02.   It's 

possible  we  did  some  experiments  with  some  other  compound  than 
C02,  but  I'm  a  little  vague  about  this  now.   Probably  if  I  looked 
through  [the  bibliography]  I  could  find  out. 

Hughes:   You  think  that  maybe  you  also  used  a  solid  substrate  which 
incorporated  radioactive  carbon? 


"  See  the  oral  history  with  John  Lawrence  in  The  Bancroft  Library  oral 
history  series  on  medical  physics  at  Berkeley. 


44 


Barker:   No,  but  we  might  have  converted  the  C02  into  some  other  compound 
and  then  used  that  as  the  radioactive  source.   [continuing  to 
scan  bibliography]   One  of  the  experiments  was  on  C02  utilization 
for  making  acetic  acid,25  and  then  making  butyric  acid  and 
caproic  acids,  plus  we  did  kluyveri.26  Well,  it  was  a  long  time 
ago. 

Hughes:    It  was.   Your  particular  interest  was  anaerobic  soil 
microorganisms? 

Barker:   Well,  yes.   Actually,  much  of  my  work  was  with  anaerobic 

organisms,  and  so  they  were  the  ones  that  were  readily  available 
for  doing  these  various  experiments. 

Hughes:    Were  they  easier  to  work  with  than  aerobes,  is  that  what  you're 
saying?   Presumably  aerobic  bacteria  were  also  available,  were 
they  not? 

Barker:   Yes,  but  the  ones  that  I  was  working  with  at  that  time  were 

mostly  anaerobes,  so  we  happened  to  have  material- 
Hughes:    That  was  what  you  had.   [laughter] 

Barker:   That's  what  we  had  and  that's  where  the  opportunities  of  Cu 
became  more  apparent. 


Research  on  B,,  Coenzyme 


Hughes:    The  B12  coenzyme  work  attracted  the  interest  of  industry. 

Barker:   Yes,  I  guess  that  was  the  aspect  of  my  work  that  was  most 
interesting  to  industry. 

Hughes:   Did  the  interest  of  industry  make  any  difference  in  the  way  you 
did  your  research? 


25  H.  A.  Barker,  S.  Ruben,  and  M.  D.  Kamen,  "The  reduction  of  radioactive 
carbon  dioxide  by  methane-producing  bacteria.   IV.   The  synthesis  of  acetic 
acid  from  carbon  dioxide  by  Clostridium  acidi-urici,"  Proceedings  of  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences  1940,  26:477. 

26  H.  A.  Barker  and  S.  M.  Tata,  "Clostridium  kluyveri,  an  organism 
concerned  in  the  formation  of  caproic  acid  from  ethyl  alcohol,"  Journal  of 
Bacteriology  1942,  43:347. 


, 


45 


Barker:    Oh,  I  don't  think  so,  not  appreciably,  no. 
Hughes:   You  just  carried  on  and  they  fit  in? 
Barker:   Yes.   [laughter] 

Hughes:    Although  you  do  have  a  patent  on  the  process  for  making  BJ2 
coenzyme. 

Barker:   Yes,  I  have  a  patent.   That  happened  later  over  the  years  [1962], 

Hughes:    Do  you  remember  whose  idea  it  was  to  patent  the  B12  coenzyme 
work? 

Barker:   No,  I  can't  tell  you  that  at  the  moment,  but  probably  the 
industrial  people  were  interested  in  that.27 

Hughes:   You  wouldn't  have  initiated  patenting? 

Barker:   Well,  I  don't  think  so.   I  may  be  wrong.   I  might  have  at  that 
time.   [laughs]   Maybe  I  thought  I  would  get  a  little  something 
out  of  it  in  terms  of  monetary  reward.   And  I  probably  did  get  a 
little,  but  not  very  much. 


Microbial  Culture  Collections 

Barker's  Collection  at  Berkeley 

Hughes:   Did  you  have  large  culture  collections  as  time  went  on? 

Barker:    Oh,  not  very  large,  no.   Nearly  all  of  experiments  of  this  type 
were  done  with  a  few  [species  of]  organisms. 

Hughes:    Because  that's  all  you  required? 

Barker:   Well,  they  did  what  we  were  interested  in  doing. 


27  In  March  1960,  Dr.  Barker  wrote  to  a  scientist  at  the  Squibb  Institute 
for  Medical  Research  in  response  to  his  letter  about  patent  coverage  of 
various  coenzyme  analogs.   (H.  A.  Barker  to  David  Perlman,  March  3,  1960. 
Barker  correspondence,  Bancroft  Library,  CU467,  box  6,  folder  49.)   On  May  29, 
1962,  the  U.S.  Patent  Office  issued  a  patent  to  Barker,  assigned  to  the  UC 
Regents,  for  "B12  Coenzymes  and  Processes  for  Preparing  the  Same." 


Hughes:   Yes,  so  you  didn't  need  more  types. 
Barker:    No. 

Hughes:    But  when  you  finished  a  project--say,  the  sucrose  project—would 
you  continue  to  culture  those  organisms,  or  was  that  the  end  of 
it  and  you'd  toss  them  out? 

Barker:   Oh,  no,  these  were  mostly  organisms  which  we  had  worked  with  and 
probably  are  in  collections  somewhere  around  the  country  in 
addition  to  our  own  lab.   What  one  generally  does,  if  you  have  an 
organism  with  some  interest  is  you  send  it  to  the  American  Type 
Culture  Collection,  and  then  they  have  the  trouble  of  keeping  it 
from  then  on.   I  don't  know  whether  they  still  have  those 
organisms  or  not.   Very  likely,  some  of  them  they  still  have. 

Hughes:    So  once  you  had  finished  with  a  particular  organism,  there  was  no 
particular  reason  to  continue  its  culture  in  your  laboratory? 

Barker:    Well,  unless  we  had  other  [interests]. 

Hughes:   Yes,  right.   Because  if  you  needed  it  again,  you  could  write  to 
the  American  Type  Culture  Society. 

Barker:    Yes,  but  usually  you  would  keep  around  the  organisms  that  you're 
familiar  with  if  it  isn't  too  much  trouble.   And  often  some  of 
these  organisms  were  spore-formers,  so  you  could  grow  them  up 
until  they  formed  spores  and  then  dry  the  material  and  they  would 
last  more  or  less  indefinitely.   When  you  wanted  one,  all  you  had 
to  do  was  go  back  to  this  powdered  material.   But  others  that 
don't  form  spores  you  had  to  transfer  fairly  regularly.   It 
becomes  a  problem  to  do  it,  so  for  a  lot  of  cultures  it's  better 
to  let  the  American  Type  Culture  Collection  do  this  sort  of 
thing . 

Hughes:  Had  that  been  started  way  back? 

Barker:  Yes,  I  don't  know  just  when  it  was  started. 

Hughes:  But  it  was  available  throughout  your  career. 

Barker:  Yes. 


47 


The  Culture  Collection  at  the  Microbiology  Laboratory,  Delft 


Barker:    Delft  had  a  big  collection,  too.   Actually,  van  Niel's  job  as  a 
graduate  student  was  taking  care  of  the  culture  collection  of 
Delft.   Professor  Kluyver,  at  least  in  the  time  when  I  was  there, 
never  did  any  hands-on  work.   He  was  the  idea  man.   And  then  van 
Niel  would  help  to  write  up  papers  and  all  that  sort  of  thing. 
See,  van  Niel  had  been  his  right-hand  man  in  the  laboratory. 

I  think  that  was  the  system  that  Kluyver  always  used.   He 
had  some  senior  student  who  for  several  years  was  under  him  and 
was  sort  of  responsible  for  seeing  that  everything  went  right  and 
giving  advice  to  people  and  so  on,  so  that  eased  the  amount  of 
work  Kluyver  had  to  do  and  direct  contact  with  students.   After 
all,  Delft  Laboratory  was  just  a  one-man  [operation] . 

Hughes:    It  was  Kluyver,  wasn't  it? 

Barker:    It  was  Kluyver.   And  he  had  a  pretty  big  laboratory  at  times.   He 
had  maybe  ten  to  twenty  students  there,  and  he  had  lectures  to 
give,  and  outside  activities,  I'm  sure,  of  different  sorts,  so  he 
needed  help. 

Hughes:   He  lectured  at  the  university? 
Barker:   At  the  university,  yes. 

Hughes:    Right,  so  he  was  a  university  professor  that  happened  to  have- 
Barker:   He  was  a  single  department  in  himself,  that's  what  it  amounted 
to.   There  wasn't  anybody  else. 

Hughes:    Yes,  and  the  department  was  the  building  that  you  showed  me, 
which  wasn't,  of  course,  on  a  campus. 

Barker:   Well,  I  think  that  was  generally  true  at  that  time;  individual 

professors  just  had  their  own  establishments,  rather  than  having 
several  rooms  in  a  big  university  building.   So  pieces  of  the 
university  were  spread  around. 

Hughes:    Were  the  cultures  that  the  Delft  laboratory  maintained  readily 
available  to  scientists  elsewhere? 

Barker:   Yes,  I  think  they  were.   I  think  one  could  write  Professor 
Kluyver,  and  he'd  get  somebody  to  send  them  cultures,  yes. 

Hughes:    Did  you  also  do  the  same  thing  once  you  were  established  at 
Berkeley? 


Barker:    Oh,  yes.   Yes,  we  had  a  modest  culture  collection. 

Hughes:    Even  though  the  American  Type  Culture  Society  was  available, 
people  would  still  write  to  you? 

Barker:   Yes,  the  organisms  you're  working  on,  you  want  readily  available 
whenever  you  want  them. 

Hughes:   But  people  who  were  not  at  Berkeley  would  nonetheless  write  to 
you  for  organisms? 

Barker:   Yes,  sometimes. 

Hughes:    Why  wouldn't  they  write  to  the  American  Type  Culture  Society? 

Barker:    Well,  they  often  did  that,  too,  I'm  sure.   [laughs]   Or  to  van 

Niel's  laboratory.   He  had  quite  a  good-sized  culture  collection. 
I  never  had  as  large  a  collection  as  he  had,  but  he  followed  the 
sort  of  Delft  pattern.   I  don't  know,  he  probably  had  maybe 
hundreds  of  cultures  which  he  kept  which  he  used  partly  in 
connection  with  his  teaching  and  partly  in  connection  with 
research. 

Hughes:   Were  there  any  stipulations  attached  to  giving  out  these 

organisms?  Any  limitations  in  how  they  might  be  used  or  credit 
that  had  to  be  given? 

Barker:    Well,  I  think  one  generally  acknowledged,  if  you  got  a  culture 

from  somewhere,  where  it  came  from,  sort  of  to  establish  what  it 
was,  its  authenticity. 

Hughes:   But  it  was  quite  different  from  the  system  now,  where  a  scientist 
writing  for  use  of  a  specific  plasmid,  for  example,  has  to  assure 
the  donor  that  he's  not  going  to  use  it  for  commercial  purposes. 
There  was  none  of  that? 

Barker:    No,  I  suppose  commercial  use  was  less  prevalent  then  than  it  is 
now. 


Van  Niel's  Collection 


Barker:    Van  Niel  basically  had  a  substantial  part  of  the  Delft 

collection—that  part  that  he  was  interested  in  at  any  rate. 
Delft,  for  many  years,  from  the  early  years  of  Beijerinck,  had 
developed  this  collection;  somebody  in  the  laboratory  had  to  take 


Hughes : 
Barker: 
Hughes: 
Barker: 


Hughes : 
Barker: 


Hughes: 
Barker: 

Hughes: 
Barker: 


care  of  it.   While  van  Niel  was  a  graduate  student,  he  for 
several  years  was  responsible  for  transferring  the  collection  and 
so  on.   That  responsibility  went  to  somebody  else  after  he  left. 

He  came  to  this  country  with  some  of  that  collection? 

Yes. 

And  I'm  sure  added  greatly  to  it. 

Yes.   I  don't  know,  he  must  have  had  some  hundred  or  more- 
hundreds  maybe--cultures  that  he  kept.   He  had  a  special 
assistant  whose  job  was  to  do  the  transferring  and  so  on,  among 
other  things.   He  prepared  media  for  his  classes  and  that  sort  of 
thing. 

So  he  had  a  pretty  nice  setup  at  Hopkins  Marine  Station? 

Well,  it  was  very  nice  and  very  good  for  him;  it  was  quite  small. 
He  was  the  microbiologist,  and  he  had  one  full-time  assistant.   I 
don't  know  what  her  training  had  been.   She  might  have  had  some 
university  experience,  probably  didn't  graduate  from  a 
university,  although  she  might  have.   So  he  taught  her  what  she 
needed  to  know. 

She  was  his  right-hand  woman,  so  to  speak? 

Well,  she  took  care  of  the  culture  collection,  yes,  and  certain 
things  around  the  laboratory. 

She  was  with  him  for  a  long  time? 

Yes.   I  can't  even  remember  her  name,  but  she  was  there  for  quite 
a  number  of  years . 


Martin  Kamen  preparing  carbon- 11  target,  circa  1940. 


Martin  Kamen  operating  the  cyclotron  at  the  Radiation  Laboratory,  circa 
1940. 


Sam  Ruben,  circa  1940. 


Michael  Doudoroff,  Horace  Barker,  and  W.Z.  Hassid  receiving  the  first 
Sugar  Research  Award  from  George  Beadle,  1945. 


Cornelius  B.  Van  Niel,  circa  1948. 

Photo  courtesy  V.B.D.  Skerman,  University  of  Queensland. 


A.  J.  Kluyver 


Photo  by  Studio  Odijk,  Delft. 


Department  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry,  1957 


Photo  by  Barry  Evans. 


Horace  A.  Barker 


50 

More  on  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry 
[Interview  3:  January  14,  1999]  ## 

Faculty  Participants 


Hughes:    In  1946,  you  and  I.  L.  Chaikoff  organized  an  interdepartmental 
graduate  group  major,  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry.28 

Barker:    [It  was  a  way]  for  anyone  in  the  [interdisciplinary  graduate] 
groups  to  work  with  somebody  in  one  of  the  others.   It  was  for 
the  times  fairly  useful. 

Hughes:   Was  the  medical  school  [UCSF]  biochemistry  group  included? 

Barker:    Yes.   For  example,  Chaikoff  and  Greenberg  at  this  time  were  in 

the  medical  school.   They  had  just  recently  been  transferred  from 
whatever  they  were  in  before  into  the  medical  school  curriculum. 
Hassid  and  I  were  in  [the  Department  of]  Plant  Nutrition.   I  was 
in  what  was  called  Plant  Biochemistry,  but  it  was  under  Plant 
Nutrition.   And  then  [Maynard  Alexander] Jos lyn  and  [Gordon] 
Mackinney  were  in  Food  Technology.   We  collaborated  to  some 
degree  with  them  for  a  number  of  years,  particularly  during  the 
war  years.   Nearly  everybody  left  and  those  who  remained  worked 
on  war  projects  of  one  sort  or  another. 

Hughes:    Was  that  by  choice? 

Barker:    Well,  by  choice,  yes. 

Hughes:    You  wanted  to  help  the  war  effort? 

Barker:    Yes,  it  seemed  like  there  were  some  things  that  we  could  do  that 
might  be  slightly  useful.   [laughs] 

Hughes :    But  then  when  the  war  was  over  you  went  back  to  your  comparative 
biochemistry? 

Barker:   Well,  I  think  the  Comparative  Biochemistry  [Program]  continued 
during  this  period. 

Hughes:   Do  you  remember  whose  idea  it  was  to  form  it? 


60). 


28  Memo,  May  11,  1946  (Barker  papers,  Bancroft  Library,  CU-467,  folder 


51 


Barker:    It  was  my  idea. 


I.  L.  Chaikoff  and  the  Medical  School 


Barker:   But  Chaikoff  was  quite  interested  because  he  was  in  the  medical 

school,  and  he  liked  to  have  students  that  weren't  in  the  medical 
school,  people  interested  primarily  in  the  biochemical  problems 
that  he  worked  on. 

Hughes:   He  was  a  basic  scientist? 

Barker:   Yes,  he  was  a  basic  scientist.   He  was  interested  in  a 
combination  of  physiology  and  biochemistry. 

Hughes:   Did  he  regret  having  to  be  transferred  to  the  medical  school? 

Barker:    Oh,  I  don't  know  now  if  I  can  say  he  regretted  it  or  not,  but 
obviously  it  made  some  complications  in  handling  [graduate] 
students.   He  had  some  that  I'm  sure  were  not  really  interested 
in  medicine  per  se,  and  so  it  made  it  easier  to  handle  those  in 
interdepartmental  [graduate]  groups,  such  as  this  one. 

Hughes:    I  imagine  that  there  were  also  students  who  were  really  only 
interested  in  medical  problems? 

Barker:   Well,  there  may  have  been  some. 

Hughes:    I  mean,  once  he  got  over  to  the  medical  school  in  San  Francisco. 

Barker:   Well,  he  didn't  go  to  the  medical  school.   Part  of  the  medical 
school  remained  in  Berkeley  in  the  Life  Sciences  Building  for  a 
number  of  years.   Ultimately  it  was  all  transferred,  but  I  think 
parts  of  bacteriology,  parts  of  physiology,  and  parts  of 
biochemistry  were  connected  to  the  medical  school  while  they  were 
still  in  Berkeley.   I  don't  think  Chaikoff  ever  was  in  San 
Francisco.   I  think  he  retired  in  Berkeley. 


More  on  Faculty  Participants 


Barker:    Greenberg,  I  think,  did  go  to  San  Francisco  for  a  time. 

[referring  to  1946  memo  re  faculty  participants  in  the  graduate 
group]   [Paul]  Kirk:  his  primary  interest  was  in  microchemistry . 
He  had  interests  outside  the  university  in  consulting  of  various 


52 


sorts.   I  don't  remember  now  which  group  he  stayed  with. 
[Sherburne  F.]  Cook  I  think  was  in  Physiology.   Hassid  and  I  were 
in  Plant  Nutrition  under  Professor  Hoagland,  and  Joslyn  was  in 
Food  Technology.   He  was  in  one  of  the  buildings  along  the  north 
side  of  the  campus,  before  the  big  buildings  right  along  the 
street  were  built.   Food  Technology,  Plant  Pathology,  and  several 
other  small  departments  were  located  in  that  building,  if  it's 
still  there.   [Harold]  Tarver  was  in  Biochemistry  and  Mackinney 
was  in  Food  Technology,  Doudoroff  was  in  Bacteriology,  and 
[Samuel]  Lepkovsky  was  sort  of  by  himself  up  the  canyon.29 

Hughes:   At  LBL  [Lawrence  Berkeley  Laboratory]? 

Barker:   No,  there  was  an  old  laboratory--! 'm  not  sure  if  it  still  exists 
--which  was  above  the  Biochemistry  Building  up  the  canyon  a  ways. 
There  was  a  road  that  went  up  there  past  the  tennis  courts  and 
the  swimming  pool  and  ultimately  the  road  turned  up  and  went  up 
to  the  Radiation  Lab  up  on  the  hill,  and  there  was  a  whole 
building  there  that  was  very  antique. 

Hughes:    And  no  longer  exists? 

Barker:   Well,  he  got  along  there  until  he  retired  and  after  he  retired  I 
think  it  was  probably  torn  down.30 


Student  Participation 

Hughes:    I  read  somewhere  in  those  documents  that  there  were  eleven 

different  departments  represented  in  the  Program  in  Comparative 
Biochemistry. 

Barker:    Oh,  yes.   It  presumably  took  in  most  of  the  biology  departments, 
and  some  of  them  I  think  probably  never  had  any  students  in  this 
area  and  some  of  them  had  several.   I  think  Food  Technology  had 
several  students,  Bacteriology  had  some,  Plant  Nutrition  had 
some.   Well,  there  may  have  been  some  others,  too.   It  was  not  a 
large  group. 

Hughes:    Was  there  ever  a  problem  in  the  different  agendas  that  I  presume 
both  students  and  professors  brought  to  the  group?   A  field  such 


29  Dr.  Ballou  notes:  "Lepkovsky  was  in  Nutrition,  worked  on  poultry 
husbandry  and  had  a  lab  on  what  is  now  called  Cenetennial  Drive.   The  building 
is  still  there  and  is  devoted  to  Atmospheric  Aerosol  Research." 

30  Louise  Taylor  believes  the  building  may  have  been  used  thereafter  by 
Poultry  Husbandry  and  then  torn  down  recently. 


53 


as  Food  Technology,  for  example,  has  a  practical  orientation,  but 
what  you  were  doing  was  very  basic  research.   It  worked  to  have 
an  umbrella  group? 

Barker:   Well,  when  it  came  to  a  Ph.D.  examination,  one  put  people  on  the 
committee  who  were  appropriately  there.   [laughs] 

Hughes:    So  it  was  a  large  enough  group  that  you  picked  and  chose 
according  to  the  needs  of  the  dissertation  committee? 

Barker:   Well,  the  students  really  chose  us  rather  than  we  choosing  the 
students.   It  was  designed  for  students  who  didn't  quite  fit  in 
the  more  specialized  requirements  of  a  particular  department. 
They  were  required  to  take  a  variety  of  general  courses- 
bacteriology  and  biochemistry- -and  then  they  always  took  some 
more  specialized  courses  —  in  physiology,  and  so  on. 

Hughes:   Did  all  of  your  students  work  through  this  graduate  group? 

Barker:   No,  I  had  some  students  that  got  degrees  in  microbiology,  which 
was  also  an  interdepartmental  group.   Well,  [our  comparative 
biochemistry]  group  was  really  designed  to  take  care  of  students 
who  for  one  reason  or  another  didn't  fit  in  with  a  particular 
department,  whose  interests  in  terms  of  the  standard  departments 
were  sort  of  interdepartmental.   It  was  not  very  large.   I  think 
we  never  had  more  than  six  or  eight  students  at  one  time,  but  it 
lasted  for  a  number  of  years. 

Hughes:   You  will  see  in  those  documents  a  listing  of  the  course 
requirements. 

Barker:  Here  we  go.   So  we  had  Chaikoff ,  Cook- -what  department  was  he  in? 

Hughes:  Is  that  Sherburne  Cook? 

Barker:  It's  S.  F.  Cook. 

Hughes:  I'm  almost  sure  he  was  in  the  Department  of  Physiology.31 

Barker:    I  think  he  was,  too.   He  wasn't  a  very  prominent  member  [of  the 
Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry];  I  don't  think  he  was  there 
very  long,  either. 

Hughes:    I  know  his  name  because  he,  like  you,  was  one  of  the  early  users 
of  radioisotopes .   But  not  as  early  as  you  were. 


31  Cook  joined  the  department  in  1928  as  an  assistant  professor. 


Seminars 


Hughes:    I  also  noticed  some  reference  to  seminars  that  were  supported  by 
the  graduate  group  as  a  whole.   Do  you  remember  that?   These 
seminars  were  different  from  those  that  presumably  each 
department  sponsored. 

Barker:   Well,  we  did  for  a  number  of  years  have  seminars  in  general 

microbiology.   I  think  Mike  Doudoroff  and  Roger  Stanier  were  in 
charge  of  that  at  one  time.   I  think  we  would  each  take  turns 
finding  people  who  would  be  willing  to  talk. 

Hughes:    Those  seminars  were  for  the  Department  of  Bacteriology  or  were 
they  for  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry? 

Barker:    Well,  I  think  it  was  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry. 

The  senior  people  in  bacteriology  were  rather  medically  oriented, 
except  for  the  people  who  had  come  from  van  Niel's  laboratory, 
and  so  they,  instead  of  combining  with  the  medical  people,  had 
their  own  seminar  series  which  was  on  nonmedical  subjects. 

Hughes:  So  that  was  another  purpose  of  the  program;  it  allowed  you  to 
explore  subjects  that  might  have  been  a  bit  more  difficult  to 
explore,  at  least  on  a  seminar  basis,  in  specific  departments. 

Barker:   Oh  yes,  I  think  so. 

Hughes:   Was  there  anything  else  that  the  Program  in  Comparative 
Biochemistry  allowed  one  to  do? 

Barker:    Well,  it  mainly  functioned  to  handle  graduate  students  who  did 
not  want  to  get  directly  involved  in  the  medical  biochemistry 
departments,  and  there  were  quite  a  lot  later  on.   I  don't  know 
if  any  of  them  are  here.   Let's  see,  there  are  one,  two,  three, 
four-- [continues  counting  to  fifteen  before  interrupted] 

Hughes:  Are  you  counting  up  students  who-- 

Barker:  Who  I  had. 

Hughes:  In  the  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry? 

Barker:  Yes. 


55 


Hughes:   You  wrote  in  an  article  in  the  Annual  Review  of  Biochemistry  that 
seventy-five  students  majored  in  comparative  biochemistry.32 

Barker:    No,  those  were  not  all  mine  because  this  included  people  in  the 
bacteriology  department  under  Stanier,  Doudoroff,  and  [Edward] 
Adelberg,  and  I  think  there  were  maybe  even  one  or  two  in  other 
departments. 

Hughes:    That's  quite  a  number  of  students. 

Barker:    Well,  it  was  the  time  when  general  microbiology,  and  biochemistry 
related  to  it,  flourished  in  Berkeley. 

Hughes:    Those  years  were  the  high  points? 

Barker:   Yes.   Doudoroff  was  very  much  interested,  for  example,  in 

problems  related  to  sucrose  and  so  on,  and  I  was  involved  in  this 
somewhat  also.   We  got  a  lot  of  publicity  on  bacterial  synthesis 
of  sucrose,  not  that  it  ever  had  any  practical  application;  it 
was  theoretical. 

Hughes:   Yes,  I  saw  some  newspaper  articles  about  the  sucrose  work.33 
Barker:    Yes,  there  was  some  publicity  that  got  out  in  the  press. 
** 

Hughes:   Do  you  remember  why  the  name  Program  in  Comparative  Biochemistry 
was  chosen?  Why  wasn't  it  just  the  Program  in  Biochemistry? 

Barker:    Well,  there  was  a  biochemistry  department,  you  see,  and  we  had  to 
distinguish  ourselves.   It  was  in  the  medical  school  at  the  time. 
That  was  one  of  the  slight  complications.   Also,  Greenberg,  the 
chairman  of  the  medical  school  department,  I  think  was  a  little 
sensitive  about  having  another  group  with  a  name  that  was  too 
similar.   [laughs] 

Hughes:   What  you  were  doing  in  your  research  was  certainly  comparative 
biochemistry,  is  that  not  true? 

Barker:   Well,  we  used  various  organisms,  yes,  mostly  bacteria. 


32  H.  A.  Barker,  "Explorations  of  bacterial  metabolism,"  Annual  Review  of 
Biochemistry  1975,  47:1-33. 

33  Barker's  papers  in  the  Bancroft  Library  are  a  rich  source  for  all 
aspects  of  his  career. 


56 


Hughes:    But  that  wasn't  really  the  agenda  of  the  group  as  a  whole? 

Barker:    Well,  it  wasn't  actually  a  very  big  group.   There  were  only  about 
half  a  dozen  people  [faculty  members],  I  think,  who  ever  made  use 
of  this.   It  was  mostly  the  students.   I  think  my  students,  I 
think  Hassid's  students,  and  Chaikoff's  students  made  use  of 
this.   And  then  some  of  the  people  in  Food  Technology-- Joslyn,  I 
think . 


Teaching 


Course  in  Soil  Microbiology 


Hughes:    Do  you  remember  what  courses  you  taught? 

Barker:    I  taught  primarily  two  courses  during  this  period.   I  was  brought 
to  the  university  to  teach  soil  microbiology.   Initially,  when  I 
first  came,  I  think  there  were  only  two  students  that  took  the 
course.   Dean  Lipman  had  taught  it  several  years  in  his  spare 
moments,  but  he  didn't  do  a  very  systematic  job  of  it.   He  mostly 
came  around  and  got  people  started  on  some  simple  experiments  and 
perhaps  once  or  twice  during  the  semester  gave  a  lecture  or 
something.   [laughs]   It  was  a  very  informal  course,  and  there 
were  very  few  students.   I  think  one  reason  I  was  hired  was  to 
take  care  of  the  students  in  Plant  Nutrition  that  needed  to  know 
something  about  soil  microorganisms.   So  after  I  came  it  was  a 
required  course  in  the  soils  curriculum. 

Hughes:    So  you  had  a  lot  of  students? 

Barker:    Well,  not  a  lot  because  it  wasn't  a  big  group,  but  on  the  order 
of  fifteen  or  twenty,  or  maybe  it  was  as  high  as  thirty 
sometimes. 


The  van  Niel  Approach  to  Biochemistry 


Hughes:    Were  you  more  or  less  following  van  Niel's  approach? 


57 


Barker:   Well,  to  some  extent,  because  that's  what  I  knew.   You  see,  I  had 
studied  with  van  Niel  and  I  had  been  a  year  in  Delft  with 
Professor  Kluyver  in  the  laboratory  where  van  Niel  had 
originated.   But  this  course  in  biochemistry  was  not  primarily 
soil  microbiology;  it  was  only  partially  so.   We  used  various 
sorts  of  material—plant  material  and  perhaps  some  bacteria--to 
set  up  experiments  that  could  be  done  rather  easily. 

Hughes:   What  was  the  second  course  you  taught? 

Barker:   Well,  some  of  the  people  in  bacteriology  also  had  been  students 
of  the  same  people  in  Stanford  that  I  [had  studied  with] , 
particularly  van  Niel  at  Pacific  Grove,  and  so  we  had  him  in 
common. 

Hughes:  Was  that  Doudoroff? 

Barker:  Yes,  Doudoroff,  Stanier,  and  Ed  Adelberg. 

Hughes:  Oh,  Adelberg  had  been  with  van  Niel,  too? 

Barker:  Well,  yes,  I  think  he'd  been  there  one  summer. 

Hughes:    So  they  were  all  imbued  with  the  van  Niel  approach  to 
biochemistry? 

Barker:    I  think  so. 

Hughes:   What  would  you  call  it?  Microbial  biochemistry? 

Barker:   Yes.   Ed  Adelberg  was  a  little  more  connected  to  genetics,  but 

the  others  were  primarily  interested  in  biology  and  biochemistry. 

Hughes:    Stanier  and  Doudoroff  were  in  Microbiology,  is  that  correct? 

Barker:  They  were  in  Bacteriology,  primarily.  K.  F.  Meyer  was  head  of 
that  department  for  many  years.34  And  later  on  perhaps  Stanier 
may  have  been  head  of  the  department  for  a  short  time—two  years. 

Hughes:    Where  was  Adelberg? 

Barker:   He  was  in  Bacteriology,  too.   He  later  on  left  and  went  somewhere 
in  the  East—to  Yale,  I  think. 


3*  See  the  oral  history  with  Karl  F.  Meyer  in  The  Bancroft  Library  oral 
history  series  on  public  health  at  Berkeley. 


58 


Barker's  Teaching  Style 


Hughes:    Did  you  like  teaching? 

Barker:    Oh,  I  don't  think  I  was  ever  as  enthusiastic  about  teaching  as, 

for  example,  van  Niel  was,  who  was  the  person  who  really  inspired 
me  in  the  area  of  bacteriology. 

Hughes:    Could  you  describe  your  style  of  teaching? 

Barker:   Oh,  1  don't  know.   In  the  bacteriology  course  for  agriculture 

students,  I  suppose  to  some  degree  I  tried  to  imitate  van  Niel-- 
not  very  well,  however.   But  at  any  rate,  we  had  a  laboratory, 
and  we  had,  I  think,  two  lectures  a  week  that  more  or  less 
covered  the  general  explanation  of  what  we  were  trying  to  do. 

Hughes:    And  you  stood  up  and  gave  a  formal  lecture? 

Barker:   Yes.   Well,  it  wasn't  very  formal.   It  was  done  in  a  different 
room;  we  had  a  regular  lecture  room.   From  time  to  time  I  would 
talk  about  the  internal  chemistry  of  microorganisms  and  so  on.   I 
would  do  that  in  the  laboratory.   The  formal  lecture  part  that 
was  done  in  a  lecture  room  generally  covered  the  classical 
aspects  of  soil  microbiology. 

Hughes:   What  would  you  classify  under  classical?   [laughter] 

Barker:    Well,  I  had  studied  with  van  Niel  in  Pacific  Grove,  and  we 

learned  a  lot  about  the  biochemical  systems  bacteria  utilized. 
Then  I  was  in  Holland  for  a  time,  and  I  enjoyed  lectures  from 
Professor  Kluyver  that  were  in  Dutch.   For  a  time  'I  had  a  little 
difficulty  following  the  Dutch.   It  was  all  very  nonmedical, 
talking  about  soil  transport  issues. 

Hughes:   And  emphasizing  the  biochemical  aspects  of  the  microbial  world? 

Barker:    Yes,  well,  why  they're  important,  you  see,  is  because  they 
changed  the  chemistry. 

Hughes:    In  medical  school,  I  suspect  that  you'd  get  quite  a  different 
emphasis. 

Barker:    Oh,  yes,  they'd  be  talking  about  disease.   I  was  not  interested 

in  that  at  all.   I  wouldn't  cover  it  unless  it  was  something  that 
just  happened  to  be  related. 


59 


Hughes:   Did  it  make  a  difference  to  you  whether  your  students  came  from  a 
microbiological  outlook  and  background  as  opposed  to  a 
biochemical? 

Barker:   Well,  the  students  that  I  had  were  almost  entirely  students  in 
the  soils  curriculum  and  they  had  a  fairly  modest  amount  of 
chemistry.   They  must  have  had  some  biochemistry,  [but]  they 
weren't  very  high-powered.   The  more  complex  and  scientific 
aspects  of  the  chemical  reactions  in  bacteria  I  got  into  with 
Ph.D.  students. 

Hughes:    They  presumably  came  to  you  because  they  also  were  interested  in 
the  biochemical  aspects. 

Barker:   Yes,  they  came  from  various  other  departments.   I  guess  most  of 
my  students  actually  got  their  degrees  in  agriculture. 


Research  on  Anaerobic  Bacteria 


Hughes:   Do  you  have  a  favorite  piece  of  research? 

Barker:   Well,  at  one  stage  I'd  been  interested  in  the  transformations  of 
some  of  the  anaerobic  bacteria  that  I  worked  with,  particularly 
Clostridium  kluyveri,  which  I  named  after  the  professor  I  worked 
with  in  Holland. 

Hughes:   Oh,  you  named  it! 

Barker:   Yes,  I  was  the  one  to  isolate  it.   It  was  isolated  from  the  mud 

of  a  Dutch  canal.   [laughs]   I  published  quite  a  number  of  papers 
dealing  with  various  aspects  of  its  biochemistry  which  was  rather 
interesting.   I  worked  on  that  off  and  on  for  a  number  of  years 
and  a  couple  of  my  students  got  Ph.D.s  working  in  this  area. 

Hughes:    Is  there  anything  more  you  want  to  say? 
Barker:    I  don't  think  so. 
Hughes:   Thank  you. 


Transcribed  and  Final  Typed  by  Amelia  Archer 


60 

TAPE  GUIDE--Horace  A.  Barker 


Interview  1:  December  21,  1998 

Tape  1,  Side  A  1 

Insert  from  Tape  A,  Side  A  12 

Tape  1,  Side  B  15 

Insert  from  Tape  4,  Side  A  20 

Interview  2:  January  7,  1999 

Tape  2,  Side  A  26 

Tape  2,  Side  B  36 

Tape  3,  Side  A  38 
Tape  3,  Side  B  not  recorded 

Interview  3:  January  14,  1999 

Tape  4,  Side  A  50 

excerpts  moved  to  page  12  and  20  55 

Tape  4,  Side  B  59 


61 


APPENDIX 


H.  A.  Barker  correspondence,  B-12  research  62 

U.S.  Patent  3,037,016  66 

"Explorations  of  Bacterial  Metabolism,"  H.  A.  Barker,  Ann.  Rev. 

Biochem.  1978.  47:1-33  75 

Horace  A.  Barker,  Curriculum  Vitae  108 

Obituary,  UC  Berkeley  Media  Release,  January  8,  2001  110 

Memorial  Service  Program  113 


62 


R:  SQUIBB    &_  SONS         745  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  22,  N.  Y.      PLaza  3-2900 

Division  ol  OLIN  MATHIESON  CHEMICAL  CORPORATION 

THE    PRICELESS    INGREDIENT    IS    THE    HONOR    AND    INTEGRITY    OF    THE     MAKER 

ROLAND  J.  DAIIL 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

DIRECTOR  or  RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT 


May  !>,  1959 


Professor  K.  A.  Barker 

Department  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry 

337  Biochemistry  and  Virus  Building 

University  of  California 

Berkeley,  California 

Dear  Professor  Barker: 

As  a  result  of  the  interest  of  members  of  our 
technical  staff,  my  attention  has  been  called 
to  your  experimental  program  studying  the 
coenzyme  forms  of  the  B]_2  group  of  vitamins. 
We  are  very  interested  and  impressed  with  your 
findings  on  what  may  prove  to  be  the  natural 
form  of  these  important  nutritional  factors. 
We  are,  of  course,  primarily  interested  in  the 
therapejatic  value  of  the  B^^S^enSyjTies  and  would 
llke^tcT "inform  yovfof "our"  intention  to  apply 
for  licenses  under  any  patents  you  and  your 
university  will  obtain. 

May  I  assure  you  of  the  willingness  of  our 
laboratory  group  to  supply  you  without  obliga 
tion,  in  the  near  future  as  in  the  past,  with 
any  materials  that  will  be  useful  to  you  in 
carrying  out  your  program. 


truly  yours 


R 


•t-  ' 

63 


May  6,  1959 


Mr.  R.  M.  Underhill 
2l*0  Sproul  Hall 
Campus 


Dear  Mr.  Underhill: 

I  am  enclosing  a  letter  from  R.  J.  Dahl, 
Vice-president  of  Squibb  and  Sons,  which  indicates 
that  Squibb  is  interested  In  obtaining  a  license 
for  B£^  t&Snzyme  production  under  the  patent  for 
vhich  I  recently  applied.  Enclosed  is  a  copy  of 
my  reply.  I  assume  that  you  will  handle  any 
further  business  arrangements. 

Squibb  has  been  very  helpful  in  providing 
us  with  materials  useful  in  our  research  on  the  B12 
.  coenzymes.  No  other  group  has  been  so  helpful  with 
the  scientific  aspects  of  our  work  nor  so  easy  to 
deal  with,  ,00  I  would  look  with  favor  upon  a  license 
;?.  application  by  this  Company.  / 

Recently  I  had  a  telephone  conversation 
with  Dr.  -Otto  Benrens  of.  the  Lilly  Research  Labora- 
t^tories,  and  meatloa^'"*l»t  I.  had  .applied;  for  X^ 
.-  -^patent  coyering  the  .fii^'coenzynes'.  "  He^ejcpres'sed 
-'i  -Interest  and  said  he^  expected  .tfo'contaxtVyou  before 


With  best  regards, 

.:.'•...  i';* 

Sincerely  yours, 

^:*!'  ••'. .  i.  ?V^!Wr2- 

':  >^'HAB:a;  ';^^,"---- .  H.  A.  Barker 


64 


3. 


3. 


3. 


.\ 


65 


October  20,  1959 


Mr.  Robert  M.  Underbill 

Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  Regents 

University  of  California 

615  University  Hall 

Campus 


Dear  Mr.  Underbill:  Re:  Vitamin  BI?  Compounds 

I  was  glad  to  receive  copies  of  your  letters  to  the 
various  pharmaceutical  companies  indicating  the  present  status 
of  the  negotiations  concerning  licensing  under  my  patent 
application. 

At  present  there  is  only  a  single  publication  dealing 
vith  coenzymes  possessing  vitamin  Bi2  activity.  This  is  a 
paper  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  (U.S.),  k£,  521-525  (1959),  a  copy  of  vhich  is  enclosed. 
This  paper  describes  some  properties  of  the  partially  purified 
coenzymes,  but  does  not  describe  the  methods  of  purification 
nor  the  final  isolation  of  the  crystalline  compounds.  The 
first  paper  giving  this  information  will  be  published  in  the 
Journal  of  Biological  Chemistry,  probably  in  January  1960. 
I  expect  that  any  further  foreign  patent  applications  should 
be  made  before  this  date. 

I  should  mention  that  there  is  now  considerable 
evidence  that  our  "vitamin.  B^xajcoenzyme"  is  approximately  as 
gffectiye_as  vitamin  BIS  itself  in  the  treatment  of  pernicious 
anemia  and  in  the  nutrition  of  chickens.  We  are  still  looking 
for  situations  in  which  the  compound  may  be  more  effective  than 
vitamin  Bi2  as  a  nutrient  or  chemo therapeutic  agent  for  animals 
or  man.  There  is  extensive  Interest  in  the  coenzyne  as  a 
reagent  for  biochemical  and  medical  research  and  there  trill 
certainly  be  some  commercial  market  for  these  purposes  at  least. 


Yours  sincerely, 


HAB:a  H.  A.  Barker 


66 


United  States  Patent  OiSce 


Patented  May  23,  1C  52 


3,037,015 
Bu  COENZYMES  AMD  PROCESSES  FOR 

PREPARING  THE  SAKE 

Horace  A5bcrt  Barker,  Berkeley,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Tbc 
Regents  of  Til  Unlvcrsify  cf  California,  Ecrkelcy, 
Calif. 

No  Drawing.     Filid  Apr.  13,  1959.  Scr.  No.  805,728 
16  Claims.     (C!.  260—211.5) 

This  invention  is  concerned  generally  with  novel  co- 
enzymes  having  vitamin  B12-activity  and  v/ith  procedures 
for  preparing  them.  More  particularly,  the  invention 
relates  to  the  new  chemical  compound,  coenzymc  BU. 
and  novel  vitamin  3I3-activc  analogs  thereof,  and  to  novel 
processes  for  producing  these  new  coenzymc  BI3  com 
pounds  by  controlled  bacteriological  synthesis  and  degra 
dation  of  the  resulting  bacterial  cell  material.  These 
novel  vitamin  Bu-active  cocnzyme  Bla  compounds,  which 
can  be  characterized  by  their  property  of  activating  the 
enzymatic  conversion  of  glutamatc  to  mesaconate  via 
B-mcthylaspartate,  are  valuable  as  feed  supplements  and 
for  the  treatment  of  nutritional  diseases.  They  are  fur 
ther  valuable  as  growth-promoting  agents  and  in  biologi 
cal  investigations  of  essential  enzymatic  reactions  involved 
in  metabolism  and  maintenance  of  health. 

Vitamin  S\-,  which  possesses  marked  and  effective 
action  in  tic  therapeutic  treatment  of  Addisonian  per 
nicious  anemia  and  other  ciacrocytic  anemias,  may  be 
chemically  represented  as  follows: 


HjN-OC-CHrCHi 


H.N-OC-CH, 
Mo 


Mo 
JS-CHrCO-NHi 

CHrCHrCO-NHi 


(bHrCHrCO-NHi 


Consistent  with  this  structure,  vitamin  B:3  and  vitamin 
Bu-like  compounds  (which  differ  from  vitamin  Bu  in 
that  the  cyano  radical  attached  to  the  cobalt  atom  is 
replaced  by  a  different  grouping,  and  which  are  convert 
ible  to  vitamin  B13  per  se  by  treatment  with  cyanide  ion) 
are  called  cobalamins;  vitamin  B13  itself  is  referred  to 
as  cyanocobalamin;  vitamin  B:3-active  compounds,  in 
which  the  5,6-dimethyIbenzimidazole  moiety  present  in 
the  cobalamins  (which  acts  as  a  bridge  between  the  ribose 
and  corphyrin  portions  of  the  molecule)  is  replaced  by 
another  nucleotide  base,  are  herein  referred  to  as  vitamin 
BI3  analogs. 

The  vitamin  B13-active  coenzyme  Bu  compounds,  sub 
ject  of  the  present  invention,  are  structurally  similar  to 
vitamin  BU  and  those  of  its  cyano  analogs,  in  which  the 
nucleotide  base  is  a  benzimidazole  compound  (such  as 
benzimidazole,  5,6-dimcthylbenzimidazole  and  5-bydroxy- 


bcnzimidazole)  but  differ  from  these  vitamins  B1;  com 
pounds  in  lacking  a  cyano  group  and  in  possessing  an 
adcTiine  moiety  attached  to  the  corpliyria  portion  cf  the 
molecule.  These  novel  vitamin  Bi3-active  cocrr.yme  3I; 

S  compounds  as,  for  example,  coenzymc  Bi3  (which  con 
tains  5,6-dimcthylbcnzimidazole  as  the  nuclcotic:  ba:c 
and  which  is  convertible  to  vitamin  BI3  by  treatment  with 
cyanide  ion),  benzimidazolc-cocnzyme  BI:.  bydroxybcn- 
zimidozole-cocnzyme  B13,  and  the  like,  are  potent  gro-.vth- 

10  promoting  agents,  and  are  valuble  in  nutrition  and  in 
the  treatment  of  nutritional  diseases.  As  the  first  co- 
enzymes  of  the  vitamin  Bu-activc  group,  the?e  aev/  co- 
enzyme  BU  compounds  are  particularly  valuable  to  bio 
chemical  and  medical  research  workers  in  connection 

15  with  investigations  of  essential  enzyme  reactions  involved 
in  normal  metabolism  and  maintenance  of  health,  as  well 
as  in  studies  of  abnormal  metabolic  processes  charac 
teristic  of  certain  diseases.  The  vitamin  B13-active  co 
enzyme  BU  compounds  can  be  characterized  by  their 

20  property  of  supporting  the  growth  of  Ochromonas  mal 
hamensis  and  by  their  ability  to  activate  the  enzymatic 
conversion   of   glutamate  to  mesaconate  via  /9-methyi- 
aspartate. 
These  coenzyme  Bla  compounds  are  produced  by  fer- 

25  menting,  with  a  vitamin  BI3-activity  producing  micro 
organism,  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium  containing,  where 
indicated,  the  benzimidazole  precursor  corresponding  to 
the  coenzyme  B13  compound  desired.  As  the  vitamin  B:J- 
activity  producing  organism,  selected  strains  of  micro- 

30  organisms  belonging  to  the  Schizomycetes  arc  ordinarily 
employed,  particularly  certain  strains  of  the  gcaus  Strep- 
tomyccs,  the  gcaus  Bacillus,  the  genus  Propionibac'.crrjm, 
the  genus  Alcaligenes,  the  genus  Pseudomonis,  the  genus 
Mycobacterium,  and  the  genus  Clostridium,  prefcribly 

35  strains  selected  from  the  species  Strcptomyces  griseus, 
Streptomyces  albidoflavtu,  Streplomyces  frcdine,  Strepto- 
myces  venezuelae.  Bacillus  mesaterium,  Propionibac:-:- 
rium  shermc.iii,  Propionibacterium  freudenrcichii,  Pro 
pionibacterium  arabinosum,  Alcaligenes  faecalis,  Pscu- 

*"  domonas  aeruginosa,  Pseudomonas  fluorescent,  Pssu- 
domorMS  iumichroma,  Mycobacterium  smegmatis,  Clo:- 
trulium  tctanomorphum,  and  the  like.  The  benzimid 
azole  precursor  corresponding  to  the  coeazymc  3,-  com 
pound  desired  is  ordinarily  incorporated  in  the  autrier.l 

45  medium  prior  to  fermentation,  although  many  vitamin 
Bu-activity  producing  genera  (for  example  Strcptomyces, 
Bacillus,  Propionibacterium,  Pseudomonas  and  Mycobac 
terium)  produce  substantial  yields  of  coenzyms  B13  per  se, 
utilizing  nutrient  mediums  not  containing  added  5,6-di- 

50  methylbenzimidazole. 

The  vitamin  Bj3-activity  producing  microorganisms  uti 
lized  in  producing  the  new  coenzyme  B13  compounds  ars 
conveniently  selected  by  testing  their  fermentation  broths, 
using  the  protozoan  Ochromonas  malhamensis  as  the 

65  assay  organism.  A  culture  of  the  microorganism  under 
investigation  is  diluted,  plated  out  on  a  solid  nutrient 
medium,  and  incubated  to  produce  a  considerable  number 
of  single-ceil  colonies.  Individual  colonies  picked  for 
inoculum  development  are  separately  grown  in  liquid 

60  nutrient  mediums  supplemented  with  cobalt  nitrate  at  a 
concentration  of  1  p.p.m.  and  with  5,6-dimethyroeazimid- 
azole  at  a  concentration  of  0.0001  molar  in  suitable  ves 
sels  and  incubated  cither  in  presence  or  absence  of  or.y- 
gen,  depending  on  the  requirement  of  the  organism.  The 

65  fermentation  broths  are  heated  (where  necessary)  to  co 
agulate  the  cells,  and  the  resulting  solution  is  assayed  for 
Ochromonas  malhamensis  activity. 

The  basal  medium  employed  for  the  growth  of  Ochro 
monas  malhamensis,  which  eliminates  non-specific  growth 

70  stimulants  present  in  certain  crude  extracts  to  which  the 


67 

3,037,016 


organism  has  proved  susceptible,  has  the  following  com 
position: 

Casein  hydrolysate g__  5 

Glucose g 10 

Diammonium  hydrogen  citrate g 0.8 

KH,POi g—  0.3 

MgS<V7H3O   g._  0.2 

CaCOj g__  0.15 

Ethylencdiamine  tctra-acetic  acid mg 50 

MnSOfHjO mg._  61.5 

ZnSo4-7H:O mg-_  110 

FeSO<-7H3O   mg--  10 

CoSO^HsO mg._  3 

CuSo4-5HaO    mg__  0.4 

H3BCS mg—  0.6 

KI mg..  0.01 

N.ijMoO4*2HjO    ___________ ... .mg 50 

DL-tryptophane mg 100 

DL-methionine mg__  200 

L-cystine    mg 100 

Choline  chloride mg-_  2 

Inositpl mg._  10 

p-Aminobcnzoic  acid mg —  1 

Thiamins mg—  2 

Biotin    jig__  10 

Twecn  80  l mg—  1 

pH  adjusted  to  5.5. 
Distilled  water  to  200  ml. 

1 A  polvoxyetbylene  derivative  of  sorbltol  mono-oleate  gait- 
able  for  use  In  mlcroblologlc.il  cultures. 

The  test  organism  is  maintained  in  the  basal  medium 
diluted  1  part  of  medium  to  5  parts  distilled  water  and 
supplemented  with  0.2  m^g.  cyanocobalamin/ml.  The 
diluted  medium  is  dispensed  in  10  ml.  amounts  into  50 
ml.  conical  flasks,  which  are  then  plugged  and  sterilized 
by  autoclaving  for  15  minutes  at  10  Ib./in.3  pressure.  The 
organism  is  transferred  in  this  medium  at  5-day  intervals, 
and  incubated  in  a  cabinet  at  approximately  27*  C.,  1 
ft.  below  a  60  w.  tungsten  filament  lamp.  After  5  days' 
incubation  under  these  conditions  the  cell  population 
density  in  the  cultures  reaches  approximately  5,000,000 
cells/ml.  For  inoculum,  a  5-day  culture  is  diluted  1:10 
with  sterile  basal  medium  diluted  1:5,  and  0.5  ml.  is 
added  to  each  assay  tube. 


10 


a  given  microorganism  is  potentially  capable  of  synthe 
sizing  vitamin  Bi3-active  coenzyme  Bu  compounds,  as 
well  as  the  amount  of  vitamin  Bi3-acn've  substances  cor.- 
tr-ined  in  the  cells  and  fermentation  broth  obtained  when 
said  microorganism  is  used  to  ferment  an  aqueous  nutri 
ent  medium. 

The  bacteriological  production  of  the  presently-in 
vented  coenzyme  BI3  compounds  is  conducted  utilizing 
aqueous  nutrient  mediums  ordinarily  employed  in  the 
propagation  of  microorganisms.  The  usual  nutriecls 
include  an  energy  source,  a  carbon  source,  a  nitrogen 
source,  inorganic  salts,  and  growth  factors  when  required. 
It  is  preferred  to  supplement  the  medium  with  a  source 
of  cobalt,  ouch  as  cobalt  nitrate;  in  addition,  the  nppro- 

jj  priate  bcnzimidazole  precursor  (e.g.,  benzirnidazolc;  5- 
hydroxybcnzimidazole;  5,6-dimethylbenzimidazole)  is  or 
dinarily  incorporated  in  the  medium,  although  no  added 
precursor  is  required  for  producing  cocnzyme  B!3  per  EC 
using  many  vitamin  B:3-activity  producing  genera-,  cs 

2Q  noted  hereinabove.  The  carbon  and  energy  can  be  pro 
vided  by  a  carbohydrate  such  as  dextrose,  maltooc,  xylose, 
invert  sugar,  corn  syrup,  and  the  like,  and  by  amino 
acids  such  as  glutamic  acid  (in  the  form  of  its  neutral 
salts).  The  nitrogen  can  be  provided  by  an  ammonium 

25  salt,  amino  acids,  proteins  or  protein  degradation  products, 
obtained  from  proteins  such  as  soy  beans,  oats,  yeast, 
yeast  extracts,  casein,  meat,  blood  meal,  protein  meat  and 
bone  scrap,  salmon  meal,  fish  meals,  fish  solubles,  dis 
tillers  solubles,  and  the  like.  If  desired,  the  microorgan- 

20  isms  can  be  propagated  using  proteins  or  protein  degrada 
tion  products  without  any  carbohydrate  being  present  in 
the  medium,  in  which  case  the  proteins  serve  as  the  source 
of  energy,  carbon  and  nitrogen  required  by  the  micro 
organism. 

The  aqueous  nutrient  medium  is  sterilized  and  inocu 
lated  with  a  culture  of  the  selected  microorganism  strain, 
and  the  mature  is  incubated  underjfonditions  appropriate 
to  the  particularjaKroorgan ism  employed.  Since  the  co- 
' enzyme"  Bj3  compounds  are  extremely  sensitive  to  de 


35 


composition  on  exposure  to  visible  light,  all  operations  in 
volved  in  the  production  of  these  compounds  are  con 
ducted  in  the  substantial  absence  of  light.  It  may  be 
noted  that  coenzyme  BJ3  compounds  arc  not  obtained  in 
accordance  with  the  methods  utilized  heretofore  for  ob 
taining  vitamin  BJ3  compounds,  since  those  methods  not 

Assays  are  set  up  in  19  x  150  mm.  optical  matched  45  only  failed  to  provide  effective  protection  from  light, 
Pyrex  test  tubes.  A  standard  solution  of  cyanocobalamin  but  also  conventionally  involved  treatment  with  cyanide 
containing  0.2  m/jg./ml.  is  added  to  paired  tubes  at  levels  ion  and/or  acidification  to  pH  3,  thus  precluding  the 
of  0.25,  0.5,  1.0,  2.0  and  4.0  ml.  Test  extracts  of  fcr-  preparation  of  the  coenzyme  which  is  highly  unstable 
mented  broth  are  added  to  paired  tubes  at  the  same  levels  in  the  presence  of  cyanide  or  acid.  The  fermentation  is 
(following  a  preliminary  experiment  to  determine  wheth-  50  allowed  to  proceed  for  a  time  sufficient  for  the  bacteria! 


er  the  broth  has  any  Ochromonas  malhamensis  activity 
and  the  approximate  value  of  this  activity),  and  water  is 
added  to  the  tubes  to  bring  their  fluid  content  to  4  ml. 
To  each  of  the  tubes  is  thea  added  1  ml.  of  the  undi 
luted  basal  medium,  the  tubes  are  plugged  with  cotton, 
and  autoclaved  for  10  min.  at  10  lb./in.J  pressure.  The 
tubes  are  then  cooled,  inoculated  with  0.5  ml.  of  the  5-day 
diluted  culture  referred  to  hereinabove,  placed  in  a  shak 
ing  machine  in  an  incubator  at  29*  C.  and  shaken  in 
darkness  for  72  hours.  The  tubes  are  then  autoclaved,  5 
ml.  water  are  added  to  each,  and  the  growth  in  each  tube 
is  determined  turbidimetrically  in  a  Klett-Summerson 
colorimeter  using  a  540  millimicron  filter. 

Since  the  size  of  the  inoculum  is  constant  for  each 


cells  to  reach  maximum  growth,  at  which  time  the  fer 
mented  mixture  is  centrifuged  or  filtered,  the  supernatant 
solution  is  discarded,  the  cellular  material  is  recovered  as 
a  paste  and  subjected  to  degradation  to  produce  the  co- 

55  enzyme  Bu  compound.  Alternatively  the  fermented 
mixture  is  heated  or  allowed  to  undergo  lysis,  thereby 
producing  a  solution  of  the  cocnzyme  B13  compound  in 
Ihe  fermentation  broth;  avoidance  of  cyanide  and/or  acid, 
and  protection  from  light  are  essential  in  this  operation  as 

60  well  as  in  all  subsequent  treatments  if  the  coenzyme  C,3 
compound  is  to  be  obtained.  The  former  method,  where 
the  cells  are  separated  from  the  fermented  mixture  and 
then  subjected  to  degradation,  results  in  the  production 
of  a  relatively  concentrated  aqueous  solution  of  the  co- 


tube,  the  growths  obtained  in  the  control  and  test  cultures    05  enzyme  Bn  compound  which  is  substantially  free  from 


are  proportional  to  the  concentration  of  vitamin  BI»- 
active  substances  contained  therein.  Comparison  of  tbo 
growth  of  the  test  culture  with  that  in  the  controls  gives 
a  quantitative  measure  of  the  concentration  of  vitamin 


impurities  present  in  the  original  broth;  the  latter  method, 
which  produces  a  relatively  dilute  and  impure  solution  of 
the  coenzyme  in  the  whole  broth,  has  the  advantage  of 
avoiding  the  difficult  separation  of  the  cellular  material 


Bu-active  substances  (expressed  as  m^g.  of  cyanocobal-  70  from  the  broth, 

amin/ml.)  in  the  test  cultures  and,  by  a  simple  calcula-  The  degradation  of  the  cellular  material  (where  the 

tion,  the  precise  content  of  vitamin  B13-active  substances  cell  paste  is  separated  from  the  broth)   is  conveniently 

in  the  fermented  broth  taken  from  the  original  fermen-  conducted  by  heating  the  diluted  aqueous  cell  paste  prcf- 

tation  vessels.  erably  at  a  temperature  within  the  range  of  approximately 

From  the  above  test,  it  ia  possible  to  determine  whether  75  70-100'  C.,  although  higher  or  lower  temperatures  may 


3,037,010 


6 


be  employed  if  desired;  the  heating  is  continued  for  a 
time  sufficient  to  coagulate  the  cellular  material,  e.g., 
about  2  to  20  minutes  at  100'  C.  Alternatively,  the 
cells  are  subjected  to  the  action  of  an  alcoholic  solution 
as,  for  example,  a  solution  of  a  lower  alkanol  such  as  . 
methanol,  ethanol,  propanol,  and  the  like,  having  a  con 
centration  in  water  within  the  range  of  approximately 
70-100%.  It  is  ordinarily  preferred  to  mix  the  aqueous 
cell  paste  separated  from  the  fermented  mixture  with 
enough  ethanol  to  give  a  final  ethanol  concentration  of  .- 
about  80%.  Irrespective  of  the  method  utilized  in  coagu 
lating  and  precipitating  the  cellular  material,  there  is 
obtained,  following  separation  of  precipitated  cells,  a 
solution  of  the  coenzyme  BU  compound;  this  solution 
(where  alcohol  is  present)  is  then  subjected  to  distillation  lg 
in  vacuo,  thereby  evaporating  the  alcohol.  The  aqueous 
solution  of  the  coenzyme  is  then  passed  through  a  cation 
exchange  resin  (preferably  a  sulfonic  acid  type  resin 
such  as  Dowcx-50,  8x,  manufactured  by  the  Dow  Chem 
ical  Co.)  in  the  sodium  form,  thereby  absorbing  cationic  go 
substances  from  the  solution;  the  eluate  is  then  passed 
through  an  anion  exchange  resin  containing  quaternary 
ammonium  groupings  (such  as  the  Dov/ex-2,  8r,  resin 
manufactured  by  the  bow  Chemical  Co.)  in  the  hy 
droxide  or  acetate  form,  thereby  absorbing  anionic  sub-  25 
stances  including  acidic  nuclcotidcs  and  amino  acids. 
The  resulting  cluates  and  washings  are  combined  and 
adjusted  to  pK  6.5-7.0,  conveniently  with  1  N  acetic 
acid  solution. 

The  resulting  solution  is  then  extracted  with  an  hy-    JQ 
droxylatcd  organic  solvent  characterized  as  being  partially 
immiscible  with  water  as,  for  example,  a  phenolic  solvent 
such  as  phenol  or  cresol,  an  alkanol  such  as  butanol, 
amyl  alcohol,  and  the  like,  or  a  mixture  of  such  by- 
droxylated  solvent  and  a  hydrophobic  solvent,  as  for    35 
example  a  hydrocarbon  solvent  such  as  benzene,  toluene, 
a  chlorinated  hydrocarbon  solvent  such  as  ethylenedichlo- 
ride,  trichlorethylene,  and  the  like.     Tnere  is  added  to 
the  hydroxylated  organic  solvent  extract  a  lower  ketone 
such  as  acetone,  methylethyl  ketone,  and/or  a  dialkyl   40 
ether  such  as  ethyl  ether,  dipropyl  ether,  and  the  like, 
thereby  forming  an  upper  organic  layer  containing  the 
hydroxylated  organic  solvent  and  a  lower  aqueous  phase 
containing  the  coenzyme.     It  is  ordinarily  preferred  to 
utilize  phenol   as   the   hydroxylated   organic  extracting  45 
solvent  and  to  add  to  the  phenolic  extract  a  1:3  mixture 
of  acetone-ether.     The  organic  layer  is  extracted  with 
water  until  the  aqueous  extract  is  virtually  colorless.    The 
combined  aqueous  extracts  are  washed  with  a  substan 
tially  water-immiscible  solvent  such  as  ether  to  remove  60 
hydroxylated  organic  solvent,  and  the  aqueous  layer  is 
distilled  in  vacuo,  thereby  evaporating  ether  remaining 
in  the  aqueous  phase  and  forming  a  relatively  concen 
trated  aqueous  solution  of  the  coenzyme  BJJ  compound. 

This  solution,  the  color  of  which  (depending  on  the  65 
concentration  of  the  coenzyme  Bw  compound)  varies 
between  orange  and  red,  is  then  passed  into  a  column 
of  a  weakly  acidified  (pH  approximately  3)  cation  ex 
change  resin,  preferably  of  the  sulfonic  acid  type,  in  the 
mixed  sodium-hydrogen  form;  as  the  resin,  it  is  preferred  60 
to  use  a  copolymer  of  styrene  in  which  the  divinylbenzene 
component  is  between  1  and  4%.  (A  commercially- 
available  resin  of  this  type  is  manufactured  by  the  Dow 
Chemical  Co.  under  the  trade  name  Dowex  50W-2*.) 
Resins  containing  higher  cross-linking  have  proved  less  66 
satisfactory.  The  resin  is  adjusted  to  pH  approximately 
2.5  to  3.5  (mixed  Na+ — H+  form)  at  which  pH  coenzyme 
B13  compounds  have  a  positive  charge  and  are  adsorbed 
on  the  resin;  the  free  vitamin  B1S  compounds  in  the 
cyano  form  (which  are  substantially  neutral)  are  not  70 
appreciably  adsorbed  at  this  pH.  The  solution  of  co 
enzyme  B12  compound  is  rinsed  into  the  column  and  the 
coenzyme  is  adsorbed  to  form  a  thin  orange-red  band 
at  the  top  of  the  column.  (All  observations  as  to  color 
of  solutions  and  of  bands  of  material  adsorbed  on  col-  75 


umns  are  made  with  dim  light  and  with  minimal  time 
of  exposure  to  avoid  substantial  decomposition  of  thi 
coenzyme  Bu  compound.) 

The  resin  column  is  then  subjected  to  differential  elu- 
tion  with  buffer  solutions  of  gradually  decreasing  acidity 
containing  Na+  as  the  competing  ion.  It  is  ordinarily 
preferred  to  employ  solutions  of  sodium  acetate  v/ithin 
the  range  0.01  to  0.2  molar,  although  other  sooium  baJcr 
salts,  e.g.,  sodium  propionate,  sodium  phosphate,  ar.d 
the  like,  may  be  used  if  desired.  The  initial  elutioa  is 
preferably  conducted  with  0.03  M  sodium  acetate  at  pK 
4.6  to  4.8;  when  about  5-6  column  volumes  of  eluate 
have  been  collected,  the  eluting  solution  is  changed  to 
0.03  M  sodium  acetate  at  pH  5.4  to  5.6  and  an  additional 
10  column  volumes  of  eluate  is  collected.  (The  prop 
erties  of  the  coenzyme  Bla  compounds  are  such  that  they 
are  not  appreciably  eluted  under  the  above  conditions, 
and  the  initial  elution  at  pH  4.6  to  4.8  can  be  omitted 
if  desired  since  impurities  eluted  at  pH  4.G  arc  also 
eluted  at  pH  5.6.)  The  column  is  then  eluted  with  0.03 
M  sodium  acetate  at  pH  6.0-7.2  whereby  the  coenzyme 
B:3  compound  is  substantially  completely  eluted  from 
the  column. 

The  primary  property  described  herein  for  selection  of 
those  fractions  of  the  eluate  which  contain  the  ccenzyme 
BU  compounds  is  the  property  of  these  compounds  of 
absorbing  light  in  the  region  of  260  mu,  at  which  wave 
length  coenzyme  B13  compounds  have  their  maximum 
absorbance.  Thus,  the  absorbance  values  of  the  individ 
ual  eluate  fractions  collected  from  the  chromatogram 
are  measured  and  plotted  as  a  function  of  the  fraction 
number.  On  such  a  plot,  each  particular  compound 
elutes  at  maximum  concentration  in  a  particular  tube, 
and  the  concentration  and  the  absorbance  of  the  earlier 
and  later  tubes  are  progressively  lower;  this  necessarily 
results  in  an  absorbance  "peak."  The  absorbance  peaks 
observed  in  this  procedure  may  correspond  to  fractions 
which  are  colorless  or  variously  colored.  Only  thoss 
peak  fractions  (using  the  260  mu  wave  length)  which 
are  orange  or  red  in  color  contain  coenzyme  Bu  com 
pounds  in  substantial  concentrations. 

The  further  selection  of  the  fractions  containing  co 
enzyme  BU  compounds  from  amongst  the  red  or  orange 
colored  peak  fractions  is  based  upon  the  determination 
of  coenzyme  activity  using  the  glutamate-mesaconate 
spcctrophotometric  coenzyme  assay  and  upon  the  deter 
mination  of  the  entire  ultra  violet  and  visible  absorption 
spectrum  of  the  fractions. 

The  glutamate-mesaconata  spcctropbotometric  coea- 
zyme  assay  is  based  on  the  observation  that  the  rate  of 
formation  of  mesaconate  from  glutamate  by  suitable 
enzyme  preparations  of  Clostridium  tetanemorphum 
strain  Hi  is  dependent  upon  the  concentration  of  coen 
zyme  B13  compounds  in  the  reaction  mixture.  Under 
suitable  conditions,  defined  below,  the  rate  of  mesaconate 
formation  in  the  assay  system  is  substantially  proportional 
to  the  concentration  of  a  particular  coenzyme  BU 
compound. 

"The  assay  depends  upon  the  following  chemical  reac 
tions  catalyzed  by  suitable  enzyme  containing  extracts  of 
C.  tetanemorphum: 


/t-metbjlaapartatt 


II 


The  formation  of  mesaconate  is  detected  by  an  increase 
in  ultra  violet  light  absorption  at  wave  lengths  below 
300  mu.  A  wave  length  of  240  mu  is  convenient  to  use 
for  this  purpose.  The  rate  of  mesaconate  formation  is 
measured  by  the  rate  of  change  of  absorbance  at  240  mu, 
determined  with  a  spcctrophotometer  with  silica  cells 
capable  of  measuring  absorbance  at  wave  lengths  below 
300  mu.  The  absorbance  is  expressed  in  units  which 
equal  the  log  of  the  incident  light  intensity  divided  by 
the  intensity  of  the  transmitted  light. 

Extracts  containing  enzyme  suitable  for  the  assay  are 


T 


69 


3,037,010 


prepared  as  follows:  15  g.  of  cell  paste  of  C.  tetano- 
morphum  strain  HI,  freshly  brvrvcsted  from  a  0.1  M 
glutnmate  —0.3%  yeast  extract  medium,  arc  suspended 
in  30  ml.  of  0.02  M  potassium  phosphate  buffer  pH  7.6 
containing  0.07  M-mercaptoclhanol.  All  subsequent 
operations  in  the  preparation  of  the  enzyme  extract  are 
carried  out  at  0-5"  C.  Approximately  3  g.  of  grade  FFF 
corundum  powder  and  5  g.  of  moist,  acid-washed  acti 
vated  charcoal  Nuchar  are  added  and  the  suspension  is 
exposed  to  sonic  vibration  in  a  Raytheon  10  kc.  sonic 
oscillator  for  10  minutes  at  0-5°,  thereby  disrupting  the 
cells.  The  suspension  is  then  centrifuged  for  10  minutes 
at  16,000x#  and  the  sediment  is  discarded.  To  34  ml. 
of  the  supernatant  solution,  20  ml.  of  1%  (w./v.) 
protamine  sulfatc  (Nutritional  Bioch.  Corp.)  is  added 
slowly  with  mechanical  stirring,  in  order  to  remove 
nucleic  acids.  After  stirring  for  5  minutes  the  precipitate 
is  removed  by  csatrifugation  at  16,000 Xg.  Small  aL'quots 
of  the  clear  supernatant  solution,  containing  20  to  25  mg. 
of  protein  per  ml.,  are  placed  in  small  plastic  tubes  and 
immediately  frozen.  When  stored  nt  —10*  C.,  the 
enzyme  system  retains  much  of  its  activity  for  several 
months.  Repeated  thawing  and  freezing  of  the  enzyme 
solution  and  storage  at  0*  C.  results  in  rapid  loss  of 
activity.  For  this  reason  the  enzyme  solution  is  divided, 
before  feeing  frozen,  into  small  aliquots  sufficient  for  the 
assays  to  be  performed  each  day. 

When  the  enzyme  extract  is  prepared  in  the  absence 
of  charcoal,  the  resulting  extract  catalyzes  both  Reac 
tions  I  and  II.  However,  when  the  extract  has  been 
treated  with  a  suitable  charcoal  adsorbent  either  during 
or  after  the  breaking  of  the  cells,  the  coenzyme  BI3  com 
pounds  normally  present  in  such  extracts  are  adsorbed 
by  the  charcoal  and  thus  removed  from  the  extract.  Such 
charcoal-treated  extracts  catalyze  Reaction  II,  but  they 
cannot  catalyze  Reaction  I  at  a  significant  rate  unless 
some  coenzyme  B13  compound  is  added. 

The  reaction  mixture  contains  per  ml.,  0.01  M  mono- 
sodium  L-glutamate,  0.05  M  tris(hydroxymethyl)aminc- 
methano  chloride  buffer  pH  8.02,  0.01  M  KC1,  0.001  M 
MgClj,  0.05  ml.  of  a  charcoal-  and  protamine-treated 
enzyme  preparation  (see  above)  and  sufficient  coenzyme 
to  give  an  absorbance  change  of  0.01  to  0.08  unit  per 
minute  at  240  mu  corresponding  to  the  formation  of 
0.0026  to  0.021  /imole  of  mesaconate  per  minute.  The 
reaction  is  started  by  the  addition  of  enzyme  and  readings 
are  taken  at  0.5  minute  intervals  for  three  minutes.  The 
rate  of  reaction  is  calculated  from  the  change  in  absorb 
ance  during  the  last  two  minutes.  The  reference  cell 
contains  sufficient  mesaconate,  usually  about  4X10-*  M, 
so  that  the  absorbance  of  the  reaction  mixture  falls 
between  0  and  OJ. 

The  rate  of  mesaconate  formation  as  measured  by  the 
rate  of  absorbance  change  under  the  assay  conditions  is 
approximately  proportional  to  the  concentration  of 
coenzyme  B12  compound  over  the  limited  range  indicated 
above.  The  corresponding  range  of  concentrations  of 
the  coenzyme  BU  compound  differs  with  different  forms 
of  the  coenzyme.  With  coenzyme  Bla  per  se  the  useful 
range  is  approximately  2X  10~7  M  to  2x  10-«  M,  whereas 
for  benzimidazole-coenzyme  B13  (whose  coenzyme  activity 
is  about  60  times  that  of  coenzyme  BU)  it  is  approximately 
4xlO-»Mto4xlO-»M. 

The  coenzyme  activity  in  the  glutamate-mesaconate 
spectrophotometric  coenzyme  assay  is  expressed  in  units 
of  absorbance  change  per  minute  under  the  assay  con 
ditions.  One  activity  unit  is  the  amount  of  coenzyme 
that  causes  an  absorbance  change  of  one  absorbance  unit 
per  minute.  The  activity  unit  does  not  have  an  absolute 
value  because  the  activity  of  the  charcoal-treated  enzyme- 
extract  differs  from  one  preparation  to  another.  There 
fore  the  activity  unit  has  a  relative  value  which  is  deter 
mined  in  relation  to  the  activity  of  a  standard  sample 
of  coenzyme  under  identical  assay  conditions.  A  con 


venient  reference  standard  is  a  solution  of  a  puriScd 
sample  of  the  bcnzimidazolc-coenzymc  BI3  of  knov/n  con 
centration,  although  any  coenzyme  sample  of  Iccown 
concentration  can  be  used  as  the  standard,  if  desired. 
5  The  relative  activity  of  the  unknown  sample  is  deter 
mined  with  respect  to  the  reference  sample  by  direct 
comparison  in  this  glutamate-masaconatc  spcctrcpboto- 
mctric  cccnzyme  assay. 

The  glutamate-mesaconate  spectrophotometric  coen- 
10  zyme  assay  is  employed  not  only  for  determining 
coenzyme  Bi;  compounds  in  fractions  from  the  chromato- 
gram,  but  is  also  used  to  assay  for  coenzyme  Eu  com 
pound-activity  at  various  stages  in  the  purification  includ 
ing  direct  extracts  of  disrupted  cell  pasts.  The 
15  determination  of  coenzyme  BU  compound-activity  in  such 
cell  paste  extracts  provides  a  convenient  method  for 
selecting  microorganisms  suitable  for  coenzyme  prepara 
tion.  A  convenient  method  for  determining  extractablc 
coenzymc  activity  in  disrupted  microorganism  cell  pasts 

20  is  to  suspend  50  mg.  of  the  cell  paste  in  1  ml.  of  0.01  M 
sodium  acetate  buffer,  pH  6.0  and  heating  the  suspension 
in  a  boiling  water  bath  for  5  minutes.  Tne  mixture  is 
rapidly  cooled  to  0'  C.  and  centrifuged  for  5  miautcs 
at  16,OOOX£  and  aliquot  of  the  color  supernatant  solution 

25  is  then  assayed  in  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spectrophoto 
metric  coenzyme  assay. 

In  unfractionated  extracts  of  microbial  cells,  compounds 
are  sometimes  present  that  cause  a  non-specific  absorbance 
change  in  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spectrophotometric 

30  coenxymc  assay.  The  presence  of  such  compounds  may 
be  detected  and  a  suitable  correction  found  by  doinj  a 
control  assay  in  which  glutamatc  is  omitted  from  the  assay 
mixture.  An  additional  correction  should  also  be  made 
for  the  small  absorbance  change  that  sometimes  occurs 

35  jn  the  absence  of  added  coenzyme. 

As  noted  hereinabovc,  this  gluamatc-mesaconate  spcc- 
rro-photometric  coenzyme  assay  facilitates  the  selection  of 
those  cluate  fractions  from  chromaiograns  which  con 
tain  coenzyme  Bla  compounds.  The  further  selection  of 
0  eluate  fractions  containing  coenzyme  B13  compounds  in  a 
state  of  high  purity  is  achieved  by  determining  the  ap 
parent  spscific-coenzyme-activity  of  the  active  fractions. 
By  "spccific-coenzyme-activity"  is  meant  the  ratio  of  the 
activity  as  determined  on  a  particular  sample  divided  by 

45  the  absorbance  of  that  sample  at  260  mu.  Since  the  ab 
sorbance  at  260  mu  is  determined  by  certain  impurities  as 
well  as  by  concentration  of  coenzyme  B12  compounds,  the 
ratio  of  activity  to  absorbance  (specific-cocnzyme-aciiv- 
ity)  gives  a  quantitative  measure  of  the  purity  of  the  coen- 

50  zyme  BJ3  contained  in  the  fraction;  thus,  fractions  having 
a  constant  value  for  specific-coenzyme-activity  can  be  as 
sumed  to  be  free  of  inactive  impurities  absorbing  at 
260  mu. 

The  specific  coenzyme  activity  provides  a  convenient 

55  method  for  characterizing  coenzyme  BU  compounds  and 
is  particularly  effective  for  distinguishing  between  the 
benzimidazole  coenzyme  Bla  and  coenzyme  BU,  since  the 
specific  activity  of  the  former  is  approximately  60  times 
that  of  the  latter. 

80  The  fractions  are  further  characterized  by  determina 
tion  of  the  ultra  violet  and  visible  absorption  spectrum 
in  order  to  establish  whether  the  coenzyme  BU  com 
pound  (demonstrated  in  the  previous  tests  to  be  present 
in  such  fractions  in  relatively  pure  form)  is  the  desired 

55  coenzyme  BU  compound.  The  spectra  of  the  coenzyme 
BU  compounds  are  similar  in  lacking  the  prominent  ab 
sorbance  peak  in  the  350-367  mu  region  which  is  char 
acteristic  of  all  previously  known  vitamin  BU  compounds. 
While  the  spectra  of  the  coenzyme  BU  compounds  are 

70  generally  similar,  they  can  readily  be  distinguished  from 
one  another.  For  example,  the  adenine-coenzyme  BU 
differs  markedly  from  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme  BU 
compounds  in  having  a  prominent  absorbance  maximum 
at  458  mu,  whereas  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme  BU 

75  compounds  have  a  comparable  absorbance  maximum  at 


xnno 

con  T 


70 


3,037,016 


10 


about  520  mu.  Also,  the  spectrum  of  bcnzimidazole-co- 
enzyme  Bla  has  an  inflection  at  280  mu,  whereas  the  spec 
trum  of  coenzyme  By  (containing  5,6-dimcthylbcnzimid- 
azolo)  has  an  inflection  at  287  mu. 

The  homogeneous  fractions  from  the  column  contain-    5 
ing  a  pure  coiczyme  Bla  compound  arc  now  combined, 
desalted  by  extraction  into  a  phenolic  solvent  and  rccx- 
tractcd  back  into  water  to  give  a  salt-free  concentrated 
aqueous  solution  of  the  pure  coenzyme  B|3  compound. 
Such  a  solution  may  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  the   10 
crystalline  coenzyme  either  by  slow  evaporation  or  by 
addition  of  acetone  or  other  organic  solvent  in  which  the 
ccenzyme  BU  compound  is  relatively  insoluble.    Alter 
natively,  this  solution  can  be  used  directly  as  a  substan 
tially  pure  form  of  the  coenzyme  Bt3  compound  for  nu-   15 
tritional  purposes  or  for  metabolic  studies. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  procedure,  and  utiliz 
ing  vitamin  Bu-activity  producing  Schizomycctes  in  con 
junction  with  a  bcnzimidazolc  compound  as  precursor, 
there  are  obtained  vitamin  Bl3-active  coenzyme  Bj-  com-  20 
pounds  containing  a  bcnzimidazole  or  similar  nucleus,  as 
for  example  coenzyme  Bu  (which  contains  the  5,6-di- 
methylbenzimidazolc)  benzimidazole-ccenzyme  B!a,  5-hy- 


in  admixture  with  pharmaceutical  carriers  or  as  fc."xl  sup 
plements  in  admixture  with  pharmacologically  Lcccpted 
feed  additives,  and  the  like. 

The  coenzyme  B13  compounds  produced  in  accordance 
with  this  invention  differ  from  the  vitamin  B13  compounds 
by  contaijuE3  an  adcnine  moiety  in  addition  to  the  bctcro- 
cyclic  bass  attached  to  ribosc  in  the  vitamin  B13  com 
pounds.  The  spectra  of  these  coenzyme  BU  compounds 
differ  greatly  from  the  spectra  of  the  corresponding  3l: 
vitamins  by  having  a  peak  with  the  highest  extinction  co 
efficient  at  approximately  260  mu,  and  by  lacking  the 
prominent  peak  with  a  high  extinction  coefficient  in  the 
350-367  mu  region  which  is  characteristic  of  all  of  the 
previously  kaov/n  vitamin  Bu  compounds.  The  coen 
zyme  BU  compounds  are  readily  decomposed  by  expo 
sure  to  visible  light  or  by  exposure  to  cyanide  ion.  Either 
of  these  treatments  results  in  progressive  and  finally  com 
plete  loss  of  ccenzyme  activity.  Either  exposure  to  light 
or  to  cyanide  ion  causes  removal  of  adenine  or  an  adcnine 
derivative  from  the  coenzyme. 

A  comparison  of  some  properties  and  certain  structural 
features  of  coenzyme  BU.  benzimidazole  coenzyme  3i;, 
and  vitamin  Bu  are  set  forth  in  the  following  table: 


CoenzymeBu 

Bcnzlmldazolc- 
Coonzyme  B" 

Vitamin  Bu 

Mu. 

mu 

Ef-«« 

Mm. 
mu 

2!™." 

Mai.         ...  •(    H 
mu         *!«•. 

Absorption  Spectrum  Ic 
0.03M  NaAc  pH  8.7  

M 

35.5 

261 

301-305 

tu 

31.  1 
12.8 
12.3 

278               16.  0 

315 
33W37 

12.8 

12.5 

361              27.3 

Inflections       -.    . 

376 
623 

9.9 
7.4 

376 
620 

8.1) 
7.6 

&60               8.0 

287 
440-H5 
600 

280 
MCM<5 
600 

Components: 

Moles  per  Atom  of  Cobalt 

0 

1 
1 

1 

1 
0 

l,w£I,~700"""~I 

1  7 

1 

0 
1 
1 

1 
0 

I.SOM.'TOO""""" 

100 

0 

1 
0 
1 

1 

1 
0. 

1.3C8. 
None. 

+. 
Converted  to  dl- 
cyano  form. 

CN  slowly  lost. 

6,6-Dtmethyl-benil- 

Rlbone 

Phosphate  
Cyanide  .  

ChniBo  at  pH  4.8  ... 
Molcculnr  Welsbt  

Ocbromonos  Malhamen- 
sis  Activity  

.{. 

Stability  In  Cyanide  So 
lution. 

Stability  In  Lljht  

Converted  to  dicy- 
Qnocobalamln. 
Coenzyme  activ 
ity  lost.    Adeline 
removed. 

Converted  to 
hydroiocotmla- 
mtn  or  very  simi 
lar  epd.    Coen- 
ryme  activity  lost. 
Adcnine  removed 
(oe  derivative). 

Converted  to  dl- 

cyanobenzlmldo- 
zole  cobomldo. 
Coeczyme  activ 
ity  lost.    Adenine 
removed. 
Converted  to 
bydrotobenzlml' 
dazole  cobamlde, 
or  very  similar 
cpd.    Coenzyme 
activity  lost.    Ade 
nine  removed  (as 
derivative). 

droxy-benzimidazole-coenzyme  B:=)  5-amino-bcnzimid- 
azole-coenzyme  BU,  5-nitro-beazimidazole-coenzyme  BI3, 
5-methyl-benzimidazole-coenzyme  B;3.  and  the  like. 
Other  vitamin  Bu-active  coenzyme  Bj3  compounds  con 
taining  heterocyclic  compounds  other  than  the  benzimid- 
azoles  attached  to  the  ribose  may  be  likewise  produced 
utilizing  vitamin  Bu-activity  producing  Schizomycetes 
in  conjunction  with  the  appropriate  heterocyclic  com 
pound  as  precursor.  These  vitamin  B13-active  coenzyme 
BU  compounds  may  be  administered  for  their  nutritional 
effect  as  such  or  in  the  form  of  their  solutions  in  phar 
macologically  accepted  liquid  diluents,  such  as  water,  or 


05 


EXAMPLE  1 

A  culture  medium  for  the  production  of  the  benzimid- 
azole-coenzyme  BU  is  prepared  as  follows:  A  sterile  20 
liter  Pyrex  bottle  is  filled  with  14  liters  of  distilled  water 
at  35-37*  C.  To  this  are  added  4  liters  of  sterile  solution 

70  A  and  700  ml.  of  sterile  solution  B,  the  compositions  of 
which  are  described  hereinbelow,  200  ml.  of  sterile  4  M 
glucose  and  200  ml.  of  10~J  M  benzimidazole.  The  bot 
tle  is  then  rotated  to  mix  the  contents,  0.6  g.  of  dry  (non- 
sterile)  sodium  hydrosulfite  (Na-^OJ  is  added^and  the 

75  contents  again  mixed.  * 


"" '  r 


71 


11 


3,037,016 


12 


Sterile  Solution  A. — Preparation  end  Sterilization  . 

Basamin  (Anhcuscr  Busch  yeast  extract) g—  500 

Accent  (monosodium  glutamatc) g—  2700 

MgSO4,  2  M ml—  80 

FcSO,,  0.2  M ml._  32 

MnCI3.  O.I  M ml..  16 

NajMo04,  0.1   M ml—  16 

CoCK.  0.1  M ml—  32 

Cud,,  1  M— ml—  16 

Distilled  water  to  32  liters. 

To  sterilize,  place  4  liters  of  this  solution  in  a  6-liter  flask 
and  sterilize  for  45  minutes  at  18  Ib.  steam  pressure. 

Sterile  Solution  B. — Preparation  and  Sterilization 

KH.PO<  (reagent  grade) — g—      170 

K2KPO,-3HjO  (reagent  grade). g—  1,200 

Distilled  water  to  5.6  liters. 


dry  to  recover  the  coenzyme  completely.    The  final  vol 
ume  is  about  2  liters. 

The  solution  is  adjusted  to  pH  8.5  with  2  N  NaOH 
and  passed  by  gravity  flow  through  a  15  cm.  high  x  3.5 

5  cm.  diameter  column  of  an  iinion-cxchangc  resin  contain 
ing  quaternary  ammonium  groups,  8%  cross-Jinked  in  the 
hydroxide  ion  form  (Dowcx-2,  50-100  mesh;  Dow  Chem 
ical  Company).  This  requires  about  3  hours.  The  col 
umn  is  washed  with  water  and  the  combined  effluents 

10  pH  9.7  arc  neutralized  with  90  ml.  of  1  M  acetic  acid  to 
pH  6.3.  The  volume  is  approximately  2.2  liters. 

Phenol  extraction. — Each  liter  of  solution  is  extracted 
with  120  ml.  of  90%  (w./v.)  phenol-water,  then  twice 
with  40  ml.  of  phenol-water.  The  phases  art;  separated 

IS  by  ccntrifugation.  The  phenol  phase  (120  ml.)  is  washed 
twice  with  20  ml.  water.  The  wash  water  is  reextractcd 
with  4  ml.  phenol,  the  water  is  discarded  and  the  phenol 
extracts  are  combined.  To  125  ml.  of  phenol  phases  are 
added  375  ml.  of  ether,  125  ml.  of  acetone  and  10  ml.  of 

20  water.  The  mixture  is  shaken  and  centrifuged  to  separate 
the  aqueous  phase.  The  organic  phase  is  reextractcd  twice 
with  10  ml.  of  water.  The  combined  aqueous  phase  from 
2.2  liters  of  Dowex-2  treated  solution  is  extracted  three 
times  with  5  ml.  of  ether  to  remove  phenol  and  is  aerated 


To  sterilize,  place  700  ml.  of  this  solution  in  a  liter  flask 
and  sterilize  for  45  minutes  at  18  Ib.  steam  pressure. 

This  medium  is  then  inoculated  with  750  ml.  of  an  ac 
tively  fermenting  pure  culture  of  a  vitamin  BIJ-  activity 
producing  strain  of  Clostridium  tetanomorphum  (strain 
HI  which  produces  vitamin  B12  active  compounds  when 

grown  in  a  medium  containing  5,6-dimethylbenzimidazolc)    25  with  nitrogen  to  remove  ether, 
prepared  by  inoculating  5  ml.  of  a  semisolid  agar  (0.2%)  Chromatographic  purification.— The  aqueous  solution 

culture  of  the  bacteria  into  solution  A  supplemented  with  from  the  phenol  extraction  operation  (volume  approxi- 
0  05%  of  cysteine-HCl  neutralized  to  pH  7  and  incubat-  mately  70  ml.)  containing  the  partially  purified  benzinida- 
ing  this  for  18-24  hours  at  37'  C.  The  20-liter  bottle  is  zole-coenzyme  B13,  is  acidified  to  pH  3.2  with  7  ml.  of  1  N 
then  filled  with  distilled  water  and  incubated  at  35-37'  C.  30  aqueous  hydrochloric  acid  solution.  Since  thc  calculated 
until  the  culture  reaches  maximum  turbidity  indicating  salt  concentration  is  about  0.09  M,  the  solution  is  diluted 
maximum  growth.  This  usually  requires  from  15-20  ^-fold  to  give  a  final  salt  concentration  below  0.02  M; 
hours,  depending  on  temperature  and  condition  of  the  l°w"  salt  concentrations  favor  adsorption  of  the  coen- 
inoculum.  and  corresponds  to  a  reading  of  20  to  25  zVme  on  thc  «sin.  The  acidified  and  diluted  solution  is 
(2-log  g=0.6  to  0.7)  on  an  Evelyn  colorimeter  using  35  passed  into  a  resin  column  prepared  as  follows:  2  M  so- 


1S.O  mm.  O.D.  tubes  and  a  540  mu  (green)  filter  after 
correcting  for  the  absorbance  of  the  uninoculated  me 
dium. 

The  bacteria  are  then  harvested  by  centrifugation  at 
20,000  x  8-  The  3-4  g.  of  cell  paste  per  liter  of  medium 
ihus  obtained  were  placed  in  a  wide  mouthed  polyethyl 
ene  container,  immediately  frozen  in  a  Dry  Ice-alcohol 
mixture  and  stored  at  or  below  —10'  C.  until  the  isola 
tion-purification  procedure  could  be  performed.  The  fore- 


dium  phosphate-phosphoric  acid  buffer  pH  2.5  is  allowed 
to  pass  under  gravity  through  a  column  of  a  suifonic  acid 
type  cation-exchange  resin  which  is  a  copolymcr  of  styrene 
and  divinylbenzimidazole  containing  free  suifonic  acid 
groupings,  2%  cross-linked,  200-400  mesh  (Dowcx-50W, 
200-400  mesh;  2%  cross-linked;  Dow  Chemical  Co.), 
which  is  initially  in  the  acid  form,  until  the  effluent  has 
the  same  pH  as  the  added  buffer.  The  resin  is  then 
washed  with  distilled  water  until  thc  effluent  is  free  from 


ml.  fractions  are  collected  throughout  the  elution  and 
their  absorbance  at  261  mu  measured.  The  elution  of 
the  benzimidazole-cocnzyme  BU  which  begins  after  ap- 


uwu^ywi  u  n*«uwu  K*  w*» ««*  *-  *.«**•  v«  «*•  j*w*  *w« ••*•*••      » »*v  »«» **-  „    .  .        .  •        •          ••  • 

goinc  operation  is  carried  out  repeatedly  to  produce  a  45  phosphate.    The  washed  resin,  in  the  mixed  sodium  ion- 

total" of  3  86  kg.  of  cell  paste.  hydrogen  ion  form,  is  used  to  make  a  1  cm.  diameter  x  80 

An  83%  ethanol  extract  is  prepared  from  1  kg.  of  cells  «m-  W]  column-    Durin8  PassaBe  >"to  the  =olumr-  thc 

at  a  time.    Two  liters  of  absolute  ethanol  arc  added  to  benzim.dazolc-cocnzyme  B,,  is  adsorbed  on  the  resin. 

1  kg.  of  thawed  cell  paste  and  the  mixture  is  homogenized  ^^l™1"."  thcn  cluted  m%  approximately  800  ml. 

for  30  seconds  in  a  large  Waring  Blendor.    The  resulting  50  £0.03  M  fotora  aeetjto  at  PH  5.2  followed  by  about 

suspension  is  poured  into  2  liters  of  boiling  95%  ethanol.  1500ml.  of  0.03  M  sodium  acetate  pH  6.2;  individual  16 
Thc  mixture  is  heated  to  boiling,  allowed  to  stand  at  this 
temperature  for  15  minutes  and  then  filtered  while  hot 
through  a  layer  of  diatomaceous  silica  on  2  large  Biichner 

funnels.     The  residue  on  the  filter  is  sucked  dry  and   65 

through  the  column,  and  is  completed  when  approximately 

750  ml.  of  this  buffer  has  passed  through  the  column,  is 
recognized  by  the  appearance  of  an  intensely  reddish- 
orange  color  and  by  the  appearance  of  a  prominent  and 
00  rather  symmetrical  261  mu  absorbance  peak.  TTre 
homogeneity  of  the  coenzyme  material  eluted  in  the  peak 
fractions  is  determined  by  comparing  the  coenzyme  ac 
tivity,  as  measured  by  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spectro- 
photometric  coenzyme  assay,  with  the  absorbance  of  thc 
05  various  fractions;  this  is  expressed  as  relative  specific 
activity  and  is  substantially  constant  for  the  central  por 
tion  of  the  peak  containing  80-90%  of  the  total  ab 
sorbance. 

The  peak  fractions,  which  have  (as  noted)  essentially 
The  clear  solution  is  adjusted  to  pH  7  and  passed  by  70  constant  specific  activity,  and  which  possess  the  type  of 
gravity  flow  through  a  15  cm.  high  x  3.5  cm.  diameter  spectrum  characteristic  of  the  coenzyme  Bla  compound 
column  of  a  resin  copolymer  of  styrene  and  divinyl  ben-  containing  benzimidazole  attached  to  ribose,  are  combined 
zene  containing  suifonic  acid  groups,  12%  cross-linked,  in  to  give  a  total  volume  of  approximately  280  ml.  This 
the  sodium  ion  form  (Dowex  50,  50-100  mesh;  Dow  solution  contains  approximately  53  umolcs  of  ben- 
Chemical  Company).  The  column  is  washed  and  sucked  75  zamidazolc-cocnzyme  BU  (as  determined  by  absorbance 


rcsuspended  in  2  liters  of  80%  ethanol.  The  suspension 
is  filtered  as  before.  The  combined  filtrates  from  3.86 
kg.  of  cells  are  combined  and  concentrated  in  vacuo  to 
about  800  ml.  To  remove  residual  ethanol,  1.5  liters  of 
distilled  water  is  addcd  and  the  solution  is  again  concen 
trated  to  about  1  liter. 

The  resulting  solution  is  turbid  and  a  slimy  precipitate 
forms  after  the  solution  is  frozen  and  thawed.  To  remove 
the  precipitate,  which  tends  to  clog  the  ion  exchange  resin 
columns  subsequently  used,  10  ml.  of  1  M  ZnSO4  and  20 
ml.  of  1  N  NaOH  are  added  per  liter  of  solution  and 
after  standing  5  minutes  thc  resulting  precipitate  is  re 
moved  by  filtration  through  diatomaceous  silica. 


xcno 

COl'v 


72 


13 


3,037,016 


measurements  at  261  mu  and  the  estimated  molar  extinc- 
tion  coefficient  of  35.5X  10"  cm.Vmole  at  261  mu),  and 
in  substantially  pure  form  as  indicated  by  the  absorption 
spectrum. 

Tho  solution  containing  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme    6 


14 


trum  very  similar  to  that  of  hydroxocobalamin  in  the  re- 
gion  between  320  mu  and  600  mu  and  showing  maxima 
at  350-355,  410  and  525  mu. 

EXAMPLE  2 


scribed  hereinbclow,  and  sufficient  sterile  solution  of  so- 


residual  ether.  The  deep  red  aqueous  solution,  contain- 
icg  approximately  48  umoles  of  coenzyme  in  a  volume  of 
S  ml.  is  placed  in  a  vacuum  desiccator  over  concentrated 
sulfuric  acid  as  a  desiccant  The  desiccator  is  evacuated 
and  the  solution  is  allowed  to  concentrate  at  3°  C.  to  a 
volume  of  approximately  2  ml.  during  a  period  of  several 
days.  During  concentration  of  tho  solution,  crystalliza- 
tion  of  the  coenzyme  occurs.  The  mother  liquor  is  do- 
canted,  the  crystals  adhering  to  the  walls  of  the  container 
are  washed  first  with  90%  acetone,  then  with  100% 
acetone,  and  finally  with  ethyl  ether.  After  removal  of 
ether  in  a  vacuum  desiccator  there  is  obtained  approxi- 
mately  50-70  mg.  of  substantially  pure  crystalline  ben- 
zunjdazole-coenzyme  B,a  m  hydrated  form. 

The  benzimidazole-coenzyme  BU  forms  prismatic  crys- 
tals  having  some  diamond-shaped  and  some  rectangular 
faces.  Tho  crystals  are  conspicuously  dichroic,  being 
either  light  yellow  or  deep  red  or  a  mixture  of  these  colors. 
The  diamond-shaped  faces  appear  either  yellow  or  red, 
depending  on  the  angle  of  observation:  the  rectangular  35 
faces  appear  red.  The  absorption  spectrum  of  an  aqueous 
solution  of  this  crystalline  benzimidazolc-coenzyino  B12 
is  substantially  identical  with  the  absorption  spectrum  of 
the  peak  column  fractions  from  which  tho  crystalline  ma- 
ferial  is  obtained.  .The  specific  coenzyme-activity  of  the  40 


20 


26 


30 


tents 

Sterile  Solution  A.  —  Preparation  and  Sterilization 
Basamin  (Anheuser  Busch  yeast  extract)  _____  g__    500 

Glucose  ------------------------------  g  —  4800 

MgSO<,  2  M  ------------------------  ml  __      80 

FeSO«,  0.2  M  -------------------------  ml  __      32 

MnClj,  0.1  M  -------------------------  ml  __       16 

Na2MoO«,  0.1  M  ----------------------  ml  __       16 

CoCl2,  0.1  M  ------------------------  ml__      32 

CaCIj,  1  M  --------------------  ______  ml  __      16 

Distilled  water  to  32  liters. 

To  sterilize,  place  4  liters  of  this  solution  in  a  6-liter  flask 
Md  stcrilize  for  45  ^^  at  Jg  !b>  3team  ^ 

Sterile  Solution  3.  —  Preparation  and  Sterilization 

KHjPO4  (reagent  grade)  _g          170 

K2HPO4-3HiO  (reagent  grade)  _I"III"II__gII  1,200 
Distilled  water  to  5.6  liters. 


?Iacer70?  ml"  of  **  *°lutlo°  *  a  Lter  flask 
and  stenljze  for  4S  minutes  at  18  Ib.  steam  pressure. 

Sterile  Suspension  C.  —  Preparation  and  Sterilization 


fractions. 

The  ultra  violet  and  visible  absorption  spectrum  of 
crystalline  benzumdazole-coenzyme  Bj2  hydrate  (prepared 
in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  procedure)  dissolved  in 
water  showed  maxima  at  261,  315,  375,  and  250  mu  and 
the  corresponding 


values  were  175,  68,  53,  and  39;  the  spectrum  had  in- 
flection  points  at  280,  440-445,  and  500  mu.  The  cobalt 
content  of  this  crystalline  benzimidazole-coenzyme  Bu 
hydrate  was  found  to  be  3.1%  corresponding  to  an  ap- 
parent  molecular  weight  of  approximately  1900.  This 
value  includes  an  unknown  amount  of  water  of  crys- 
tallization;  the  molecular  weight  of  the  anhydrous  crys- 
tallino  coenzyme,  calculated  on  the  basis  of  1  mole  of 
cobalt,  is  estimated  to  be  within  the  range  1500-1700. 
Analysis  of  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme  Blz  showed  that 
it  contains  per  mole  of  cobalt  approximately  one  mole 
each  of  benrimidazole,  adenine,  ribose  and  phosphate. 

Treatment  of  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme  Bj2  with  0.1 
M  KCN  for  approximately  30  minutes  at  room  tempera- 
tare  results  in  complete  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  and 
results  in  the  formation  of  a  compound  which  in  the 
region  between  300  mu  and  650  mu  has  an  absorption 
substantially  identical  with  that  of  the  dicyano  form  of 
vitamin  BU  with  absorption  peaks  at  304  mu,  367  mu, 
416  mu,  540  mu,  and  579  mu. 

Exposure  of  the  benzimidazole-coenzyme  BU  to  visible 
light,  such  as  a  100  w.  tungsten  filament  lamp  at  a  dis- 
tance  of  1  foot  for  a  period  of  30  minutes  results  in  vir- 
tually  complete  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  and  results  in 
the  formation  of  a  compound  having  an  absorption  spec- 


This  medium  is  inoculated  with  750  ml.  of  an  actively 
fermenting  pure  culture  of  said  vitamin  Bjj-activity  pro- 
45  ducing  strain  of  Propionibacterium  shermanii  prepared 
ty  inoculating  5  ml  of  a  culture  of  the  bacteria  into  solu- 
t'on  A  supplemented  with  0.05%  cysteine-HCl  and  in- 
cubating  this  culture  for  48-72  hours  at  30*  C  The  20- 
liter  bottle  is  then  filled  with  distilled  water  and  incubated 
at  30*  C.  with  stirring  for  a  period  of  approximately  3-10 
i12^-  Th*  pH  of  ^  nisdi"™  is  determined  at  frequent 
""ervals  and  the  pH  is  adjusted  to  pH  7,  as  required,  by 
^  ^dition  of  a  solution  of  2  N  NaOH.  In  order  to 
obtain  more  abundant  growth,  additional  amounts  of 
Slucose  are  added  at  intervals  as  this  compound  is  used 
u^'  ^  *^e  end  °'  tne  fermentation  period,  the  cells  are 
harvested  by  centrifugation  and  are  obtained  as  a  moist 
**^  P35*6  ^at  can  ^  "^  immediately  for  the  prepara- 
^on  °*  coenzyme  BJJ  or,  if  desired,  can  be  frozen  and 
stored  for  lar  use. 

are  carried  out  in  the  dark  or  in  very 


60 


66 


80 


^our  tilograms  of  cell  paste  of  Propionibacterium 
shermanii  (obtained  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing 

65  Procedure  are  extracted  with  approximately  21  liters  of 
80-90%  ethanol  at  boiling  temperature.  The  filtered 
extract  is  concentrated  in  vacuo  (45-50*  C.)  to  remove 
alcohol.  The  resulting  aqueous  solution  (volume  1800 
«!•)  is  adjusted  to  pH  7  with  2  N  NaOH  passed  through 

JQ  a  2  cm.  diameter  x  36  cm.  high  column  of  a  sulfonic 
acid  type  cation-exchange  resin  (Dowex-50,  8x,  20-^40 
mesh)  in  the  sodium  ion  form.  The  solution  is  then 
adjusted  to  pH  9.4  by  addition  of  2  N  NaOH  and  is 
passed  through  a  2  cm.  diameter  x  30  cm.  column  of  a 

75  quaternary  ammonium  type  anion-exchange  resin  (Dow- 


73 


15 


3,037,010 


16 


ex-2)  in  the  hydroxide  form.   The  combined  effluent  and 
washings  (pH  9.8)  are  neutralized  with  glacial  acetic  acid 
to  pH  6.2. 
Phenol  extraction. — The  resulting  solution  (volume  ap- 


epproximately  30  minutes  at  room  temperature  results 
in  virtually  complete  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  and  results 
in  the  formation  of  a  compound  which  in  the  region  be 
tween  300  mu  and  650  mu  has  an  absorption  spectrum 


proximately  4  liters)  is  saturated  with  phenol  and  is  ex-    6    substantially  identical  with  that  of  the  dicyano  form  of 

..  ,. ;.t.    A  <    .  »f  nr\ar.    .  wlfomtTi  R..  unfli  aJvinmtinn   DMlcs  ^t  T04   mu.   367   mu. 


traded  three  times  with  0.1  volume  of  90%  aqueous 
phenol,  and  the  coenzyme  is  then  displaced  back  into 
water  by  addition  of  3  volumes  of  ethyl  ether  and  1  vol 
ume  of  acetone  for  each  volume  of  phenol.  The  phenol- 


vitamin  BU  with  absorption  peaks  at  304  mu,  367  mu, 
416  mu,  540  mu  and  579  mu. 

Exposure  of  the  coenzyme  BU  to  visible  light,  such  as 
a  100  w.  tungsten  filament  lamp  at  a  distance  of  1  foot 


ether-acetone  solution  is  extracted  3  times  with  0.1  volume   10  for  a  period  of  30  minutes,  results  in  virtually  complete 

^oss  °^  cocnzyme  activity  and  results  in  the  formation  of 
a  compound  having  an  absorption  spectrum  very  similar 
to  that  of  hydroxocobalamin  in  the  region  'between  320 
mu  and  600  mu  and  showing  maxima  at  350-355,  3 


EXAMPLE  3 

A  culture  of  Clostridium  tetanomorphum  strain  HI  is 
grown  in  accordance  with  the  procedure  described  in  Ex 
ample  1  hereinabove  (except  that  5,6-dimethylbenzimidaz- 


of  water. 

Chromatographic  purification.— -The  resulting  aqueous 
solution  of  coenzyme  has  a  volume  of  approximately  600 
ml.  and  a  pH  of  about  7.0.  The  solution  is  acidified  with 

2  N  HC1  to  pH  3.0.    The  solution  is  diluted  with  distilled   15  and  525  mu. 
water  to  2  liters  so  that  the  final  salt  concentration  is  less 

than  0.02  M.  The  solution  is  then  passed  into  a  2  cm. 
diameter  x  80  cm.  high  column  of  a  resin  copolymer  of 

styrene  and  divinyl   benzene  containing  sulfouic  acid         _r ,__-,--     

groups  in  the  mixed  sodium  ion-hydrogen  ion  form  at  pH   20  o|e  ;n  a  concentration  of  IX  10-1  M  is  used  in  place  of 

3  (Dowex-50K,  2x,  200-400  mesh;  Dow  Chemical  Co.).        tne  benzimidazole  used  in  Example  1).    The  cells  from 
The  column  is  eluted  successively  at  3'  C.  with  water        2  liters  of  fermented  broth  thus  produced  are  harvested 
(250  ml.)  0.03  M  sodium  acetate  pH  5.5  (3,200  ml.)  and         and  treated  in  accordance  with  the  phenol  extraction  and 
0.05  M  sodium  acetate  pH  6.4  (3,600  ml.).    The  eluate  is         chromatographic  purification   method  set   forth   in  de- 
collected  by  means  of  an  automatic  fraction  collector;   25  tail  in  Example  2  hercinabove,  with  suitable  adjustment 
each  10  minute  fraction  has  a  volume  of  approximately 

25  ml.  The  coenzyme  begins  to  elute  after  approxi 
mately  1  liter  of  pH  6.4  buffer  has  passed  through  the 
column.  The  elution  of  the  coenzyme  from  the  column 
is  recognized  by  the  appearance  of  a  large  absorbance 
peak  at  260  mu,  by  the  intense  orange-red  color  of  the 
eluate,  and  by  the  presence  of  coenzyme  activity  as  in 
dicated  by  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spectrophotometric 


:0 


coenzyme  assay.    The  product  is  collected  in  approxi- 


for  the  smaller  quantities  of  starting  material  (approxi 
mately  8  g.  cell  paste — %0o  of  the  amount  used  in  Ex 
ample  2).  The  final  aqueous  solution  obtained  by  com- 
'bining  the  peak  fractions  from  the  elution  of  the  coen 
zyme  from  the  resin  column,  followed  by  extraction  into 
phenol  and  displacement  back  into  water,  contains  ap 
proximately  0.1  pmole  of  coenzyme  BU,  as  determined 
from  the  absorbance  of  its  solution  at  520  mu  and  the 

_  estimated  molar  extinction  coefficient  of  7.55x10*  cm. V 

mately  40  fractions  having  a  total  volume  of  about  1  liter.    35  moje> 
From  the  260  mu  absorbance  values  and  the  estimated  jjj'e  identity  of  the  coenzyme  Bt2  obtained  in  this  ex- 

molar  extinction  coefficient  of  35.5  X 10*  cm.Vmole,  the  ample,  with  that  obtained  in  Example  2  utilizing  Propion- 
total  quantity  of  coenzyme  B12  compounds  in  the  peak  {bacterium  sharmanii,  is  shown  by  the  observation  that 
fractions  is  estimated  to  be  approximately  500  pinoles,  tjjey  },ave  (fae  same  absorption  spectra;  the  same  relative 
The  coenzyme  activities  of  the  peak  fractions  are  de-  40  specjfic  activity  in  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spectro- 
termined  by  the  spectrophotometric  coenzyme  assay  and  photometric  coenzyme  assay;  undergo  the  same  spectral 
the  relative  specific  activities  of  the  fractions  calculated  changes  and  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  when  exposed  to 
from  these  activities  and  the  absorbance  measurements  cyanide  ion  or  to  light;  and  possess  approximately  1  mole 
at  260  mu  on  the  respective  fractions.  The  ultraviolet  eac]j  of  adenine,  and  5,6-dimethylbenzimidazole  per  atom 
and  visible  absorption  spectra  of  selected  peak  fractions  45  of  cobalt 

are  also  determined.    On  the  basis  of  the  specific  activity  Various  changes  may  be  made  in  carrying  out  the  prcs 

determinations  and  absorption  spectra,  the  peak  frac 
tions  with  uniform  properties  are  selected  and  combined. 
The  resulting  coenzyme  solution  is  extracted  into  phenol 
by  the  method  described  hereinabove  and  is  displaced  50 
back  into  water  by  the  addition  of  ether  and  acetone  as 
also  previously  described.    The  aqueous  solution  thus 
obtained  is  extracted  several  times  with  ether  to  remove 
phenol  and  is  then  concentrated  in  vacuo.   The  final  solu 
tion,  containing  approximately  400  ^moles  of  coenzyme  65   structure    like    the    cyano-benzimidazole-cobamides   but 
BU  in  a  volume  of  about  40  ml.,  is  deep  red  in  color.  The         lacking  a  cyano  group  and  possessing  an  adenine  moiety 
coenzyme  BU  is  crystallized  by  further  concentrating 
the  aqueous  solution  and  allowing  it  to  stand  at  3*  C.  in 


ent  invention  without  departing  from,  the  spirit  and  scope 
thereof.  In  so  far  as  these  changes  and  modifications  are 
within  the  purview  of  the  annexed  claims,  they  are  to 
be  considered  as  part  of  my  invention. 

Having  thus  described  my  invention,  what  I  claim  and 
desire  to  secure  by  Letters  Patent  is: 

i.  A  coenzyme  BU  compound  having  a  molecular 
weight  within  the  range  of  about  1500  to  1700,  a  chemical 


the  dark;  or,  alternatively,  by  adding  to  each  volume  of 


attached  to  the  corphyrin  portion  of  the  molecule;  char 
acterized  as  being  converted  to  the  corresponding  dicyano- 
benzimidazole-cobamide  with  removal  of  adenine  and  loss. 

aqueous  solution  approximately  6  volumes  of  acetone  and  60  of  coenzyme  activity  on  treatment  with  cyanide  ion  and 
approximately  3  volumes  of  ether  until  the  solution  be-  to  the  corresponding  hydroxo-benzimidazole-cobamide- 
comes  slightly  turbid  and  allowing  the  resulting  mixture  like  compound  with  removal  of  adenine  and  loss  of  activ- 
to  stand  at  3*  C.  until  the  coenzyme  B12  crystallizes.  The  ity  on  exposure  to  light;  characterized  by  the  ultra  violet 
crystals  are  washed  with  90%  acetone,  then  with  100%  and  visible  absorption  spectrum  of  its  solution  in  0.03  M 
acetone,  and  finally  with  ether,  and  the  ether  evaporated  65  sodium  acetate  pH  6.7  as  exhibiting  a  peak  with  the  high- 
in  vacuo  to  produce  substantially  pure  crystalline  co-  est  extinction  coefficient  at  approximately  260  mu  and 

lacking  a  prominent  peak  in  the  350-367  mu  region;  and 
when  in  crystalline  form  being  further  characterized  as 
forming  prismatic  crystals  soluble  in  water,  metbanol, 
70  etbanol,  and  phenol,  and  substantially  insoluble  in  ace 
tone,  ether  and  chloroform;  said  compound  being  further 
characterized  as  supporting  the  growth  of  the  microor 
ganism  Ochromonas  malhamensis  and  as  having  coenzyme 
activity  as  measured  by  the  glutamatemesachonate  spec- 


enzyme  BU  in  hydrated  form. 

The  solution  of  coenzyme  BU  in  .03  M  sodium  acetate 
pH  6.7  shows  absorption  maxima  at  260,  315,  335-337, 
375  aiid  520-523  mu  and  the  corresponding  molar  exten 
sion  coefficients  (XlO*  cm.Vmole)  of  35.5,  12.8,  12.5, 
9.9  and  7.5,  respectively.  Analysis  of  the  coenzyme  BU 
showed  that  it  contains  per  mole  of  cobalt  approximately 
one  mole  each  of  5,6-dimethylbenzimidazole  and  adenine. 


Treatment  of  the  coenzyme  B13  with  0.1  M  KCN  for  75  trophotometric  coenzyme  assay. 


17 


3,037,016 


10 


2.  The  compound  cocnzyme  B12,  an  organic  substance 
having  vitamin   Bu  activity  and  coenryme   activity  as 
measured  by  the  glutamate-mesaconatc  spectrophotome- 
tric  cocnzyme  assay;  having  a  molecular  weight  within 
the  range  of  about  1500  to  1700  and  a  chemical  struc 
ture  liks  that  of  vitamin  BI3  but  lacking  a  cyano  group 
and  possessing  an  adenine  moiety  attached  to  the  cor- 
phyrin  portion  of  the  molecule;  characterized  as  being 
converted  to  dicyanocobalamin  with  removal  of  adenine 
and  loss  of  cocnzyme  activity  on  treatment  with  cyanide 
ion  and  to  a  hydroxo-cobalamin-likc  compound  with  re 
moval  of  adenine  and  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  on  ex 
posure  to  light;  characterized  by  the  ultra   violet   and 
visible  absorption  spectrum  of  its  solution  in  0.03  M  sodi 
um  acetate  pH  6.7  as  exhibiting  an  inflection  at  287  DIM- 15 
and  absorption  maxima  at  260  mu,  315  mu,  335-337  mu. 
375  mu  and  523  mu  with  corresponding  molar  extinc 
tion  coefficients  (XlO8  cm.Vmole)  of  35.5,  12.8,  12.5, 
9.9  and  7.5  respectively,  and  as  failing  to  exhibit  a  promi 
nent  absorption  peak  in  the  350-W7  mu  region;  and  when 

in  crystalline  form  being  further  characterized  as  forming 
prismatic  crystals  soluble  in  water,  methanol,  ethanol,  and 
phenol,  and  substantially  insoluble  in  acetone,  ether  and 
chloroform. 

3.  The  compound  benzimidazole-coenzyme  BI3,  an  or 
ganic  substance  having  vitamin  B12  activity  and  coenzyme 
activity  as  measured  by  the  glutamate-mesaconate  spec- 
irophotometric    coenzyme    assay;    having    a    molecular 
weight  within  tr>:  range  of  about  1500  to   1700  and  a 
chemical  structure  like  that  of  the  benzimidazole  analog 
of  vitamin  8.2  but  lacking  a  cyano  group  and  possessing 
an  adenine  moiety  attached  to  the  corphyrin  portion  of 
the  molecule;  characterized  as  being  converted  to  dicyano- 
benzimidazole-cobamide  with  removal  of  adenine  and  loss 
of  cocnzyme  activity  on  treatment  with  cyanide  ion  and 
to  a  hydroxobenzimidazolecobamide-like  compound  with 
removal  of  adenine  and  loss  of  coenzyme  activity  on  ex 
posure  to  light;  characterized  by  the  ultra  violet  and  visi 
ble  absorption  spectrum  of  its  solution  in  0.03  M  sodium 
acetate  pH  6.7  as  exhibiting  an  inflection  at  280  mu  and 
absorption  maxima  at  261  mu,  303-305  mu,  315  mu, 
375  mu  and  520  mu  with  corresponding  molar  extinction 
coefficients  (XlO«  cm.VmoIe)  of  35.5,  12.8,  12.8,  9.9 
and  7.5  respectively,  and  as  failing  to  exhibit  a  prominent 
absorption  peak  in  the  350-367  mu  region;  and  when  in 
crystalline  form  being  further  characterized  as  forming 
prismatic  dichroic  crystals  soluble  in  water,  methanol, 
ethanol,  and  phenol,  and  substantially  insoluble  in  ace 
tone,  ether  and  chloroform. 

4.  Coenzyme  BU  as  defined  in  claim  2  in  substantially  60 
purified  form. 

5.  Benzimidazole-coenzyme  Bla  as  defined  in  claim  3 
in  substantially  purified  form. 

6.  Coenzyme  Bu  as  defined  in  claim  2  in  the  form  of 

its  crystalline  hydrate.  65 


20 


25 


30 


35 


40 


45 


18 

7.  Benzimidazole-coenzyme  BU  as  defined  in  claim  3 
in  the  form  of  its  crystalline  hydrate. 

8.  A  process  for  the  production  of  a  vitamin  B12-active 
coenzyme  BU  compound  of  the  character  set  forth  in 
claim  1  which  comprises  growing  an  Ochromonas  mal 
hamensis  and  BU  coenzymc-activity  producing  microor 
ganism  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium  and  disrupting  the 
resulting  bacterial  ccfls  in  the  substantial  absence  of  light 
and  cyanide  ion. 

9.  A  process  for  the  production  of  coenzyme  Blz  of 
the  character  set  forth  in  claim  2  which  comprises  grow 
ing  an  Ochromonas  malhamensis  and  Bu  coenzyme-ac- 
tivity  producing  microorganism  in  an  aqueous  nutrient 
medium  and  disrupting  the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in 
the  substantial  absence  of  light  and  cyanide  ion. 

10.  A  process  for  the  production  of  benzimidazole-co 
enzyme  BU  of  the  character  set  forth  in  claim  2  which 
comprises  growing  an  Ochromonas  malhamensis  and  Bta 
coenzyme-activity  producing  microorganism  in  an  aque 
ous  nutrient  medium  containing  benzimidazole  and  dis 
rupting  the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in  the  substantial  ab 
sence  of  light  and  cyanide  ion. 

11.  The  process  of  claim   9   in  which   5.6-dimethyl- 
benzimidazole  is  incorporated  in  the  nutrient  medium. 

12.  A  process  for  producing  coenzyme  Bla  comprising: 
growing  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium,  Schizomycetes 
organisms  of  the  genus  Propionibacterium  and  capable 
of  producing  Ochromonas  malhamensis-activity;  and  dis 
rupting  the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in  the  substantial  ab 
sence  of  light  and  cyanide  ion. 

13.  A  process  for  producing  coenzyme  Bu  comprising: 
growing  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium,  Schizomycetes 
organisms  of  the  genus  Streptomyces  and  capable  of  pro 
ducing  Ochromonas  malhamcnsis-acli\ity;  and  disrupting 
the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in  the  substantial  absence  of 
light  and  cyanide  ion. 

14.  A  process  for  producing  coenzyme  Bta  comprising: 
growing  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium,  Schizomcycetes 
organisms  of  the  genus  Pseudomonas  and  capable  of  pro 
ducing  Ochromonas  malhamensis-activity;  and  disrupting 
the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in  the  substantial  absence  of 
light  and  cyanide  ion. 

15.  A  process  for  producing  benzimidazole  coenzyme 
BU  comprising:  growing  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium, 
containing    benzimidazole,   Clostridium   tetanomorphum 
organisms  capable  of  producing  Ochromonas  malhamen- 
jw-activity;  and  disrupting  the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in 
the  substantial  absence  of  light  and  cyanide  ion. 

16.  A  process  for  producing  coenzyme  Bu  comprising: 
growing  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium  containing  5,6- 
dimethylbcnzimidazole,  Clostridium  tetanomorphum  or 
ganisms  capable  of  producing  Ochromonas  malhamensis- 
activity;  and  disrupting  the  resulting  bacterial  cells  in  the 
substantial  absence  of  light  and  cyanide  ion. 

No  references  cited. 


$& 


75 

Ann.  Rev.  Biochem.  1978.  47:1-33 

Copyright  <s>  1978  by  Annual  Reviews  Inc.  All  rights  reserved 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  *967 

BACTERIAL  METABOLISM 

H.  A.  Barker 

Department  of  Biochemistry,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  California  94720 

CONTENTS 

EARLY  YEARS  I 

INTRODUCTION  TO  SCIENCE 3 

POSTDOCTORAL  YEARS  AT  PACIFIC  GROVE  AND  DELFT 7 

A  SOIL  MICROBIOLOGIST  AT  BERKELEY 1 1 

EARLY  EXPERIMENTS  WITH  RADIOACTIVE  CARBON  13 

SABBATICAL  INTERLUDE  15 

SUCROSE  PHOSPHORYLASE 16 

RESEARCH  ON  DRIED  FRUIT 18 

CLOSTRIDIUM  KLUYVERI:  FATTY  ACID  METABOLISM  AND  AMINO 

ACID  BIOSYNTHESIS 18 

BIOCHEMISTRY  OF  METHANE  FORMATION 2 1 

TRANSITION  FROM  MICROBIOLOGY  TO  BIOCHEMISTRY  22 

THE  BR  FACTOR  23 

PURINE  DEGRADATION  BY  CLOSTRIDIA  24 

SABBATICAL  AT  THE  NATIONAL  INSTITUTES  OF  HEALTH  25 

GLUTAMATE  FERMENTATION  AND  B12  COENZYMES 26 

LYSINE  DEGRADATION  BY  CLOSTRIDIA  AND  RELATED  PROBLEMS ....  29 

FINAL  COMMENTS 32 

EARLY  YEARS 

I  grew  up  mostly  in  California,  first  in  Oakland  till  the  age  of  1 1,  and  then 
in  Palo  Alto  till  I  graduated  from  Stanford  University.  My  parents  had  been 
part  of  the  western  migration.  My  father  as  a  young  man  came  to  California 
from  Maine,  where  he  had  grown  up  on  a  poor  farm  in  a  rural  environment 
that  was  attractive  to  a  child,  but  held  little  promise  of  a  good  life  for  an 

1 
0066-4 1 54/78/070 1  -000 1  $0 1 .00 


76 

H  f 

2         BARKER 

adult.  He  worked  for  a  time  as  a  farm  hand  in  the  San  Joaquin  Valley  and 
later  taught  in  an  elementary  school  for  a  few  years,  until  he  could  save  a 
little  money.  In  1 892  he  entered  Stanford  with  the  first  class,  but  had  to  drop 
out  before  graduating,  for  lack  of  funds.  He  returned  to  the  public  schools 
as  a  high  school  teacher.  Later  he  became  principal  of  a  high  school  and 
eventually  a  public  school  administrator  in  several  cities,  including  Oakland 
and  Palo  Alto,  where  I  grew  up. 

My  mother  came  to  Stanford  from  Denver  and  obtained  an  A.B.  degree 
in  Classical  Literature  and  an  M.A.  degree  in  Latin.  She  then  taught  lan 
guages  in  high  school  for  a  few  years  until  she  married.  I  had  an  older 
brother  who  was  fond  of  literature  and  eventually  became  a  professor  of 
English.  So  there  was  nothing  in  my  family  background  that  predisposed 
me  to  a  career  in  science  with  one  possible  exception.  Both  my  father  and 
mother  were  very  fond  of  the  outdoors  and  so  each  summer  we  spent  a 
month  or  more,  whenever  possible,  camping  in  the  Sierras,  and  living  a 
simple  and  quiet  life  in  close  contact  with  Nature.  This  resulted  in  my 
developing  a  considerable  familiarity  with  plants  and  animals,  and  the 
physical  environment,  and  perhaps  even  more  important,  developing  a 
sense  of  satisfaction  and  accomplishment  in  relatively  solitary  activities 
such  as  fishing,  hiking,  and  exploring  new  areas;  this  attitude  was  easily 
carried  over  to  scientific  work  in  a  laboratory. 

In  high  school  I  followed  a  rather  standard  college  preparatory  cur 
riculum  including  mathematics,  chemistry,  and  two  foreign  languages.  The 
scholastic  standards  were  not  very  high,  so  I  had  no  difficulty  getting 
adequate  grades  with  little  effort.  One  of  my  dominant  interests  in  the  last 
two  years  of  high  school  was  music.  I  had  taken  piano  lessons  for  several 
years  previously  with  only  minimal  results.  My  enthusiasm  for  music  was 
greatly  stimulated  at  this  time  by  contacts  and  a  developing  friendship  with 
a  fellow  student,  Robert  Vetfesen,  who  had  unusual  talents  as  a  pianist,  and 
at  the  age  of  14  was  already  giving  concerts  of  professional  quality.  As  a 
result,  I  began  to  work  hard  to  develop  the  techniques  of  piano  playing,  only 
to  conclude  after  several  years  that  my  abilities  in  that  direction  are  very 
limited.  Although  frustrating,  this  experience  was  beneficial  in  opening  up 
to  me  the  world  of  music  from  which  I  have  derived  much  pleasure. 

After  graduating  from  high  school  I  was  fortunate  to  be  able  to  spend 
a  year  (1924-1925)  in  Europe  with  my  family.  Most  of  the  winter  we  stayed 
in  Dresden,  which  at  tha't  time  was  a  center  of  musical  activity.  I  studied 
the  piano,  learned  German,  read  classical  German  literature,  and  went  to 
innumerable  operas  and  concerts  of  every  kind,  usually  occupying  the 
cheapest  seats.  I  remember  that  one  of  the  highlights  of  the  season  was  a 
musical  festival  honoring  Richard  Strauss  on  the  occasion  of  his  60th 
birthday,  during  which  he  conducted  several  of  his  operas  and  ballets. 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         3 

INTRODUCTION  TO  SCIENCE 

I  entered  Stanford  in  1925  with  no  idea  which  field  I  would  ultimately 
choose  as  a  major.  Indeed,  I  inclined  toward  literary  and  historical  subjects. 
Fortunately  for  me,  much  of  the  curriculum  for  the  first  two  years  was  fixed, 
and  I  was  required  to  take  a  course  in  general  biology.  I  found  much  of  the 
material  both  novel  and  interesting,  and  I  recall  that  I  was  impressed  by 
the  enthusiasm  and  personalities  of  some  of  the  instructors.  So  the  following 
spring  I  decided  to  take  a  course  in  systematic  botany  from  LeRoy  Abrams. 
This  turned  out  to  be  a  good  choice  for  me.  The  class  was  small  and 
informal,  and  .the  work  consisted  mainly  in  collecting  native  plants  in  the 
adjacent  fields  and  hills  and  learning  to  identify  them  by  reference  to 
Jepson's  Manualof  Flowering  Plants  of  California.  I  soon  began  to  appreci 
ate  the  diversity  of  plants  and  the  influence  of  environment  on  their  distribu 
tion  in  nature.  My  knowledge  in  this  area  was  later  extended  by  taking  a 
course  in  plant  ecology  and  by  accompanying  a  graduate  student,  Carl  B. 
Wolf,  on  a  seven-week  field  trip  throughout  the  American  southwest  during 
which  we  collected  over  5000  plants  for  the  Stanford  herbarium. 

As  a  result  of  these  experiences  I  decided,  near  the  end  of  my  sophomore 
year,  that  I  would  like  to  become  some  type  of  biologist.  Since  I  had  almost 
no  background  in  the  physical  sciences,  this  decision  meant  that  I  had  to 
start  my  real  scientific  education  almost  from  the  beginning.  On  examining 
the  requirements  for  graduation  in  various  fields,  I  found  that  I  could  obtain 
the  physical  sciences  background  I  needed  and  fulfill  the  requirements  for 
an  A.B.  degree  most  quickly  by  majoring  in  the  School  of  Physical  Sciences, 
which  provided  an  introduction  to  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry,  and 
geology.  I  studied  all  of  these  subjects  with  enthusiasm  and  graduated  in 
the  summer  of  1929. 

On  entering  graduate  school  I  still  had  no  definite  idea  as  to  which  area 
of  biology  I  should  enter.  So  I  decided  to  sample  introductory  courses  in 
several  areas,  including  plant  and  animal  physiology,  protozoology,  and 
psychology.  I  found  the  protozoology  course  given  by  C.  V.  Taylor  to  be 
particularly  stimulating  because  the  class  was  very  small  and  informal, 
which  allowed  close  personal  contact  with  an  enthusiastic  teacher.  Also, 
because  the  emphasis  was  on  microscopy,  micro-manipulation,  and  other 
techniques  I  was  able  to  learn  something  about  the  behavior  and  physiology 
of  protozoa.  The  following  spring  I  moved  to  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station 
on  the  Monterey  Peninsula,  with  a  small  group  of  premedical  students,  to 
study  invertebrate  zoology  and  embryology.  The  instruction  was  excellent 
and  the  environment  was  enchanting,  but  the  most  important  thing  that 
happened  to  me  was  a  conversation  with  a  fellow  graduate  student,  Robert 
E.  Hungate.  He  told  me  that  he  had  been  getting  some  instruction  in 


78 
4         BARKER 

microbiology  from  a  new  member  of  the  staff,  a  young  Dutchman  by  the 
name  of  C.  B.  van  Niel,  whom  he  had  found  to  be  a  superb  teacher.  On 
I  lungate's  advice  I  decided  to  ask  van  Niel  to  accept  me  as  a  student  in  the 
summer  quarter.  There  was  one  complication.  I  had  planned  to  start  on  a 
vacation  in  the  Sierras  somewhat  before  the  end  of  the  summer  quarter.  So 
I  asked  van  Niel  whether  he  could  let  nv;  start  the  course  a  week  early,  in 
order  to  avoid  interference  with  my  vacation  plans.  He  was  rather  surprised 
at  this  request,  but  the  following  day  he  agreed.  I  was  van  Niel's  only 
student  that  summer;  he  spent  much  time  with  me  introducing  the  experi 
ments  and  discussing  the  results.  On  occasion  the  discussions  would  expand 
into  lectures  lasting  an  hour  or  two,  which  were  presented  with  a  clarity, 
enthusiasm,  and  almost  hypnotic  intensity  that  made  a  deep  impression  on 
me.  I  quickly  became  convinced  that  microbiology  was  a  most  exciting 
subject.  One  aspect  of  microbiology  that  van  Niel  emphasized  was  the 
developing  knowledge  and  theories  of  the  biochemistry  of  yeast  and  bac- 
lerial  fermentations.  Most  of  this  material  was  quite  new  to  me  and  I  soon 
began  to  realize  that  my  knowledge  of  chemistry  was  still  insufficient  to 
understand  these  phenomena.  This  realization  was  responsible,  in  consider 
able  part,  for  my  later  decision  to  change  my  major  to  chemistry. 

During  this  summer  I  also  assisted  Taylor  with  some  experiments  on  the 
development  of  starfish  eggs.  Taylor  was  committed  to  spend  the  following 
academic  year  as  a  visiting  professor  of  Zoology  at  the  University  of 
Chicago,  and  he  invited  me  to  come  along  as  his  research  assistant.  Since 
this  provided  an  opportunity  to  see  how  I  would  like  research  in 
protozoology  and  to  broaden  my  scientific  background  at  another  institu 
tion,  I  accepted. 

At  Chicago,  Taylor  suggested  that  I  investigate  some  aspect  of  the  con 
version  of  active  protozoa  to  their  resting  forms,  or  cysts,  but  left  me  free 
to  decide  which  organism  to  use  and  how  to  proceed.  After  reading  the 
available  literature  and  making  some  trials,  I  decided  to  use  the  ciliate 
Colpoda  cucullus,  which  can  be  cultured  readily  in  an  infusion  of  hay  and 
forms  cysts  abundantly  under  appropriate  conditions.  Previous  studies  with 
various  ciliates  had  suggested  that  several  environmental  factors,  including 
food  supply,  pH  of  the  medium,  accumulation  of  excretion  products,  and 
lowered  O2  tension,  may  induce  encystment;  but  there  was  little  solid 
evidence  to  support  any  of  these  suggestions.  Making  use  of  some  things  I 
had  learned  from  van  Niel,  I  was  able  to  simplify  the  conditions  for  encyst 
ment  by  culturing  the  ciliates  on  a  suspension  of  bacteria  in  a  nonnutritive 
medium  and  show  that  cyst  formation  is  almost  unaffected  by  pH  or  food 
supply,  but  that  it  is  induced  by  other  unidentified  changes  in  the  environ 
ment  associated  with  crowding  of  the  ciliates.  These  observations  formed 
the  subject  of  my  first  scientific  publication.  I  also  investigated  the  nature 


79 
EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         5 

of  the  factor  in  plant  and  animal  infusions  that  induces  the  conversion  of 
cysts  to  active  ciliates,  and  was  able  to  show  that  a  number  of  common 
organic  and  inorganic  compounds  are  inactive.  Subsequently,  Kenneth  V. 
Thimann  and  I  found  that  an  acid  ether  extract  of  hay  infusion  contains 
much  of  the  activity  of  the  original  extract.  Thimann  &  Haagen-Smit  (1) 
later  established  that  the  activity  in  ether  extracts  is  attributable  to  the  salts 
of  1-malic  and  other  organic  acids. 

While  at  the  University  of  Chicago  I  also  made  some  observations  on  the 
effect  of  moisture  on  the  survival  of  Colpoda  cysts  exposed  to  high  tempera 
tures.  Like  bacterial  spores,  the  cysts  become  more  heat  resistant  when  their 
moisture  content  is  decreased.  This  led  me  to  wonder  whether  the  relation 
between  moisture  and  heat  resistance  of  living  organisms  could  be  at 
tributed  to  an  effect  of  moisture  on  the  stability  of  cellular  proteins.  A 
search  of  the  literature  turned  up  only  a  few  observations  on  this  subject 
and  so  I  decided  this  might  be  a  suitable  project  to  investigate  later  for  a 
Ph.D.  thesis.  This  could  presumably  be  done  in  a  chemistry  department, 
where  I  could  also  increase  my  meager  knowledge  of  chemistry  in  prepara 
tion  for  a  career  in  microbiology.  To  do  this  I  needed  to  find  a  sponsor  who 
would  accept  me  as  a  graduate  student  to  work  on  this  project.  Fortunately, 
with  the  help  of  C.  V.  Taylor,  I  was  able  to  persuade  James  W.  McBain  of 
the  Stanford  Chemistry  Department  to  do  so. 

Before  starting  graduate  work  in  Chemistry,  I  again  spent  the  summer 
at  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station,  this  time  as  an  assistant  to  J.  P.  Baumberger 
of  the  Stanford  Department  of  Physiology.  One  of  my  duties  was  to  serve 
as  a  teaching  assistant  in  a  small  laboratory  course  in  general  physiology, 
and  another  was  to  investigate  the  toxicity  of  cyanide  for  the  brine  shrimp, 
Artemia  salina.  This  remarkable  creature  had  previously  been  observed  to 
be  relatively  insensitive  to  cyanide,  and  I  confirmed  the  fact  that  it  can  swim 
all  day  in  a  brine  solution  containing  50  mM  KCN.  However,  the  organism 
becomes  sensitive  to  cyanide  when  the  pH  of  the  solution  is  lowered.  By 
systematically  varying  the  pH  and  the  cyanide  concentration  we  were  able 
to  conclude  that  the  toxicity  is  determined  primarily  by  the  concentration 
of  undissociated  HCN.  These  observations  were  never  published,  but  they 
were  reported  by  Baumberger  at  a  local  scientific  meeting. 

That  summer  Leonor  Michaelis  spent  several  weeks  at  the  Hopkins 
Marine  Station  as  a  visiting  professor  and  I  shared  a  small  laboratory  with 
him.  Most  of  his  time  was  spent  either  revising  the  manuscript  of  his  book 
on  oxidation-reduction  potentials,  or  looking  at  the  spectra  of  various  dyes 
and  natural  pigments  by  means  of  what  now  seems  like  a  rather  primitive 
spectroscope.  He  also  gave  a  few  lectures  on  topics  such  as  the  theory  and 
practice  of  electrophoresis.  These  were  models  of  organization  and  clarity 
and  greatly  stimulated  my  interest  in  these  areas  of  science.  I  bought  his 


80 

books  on  mathematics,  physical  chemistry  for  students  of  medicine  and 
biology,  and  hydrogen  ion  concentration  and  studied  them  with  en 
thusiasm.  At  a  later  time  I  applied  for  a  postdoctoral  position  with  Michae- 
lis  at  the  Rockefeller  Institute,  but  nothing  was  available. 

I  spent  the  following  two  years  (1931-1933)  working  on  my  Ph.D.  thesis, 
taking  the  required  chemistry  courses  and  examinations,  and  serving  as  a 
teaching  assistant  in  a  general  biology  course.  For  my  thesis  research  I 
decided  to  use  egg  albumin,  since  Hopkins,  Sdrensen,  and  others  had  devel 
oped  methods  for  the  crystallization  of  this  protein,  and  it  had  been  used 
in  some  earlier  experiments  on  heat  denaturation.  I  soon  learned  that  not 
all  the  useful  information  about  the  purification  of  egg  albumin  was  to  be 
found  in  the  scientific  literature.  My  first  attempt  to  prepare  the  crystalline 
protein  from  six  dozen  eggs,  obtained  from  a  local  store,  was  unsuccessful, 
apparently  because  the  eggs  were  too  old.  The  only  useful  product  was  some 
gold  cake  prepared  from  the  yolks.  A  second  preparation,  starting  with 
newly  laid  eggs,  gave  the  expected  crystalline  product  in  good  yield. 

My  plan  to  study  the  relation  between  water  content  and  the  heat  stability 
of  egg  albumin  worked  rather  well  at  first.  By  the  application  of  simple 
methods,  I  was  able  to  get  satisfactory  data  on  the  effect  of  relative  humidity 
on  the  rate  of  heat  denaturation  and  also  determine  the  water  content  of 
native  and  denatured  egg  albumin  as  a  function  of  relative  humidity.  How 
ever,  the  interpretation  of  the  kinetic  data  in  terms  of  the  chemistry  of 
denaturation  was  not  at  all  clear,  and  I  could  not  think  of  any  way  of  further 
elucidating  the  problem.  McBain  had  given  me  much  good  advice  about 
methods  and  other  technical  aspects  of  my  research,  but  he  lacked  the 
background  in  protein  chemistry  to  be  helpful  at  this  stage.  I  began  to  doubt 
that  I  had  been  wise  to  choose  my  own  thesis  problem  and  to  wonder 
whether  I  had  the  ability  to  carry  it  through.  But  gradually  I  found  my  way 
out  of  this  gloomy  mood. 

McBain  had  several  good  instruments  for  measuring  physical  properties, 
including  a  polarimeter  and  a  mercury  arc  light  source.  Since  the  optical 
rotation  of  protein  solutions  had  been  reported  to  increase  during  denatura 
tion,  I  decided  to  see  how  this  property  was  affected  by  heating  egg  albumin 
solutions.  The  measurements  were  easy  to  make  and  the  observed  rotations 
were  relatively  large,  but  my  early  results  were  confusing  because  different 
egg  albumin  samples  that  initially  showed  the  same  specific  rotation  gave 
markedly  different  values  after  being  heated.  Only  after  a  period  of  consid 
erable  frustration  did  I  discover  that  by  carefully  standardizing  the  experi 
mental  conditions  and  having  only  a  single  variable  I  could  get  reproducible 
results.  This  was  a  valuable  lesson  that  I  never  forgot.  The  explanation  of 
my  initial  difficulties  was  that  the  specific  rotation  of  the  denatured  protein 
was  determined  not  only  by  the  time  and  temperature  of  heating,  but  also 
by  the  initial  pH  and  the  protein  concentration  of  the  solution. 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM          7 

POSTDOCTORAL  YEARS  AT  PACIFIC  GROVE 
AND  DELFT 

I  completed  my  Ph.D.  thesis  in  the  depths  of  the  Great  Depression  and  was 
fortunate  to  get  a  National  Research  Council  Fellowship  for  a  period  of  two 
years  (1933-1935)  to  extend  my  biological  training  at  the  Hopkins  Marine 
Station.  Since  I  had  previously  acquired  an  interest  in  both  marine  organ 
isms  and  microbiology  I  decided  to  attempt  to  isolate  some  marine  diatoms 
and  dinoflagellates  and  learn  something  of  their  physiology  and  metabo 
lism.  In  the  course  of  a  year  I  was,  in  fact,  able  to  isolate  pure  cultures  of 
two  species  of  diatoms  and  three  species  of  small  photosynthetic  dinoflagel 
lates,  and  to  maintain  several  other  species  of  dinoflagellates  in  species-pure 
culture.  The  diatoms  were  used  for  studies  of  photosynthetic  quotients  by 
means  of  Warburg's  manometric  techniques  that  I  learned  from  van  Niel 
and  from  Robert  Emerson,  who  spent  the  summer  at  the  Marine  Station. 
The  main  conclusion  derived  from  my  experiments  was  that  diatoms,  like 
green  algae,  produce  carbohydrates,  rather  than  fats,  as  major  products  of 
photosynthesis.  The  dinoflagellate  cultures  were  used  mainly  to  determine 
environmental  conditions  favorable  to  the  growth  of  these  little-known 
organisms.  The  optimum  temperature  of  the  photosynthetic  dinoflagellates 
was  1 8°C.  This  required  them  to  be  grown  in  a  refrigerated  bath  that  was 
illuminated  by  tungsten  lamps  that  generated  considerable  heat.  The  result 
was  an  electricity  bill  for  culturing  these  organisms  that  strained  the  very 
modest  budget  of  the  Marine  Station.  Partly  for  this  reason,  I  terminated 
my  studies  of  photosynthetic  organisms  and  took  up  an  investigation  of  the 
utilization  of  organic  substances  by  a  colorless  alga,  Prototheca  zopfii,  which 
van  Niel  had  brought  from  Delft. 

I  found  that  Prototheca  is  an  essentially  aerobic  organism  that  utilizes  a 
large  number  of  fatty  acids  and  alcohols,  and  a  few  sugars,  as  substrates  for 
respiration,  but  can  also  convert  glucose  to  D-lactic  acid  in  the  absence  of 
oxygen.  While  investigating  the  ability  of  cell  suspensions  to  oxidize  various 
substances,  using  manometric  methods,  I  made  the  unexpected  observation 
that  the  quantity  of  oxygen  consumed  was  much  smaller  than  that  calcu 
lated  for  complete  oxidation, .With  ethanol  or  acetate,  for  example,  O2 
uptake  was  about  50%  of  theoretical,  and  with  glycerol,  the  value  was  29%. 
Carbon  dioxide  production  was  also  very  low,  which  indicated  that  a  large 
fraction  of  each  substrate  was  converted  to  other  products.  Since  relatively 
little  organic  material  accumulated  in  the  medium,  a  major  part  of  each 
substrate  must  have  been  assimilated  in  some  form  within  the  cells.  An 
analysis  of  all  the  data  I  had  collected  on  O2  uptake  and  CO2  production 
led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  assimilated  material,  corresponding  to  50- 
80%  of  the  substrates,  had  the  empirical  composition  of  a  polysaccharide. 
This  study  directed  the  attention  of  microbiologists  to  the  quantitative 


82 
8         BARKER 

i. 

importance  of  synthetic  processes  that  are  coupled  with  the  aerobic  degra 
dation  of  organic  substrates  by  cell  suspensions  of  microorganisms.  This 
so-called  "oxidative  assimilation,"  which  is  basically  similar  to  the  oxidative 
conversion  of  lactate  to  glycogen  by  muscle,  was  later  shown  by  others  to 
be  a  conspicuous  feature  of  the  aerobic  metabolism  of  many  bacteria  and 
yeasts  (2). 

During  my  second  year  at  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station  I  had  to  consider 
what  I  would  do  when  my  fellowship  ended.  The  job  situation  was  very 
bleak.  I  applied  for  two  positions  in  the  Departments  of  Food  Technology 
and  Plant  Nutrition  at  the  University  of  California,  but  the  prospects  of 
their  being  funded  for  the  following  year  were  poor.  At  the  same  time,  I 
answered  an  advertisement  for  a  position  as  Junior  Microbiologist  in  a  US 
government  laboratory,  only  to  be  informed  that  since  I  had  taken  only  one 
course  in  microbiology  I  was  not  qualified.  Fortunately,  I  also  applied  to 
the  General  Education  Board  of  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  for  another 
fellowship  to  spend  a  year  in  the  Delft  Microbiology  Laboratory  with  A. 
J.  Kluyver,  and  in  this  I  was  successful.  After  spending  a  few  weeks  in  the 
Sierra,  my  wife  and  I  set  off  for  Holland  in  July  1935. 

Before  leaving  Pacific  Grove  I  decided  that  I  would  like  to  investigate  the 
anaerobic  degradation  of  glutamate  and  the  biological  production  of  me 
thane.  These  were  both  topics  that  I  had  learned  about  from  van  Kiel.  At 
that  time  a  good  deal  was  known  about  the  bacteria  responsible  for  several 
types  of  carbohydrate  fermentation,  but  only  a  few  observations,  mostly 
with  mixed  cultures,  had  been  made  on  the  anaerobic  degradation  of  amino 
acids  by  bacteria,  van  Niel  thought  that  such  studies  should  be  done  with 
pure  cultures  and  that  bacteria  preferentially  using  particular  amino  acids 
could  probably  be  obtained  from  soil  or  similar  sources  by  the  enrichment 
culture  method.  He  had  started  anaerobic  enrichment  cultures  using  vari 
ous  single  amino  acids  as  energy  sources  and  found  that  glutamate  was  a 
particularly  good  substrate.  One  of  his  students  isolated  a  clostridium  from 
a  glutamate  medium,  but  was  unable  to  carry  the  work  further;  so  I  inher 
ited  the  problem. 

van  Niel  had  done  no  experimental  work  on  biological  methane  forma 
tion,  but  he  had  developed  an  ingenious  hypothesis  for  the  origin  of  me 
thane,  based  mainly  on  the  earlier  experiments  of  Sohngen.  The  latter  had 
shown  that  carbon  dioxide  is  reduced  to  methane  when  molecular  hydrogen 
is  used  as  a  second  substrate  and  had  also  found  that  methane  is  the  only 
hydrocarbon  formed  from  a  variety  of  organic  substrates,  irrespective  of  the 
number  of  carbon  atoms  they  contain,  van  Niel  concluded  that  in  all  these 
processes  the  organic  substrate  is  oxidized  to  carbon  dioxide  and  water,  and 
this  oxidation  is  coupled  with  the  reduction  of  part  of  the  carbon  dioxide 
to  methane.  I  decided  to  look  for  further  evidence  in  support  of  this  hypoth- 


EXPLORATIONS  Oh  BACTERIAL 

83 

esis,  and  to  attempt  to  isolate  cultures  of  methane-forming  bacteria,  which 
had  not  been  done  previously. 

When  I  first  discussed  these  problems  with  Kluyver,  he  was  sympathetic 
but,  I  think,  a  little  skeptical  that  I  could  make  much  progress  on  either 
one  during  the  year.  He  suggested  that  while  getting  started  on  these 
problems  I  should  isolate  a  bacterium  fermenting  tartaric  acid  and  possibly 
other  C4-dicarboxylic  acids,  and  investigate  the  chemistry  of  the  degrada 
tion  of  these  compounds  by  the  method  developed  in  the  Delft  laboratory, 
namely,  quantitative  determination  of  the  fermentation  products.  In  fact, 
the  isolation  of  a  tartrate-fermenting  strain  of  Aerobacter  aerogenes,  which 
could  also  ferment  fumarate  and  1-malate,  proved  to  be  easy,  and  within  a 
few  months  I  had  data  on  the  fermentation  products.  The  data  were  inter 
preted  to  mean  that  the  dicarboxylic  acids  undergo  an  oxidation-reduction 
reaction  to  give  succinate  and  an  oxidized  product,  probably  oxaloacetate, 
that  is  decarboxylated  to  pyruvate;  the  latter  is  presumably  converted  to 
various  GI  and  C2  products  characteristic  of  Aerobacter  aerogenes  by  reac 
tions  previously  observed  or  postulated  in  other  systems.  No  effort  was 
made  to  detect  the  postulated  intermediates  or  enzymes.  This  was  consid 
ered  not  only  too  difficult,  but  also  unnecessary  for  the  purpose  of  establish 
ing  the  pathway  of  the  fermentation.  Since  the  postulated  pathway  was 
consistent  with  the  observed  yields  of  fermentation  products  and  since  some 
of  the  component  reactions  had  been  demonstrated  previously  in  other 
biological  systems,  we  felt  safe  in  assuming,  without  further  evidence,  that 
the  postulated  reactions  occurred  in  these  bacteria. 

I  made  a  similar  study  of  anaerobic  glutamate  degradation  by  first  isolat 
ing  a  clostridium,  later  identified  as  Clostridium  tetanomorphum,  that  is 
capable  of  utilizing  glutamate  as  a  major  energy  source,  and  then  determin 
ing  the  amounts  of  each  product  formed.  I  finally  proposed  a  hypothetical 
sequence  of  reactions  that  might  account  for  the  observed  products.  The 
latter  were  ammonia,  carbon  dioxide,  hydrogen,  acetate,  and  butyrate,  and 
the  hypothetical  pathway  involved  a  more  or  less  simultaneous  deamination 
and  decarboxylation  of  glutamate  to  form  crotonate.  Crotonate  could  pre 
sumably  undergo  reduction  to  butyrate  and  a  coupled  oxidation,  by  way  of 
^-hydroxybutyrate  and  acetoacetate,  to  acetate  and  hydrogen.  Again,  no 
confirmatory  evidence  for  the  postulated  pathway  was  obtained.  As  I  later 
found,  the  pathway  is  incorrect  in  almost  every  detail  for  glutamate  degra 
dation  by  C.  tetanomorphum.  However,  other  investigators  (3-5)  have 
shown  that  Peptococcus  aerogenes  and  other  nonsporulating  bacteria  de 
grade  glutamate  by  a  pathway  similar  to  that  originally  postulated  for  the 
clostridial  fermentation.  Although  my  study  of  glutamate  fermentation  did 
not  contribute  to  knowledge  of  intermediary  metabolism,  it  was  useful  in 
establishing  the  possibility  of  using  single  amino  acids  as  energy  sources  for 


10         BARKER  84 

anaerobic  growth,  and  it  eventually  led  to  the  discovery  of  an  enzymatically 
active  form  of  vitamin  BI2. 

While  working  on  the  degradation  of  C^dicarboxylic  acids  and  gluta- 
mate,  I  also  began  to  search  for  a  way  of  testing  van  Kiel's  CO2  reduction 
theory  of  methane  formation  with  an  organic  substrate.  Obviously  what  was 
needed  was  an  organic  compound  that  could  be  oxidized  incompletely  by 
methane-forming  bacteria  without  producing  carbon  dioxide.  The  reduc 
tion  of  carbon  dioxide  to  methane,  if  it  occurred,  could  then  be  observed 
directly.  A  search  of  the  literature  turned  up  a  short  article  by  Omeliansky 
(6)  which  reported  that  a  mineral  medium  containing  ethanol  and  calcium 
carbonate,  when  inoculated  with  rabbit  dung  and  incubated  in  the  absence 
of  O2,  undergoes  a  fermentation  that  produces  gas  containing  mostly  me 
thane  plus  a  little  carbon  dioxide.  The  high  methane  content  of  the  gas 
suggested  that  ethanol  was  being  oxidized  only  as  far  as  acetic  acid. 

On  the  basis  of  this  report,  I  started  an  enrichment  culture  for  methane- 
producing  bacteria  under  the  conditions  described  by  Omeliansky,  but 
using  an  inoculum  of  sewage  sludge,  and  soon  obtained  crude  cultures  that 
utilized  ethanol  rapidly  according  to  the  equation 

2CH3CH2OH  +  CO2  ->  2CH3COOH  +  CH4. 

The  cultures  were  also  shown  to  oxidize  butanol  to  butyric  acid,  and  the 
latter  to  acetic  acid,  both  reactions  being  accompanied  by  a  disappearance 
of  carbon  dioxide  and  the  formation  of  an  approximately  equimolar  quan 
tity  of  methane.  These  results  appeared  to  establish  the  validity  of  the  CO2 
reduction  theory  of  methane  formation  for  these  few  substrates,  and  with 
the  naivete  of  youth  I  was  immediately  prepared  to  extend  this  concept  to 
methane  production  from  all  other  organic  compounds.  This  was  later 
found  to  be  an  oversimplification. 

My  observations  on  the  methane  fermentation  of  ethanol  by  enrichment 
cultures  yielded  another  result  that  was  destined  to  have  a  considerable 
influence  on  my  career  and  the  development  of  knowledge  of  fatty  acid 
metabolism  in  later  years.  When  handling  various  ethanol-methane  enrich 
ment  cultures,  I  became  aware  that  some  had  a  slightly  acidic  odor,  attribut 
able  to  acetic  acid,  whereas  others  developed  a  much  stronger,  rancid  odor. 
Steam  distillation  of  volatile  fatty  acids  from  cultures  of  the  latter  type 
yielded  substantial  amounts  of  a  relatively  water-insoluble  liquid  organic 
acid  that  was  identified  as  /i-caproic  acid.  This  was  always  accompanied  by 
butyric  acid.  The  formation  of  C4  and  €5  fatty  acids  in  high  yields  from 
ethanol  in  an  anaerobic  environment  was  an  unexpected  discovery  that  I 
reported  to  Kluyver  with  considerable  excitement.  Only  after  a  careful 
search  of  the  literature  did  I  find  that  in  1868  a  student  of  Pasteur,  A. 
Bechamp,  had  observed  the  same  phenomenon  and  reported  the  isolation 
of  75  g  of  caproic  acid  from  a  culture  containing  106  g  of  ethanol  (7)! 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM          1 1 

85 

The  publication  of  a  report  on  this  work  was  delayed  for  a  year  while  an 
industrial  company,  to  which  Kluyver  served  as  scientific  adviser,  investi 
gated  the  possibilities  of  using  the  process  for  the  commercial  production 
of  caproic  acid.  So  far  as  I  know  nothing  ever  came  of  this.  Nevertheless, 
the  company  provided  me  with  a  small  retainer  that  made  it  possible,  the 
following  year,  to  start  construction  of  a  cabin  in  the  mountains  of  Califor 
nia  which  we  still  use  each  summer. 

A  SOIL  MICROBIOLOGIST  AT  BERKELEY 

Toward  the  end  of  the  year  in  Delft  I  accepted  an  appointment  as  Instructor 
in  Soil  Microbiology  and  Junior  Microbiologist  in  the  Division  of  Plant 
Nutrition  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  University  of  California. 
As  an  instructor  I  at  first  assisted  C.  B.  Lipman  in  teaching  a  laboratory 
and  lecture  course  in  soil  microbiology  that  was  required  of  all  undergradu 
ate  students  in  the  Soil  Science  curriculum,  and  later  I  was  given  sole 
responsibility  for  the  course.  Since  my  formal  training  in  microbiology  was 
slight,  and  my  knowledge  of  soil  microbiology  in  particular  was  even 
smaller,  I  had  to  work  hard  during  the  first  years  to  learn  enough  about  the 
subject  to  teach  the  fundamentals  and  those  aspects  that  might  be  of  some 
interest  to  students  of  soils.  Fortunately,  the  students  had  reasonably  good 
backgrounds  in  chemistry  and  general  biology,  although  I  found  that  be 
cause  of  the  nature  of  the  curriculum,  they  were  generally  more  interested 
in  the  inorganic  and  physical  properties  of  soils  than  in  the  microbial 
transformations  of  organic  compounds.  Since  my  interest  was  mainly  in  the 
latter  area,  a  few  years  later  I  developed,  in  collaboration  with  Michael 
Doudoroff  of  the  Bacteriology  Department,  and  Reese  H.  Vaughn  and 
Maynard  A.  Joslyn  of  the  Food  Technology  Department,  a  new  course  in 
Microbial  Metabolism  in  the  Bacteriology  Department  that  attempted  to 
cover  the  knowledge  of  intermediary  metabolism  that  was  rapidly  develop 
ing  during  that  period.  Later,  Roger  Y.  Stanier  and  Edward  A.  Adelberg 
also  participated  in  teaching  this  course,  which  attracted  graduate  students 
from  several  areas  of  biology. 

Since  I  had  an  appointment  in  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  I  was 
supposed  to  make  some  contribution  to  agricultural  research.  The  chairman 
of  Plant  Nutrition,  Dennis  R.  Hoagland,  asked  me  to  join  in  the  study  of 
a  nutritional  disease  of  fruit  trees  and  other  plants,  known  as  "little  leaf." 
Shortly  before  my  appointment,  Hoagland  and  his  associates  had  made  the 
important  discovery  that  this  disease  is  caused  by  a  deficiency  of  zinc,  and 
he  was  actively  engaged  in  investigating  the  conditions  affecting  the  zinc 
requirement.  Field  observations  seemed  to  indicate  that  little  leaf  symptoms 
were  often  particularly  severe  in  areas,  such  as  former  corrals,  that  had 
received  large  amounts  of  animal  manure;  this  suggested  that  microorgan- 


86 
12         BARKER 

isms  are  somehow  involved  in  increasing  the  effect  of  zinc  deficiency.  Hoag- 
land  had  begun  to  investigate  this  phenomenon  by  growing  several 
successive  crops  of  corn  in  pots  of  corral  soil  and  had  found  that  each 
successive  crop  grew  more  poorly,  presumably  because  of  increased  zinc 
deficiency.  Finally  the  condition  became  so  severe  that  corn  seeds  would 
scarcely  germinate.  Hoagland  asked  me  to  see  whether  I  could  find  any 
basis,  microbiological  or  otherwise,  for  this  phenomenon.  I  tried  a  number 
of  experimental  approaches,  using  sterilized  and  unsterilized  soil,  and  soil 
reinoculated  with  various  bacteria  isolated  from  the  original  soil,  but  they 
led  nowhere.  Finally  I  made  extracts  of  the  soil  to  see  whether  they  con 
tained  any  material  that  would  affect  seed  germination.  It  turned  out  that 
an  extract  was  as  poor  a  medium  for  germination  as  the  original  soil,  and 
the  explanation  was  that  the  salt  concentration  was  just  too  high  for  corn. 
This  terminated  my  experiments  on  corral  soils.  I  did  some  other  experi 
ments  on  the  effect  of  bacteria  on  the  development  and  minor  element 
nutrition  of  sterile  plants  grown  in  water  culture  but  none  of  these  produced 
any  readily  interpretable  data.  So  with  Hoagland's  approval  I  abandoned 
research  on  bacteria-plant  interrelations  and  devoted  all  my  efforts  to  inves 
tigating  simpler  microbial  systems. 

The  facilities  available  for  microbiological  research  were  very  modest 
when  I  arrived  in  the  Division  of  Plant  Nutrition.  They  included  an  incuba 
tor  room,  a  very  old  autoclave  that  did  not  always  develop  the  expected 
temperature,  a  homemade  oven  for  sterilizing  glassware,  a  microscope,  and 
a  supply  of  test  tubes  and  flasks.  Most  of  thq  mechanical  and  electrical 
instruments  that  are  now  considered  indispensible  for  research,  such  as 
centrifuges,  colorimeters,  respirometers,  and  pH  meters,  were  lacking.  Fur 
thermore  very  little  money  was  available  in  1936  to  purchase  equipment  of 
any  sort.  I  well  remember  asking  Hoagland  whether  I  could  order  a  $15 
Seitz  filter  that  I  needed  to  sterilize  media.  He  eventually  approved  my 
request  but  only  after  examining  his  budget  to  see  whether  we  could  afford 
it. 

In  part  because  of  the  limited  facilities,  my  students  and  I  initially  con 
centrated  on  the  isolation  of  various  interesting  kinds  of  anaerobic  bacteria, 
which  could  be  done  with  the  available  supplies.  The  bacteria  included 
Methanobacterium  omelianskii,  the  organism  apparently  responsible  for 
the  conversion  of  ethanol  and  carbon  dioxide  to  acetate  and  methane; 
Clostridium  kluyveri,  responsible  for  the  formation  of  butyric  and  caproic 
acids  from  ethanol;  Clostridium  acidi-urici  and  Clostridium  cylindro- 
sporum,  which  decompose  uric  acid  and  other  purines;  Streptococcus 
allantoicus,  which  degrades  allantoin  anaerobically;  Clostridium  tetano- 
morphum  and  C.  cochlearium,  which  ferment  glutamate;  Clostridium  pro- 
pionicum  and  Diplococcus  glycinophilus,  which  utilize  alanine  and  glycine, 


87 
EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         13 

respectively;  and  Butyribacterium  rettgeri  and  Clostridium  lactoaceto- 
philum,  which  ferment  lactate  in  different  ways.  These  organisms  provided 
many  of  the  biochemical  problems  I  was  to  investigate  in  later  years. 

The  isolation  of  each  of  the  above-mentioned  organisms  involved  some 
special  problems,  but  none  was  as  difficult  as  the  initial  isolation  of  C. 
kluyveri.  I  have  already  mentioned  that  some  enrichment  cultures  for 
ethanol-utilizing,  methane-forming  bacteria  produce  considerable  amounts 
of  butyric  and  caproic  acids.  Microscopic  examination  of  such  cultures 
showed  that  they  always  contained  a  large  spore-forming  bacterium  in 
addition  to  a  smaller  bacterium  (Methanobacterium  omelianskii)  that  was 
apparently  responsible  for  the  formation  of  methane.  I  undertook  to  isolate 
the  spore-former  by  serial  dilution  in  the  same  medium  used  for  the  en 
richment  cultures  but  with  agar.  It  soon  became  apparent  that  isolated 
colonies  of  the  spore-formers  could  not  grow  in  this  medium,  since  none  was 
found  beyond  the  second  dilution,  although  M,  omelianskii  grew  at  much 
higher  dilutions.  As  it  seemed  possible  that  the  inability  of  the  spore-former 
to  grow  in  higher  dilutions  might  result  from  the  absence  of  suitable  growth 
factors,  I  tried  supplementing  the  medium  with  yeast  autolysate  and  found 
that  the  addition  of  a  very  high  level  of  this  material  would  permit  it  to 
develop,  though  poorly.  The  problem  then  was  to  distinguish  colonies  of  the 
caproic  acid-forming  clostridium  from  the  many  contaminating  clostridia 
that  thrived  on  yeast  autolysate.  This  was  eventually  accomplished  by  using 
a  remarkably  sensitive  but  inexpensive  instrument,  my  nose,  to  detect  the 
presence  of  caproic  acid  in  individual  colonies  picked  with  a  micropipet.  By 
these  methods,  I  eventually  isolated  a  pure  culture  of  C.  kluyveri  but  was 
disappointed  to  find  that  it  produced  little  caproic  acid  in  a  yeast  autolysate- 
ethanol  medium.  Considerable  additional  time  and  effort  were  required  to 
find  that  the  major  essential  nutrient  derived  from  yeast  autolysate  is  acetate 
and  the  minor  nutrients  are  carbon  dioxide,  biotin,  and  p-aminobenzoate. 
When  all  these  compounds  were  supplied,  C.  kluyveri  grew  readily,  deriving 
energy  from  the  conversion  of  ethanol  and  acetate  to  butyrate,  caproate, 
and  hydrogen  (7). 


EARLY  EXPERIMENTS  WITH  RADIOACTIVE 
CARBON 

I  first  became  involved  in  experiments  with  radioactive  carbon  in  1939. 
Through  my  colleague  Zev  Hassid  I  met  Sam  Ruben  of  the  Chemistry 
Department  and  Martin  D.  Kamen  of  the  Radiation  Laboratory,  who  had 
begun  to  use  HC  in  the  study  of  photosynthesis  and  dark  CO2  fixation  by 
higher  plants  and  algae.  Ruben  was  the  dynamic  and  tireless  promoter  of 


14         BARKER 

1  'C;  and  he  was  always  interested  in  finding  new  biological  systems  to  which 
the  isotope  could  be  effectively  applied.  When  I  pointed  out  that  the  carbon 
dioxide  reduction  theory  of  methane  formation  from  organic  compounds 
could  be  tested  with  "C02,  he  was  eager  to  collaborate. 

Our  experiments  on  the  fermentation  of  ethanol  by  M.  omelianskii  con 
firmed  the  earlier  conclusion  that  methane  is  derived  from  carbon  dioxide 
and  further  demonstrated  a  considerable  incorporation  of  carbon  dioxide 
into  cellular  materials.  An  experiment  on  the  fermentation  of  methanol  by 
a  Methanosarcina  species  was  less  convincing;  although  a  small  incorpora 
tion  of  carbon  from  carbon  dioxide  into  both  methane  and  cell  material  was 
observed,  the  results  were  not  sufficiently  quantitative  to  permit  an  unam 
biguous  interpretation.  This  was  a  serious  limitation  of  "C  as  a  tracer.  The 
21-min  half-life  allowed  only  about  4  hr  to  prepare  the  "COi,  set  up  the 
experiment,  carry  out  the  incubation,  separate  the  products,  and  prepare 
and  count  the  final  samples.  The  time  was  generally  insufficient  to  get  more 
than  semiquantitative  data.  Despite  this  limitation  we  were  later  able  to 
obtain  useful  data  on  the  incorporation  of  carbon  dioxide  into  acetate 
during  the  fermentation  of  purines  by  C.  acidi-urici  and  into  the  carboxyl 
groups  of  propionic  and  succinic  acids  during  fermentations  by  propionic 
acid  bacteria. 

The  more  complicated  experiments  with  UC  always  involved  a  group 
effort.  In  order  to  reduce  the  duration  of  an  experiment  to  a  minimum  it 
was  necessary  to  plan  every  step  of  the  preparative  and  analytical  proce 
dures  ahead  of  time,  and  to  make  a  dry  run  to  be  sure  that  everything 
necessary  was  available  and  working.  Since  our  group  had  the  lowest  pri 
ority  for  use  of  the  cyclotron,  the  actual  experiments  were  always  done  at 
night  and  frequently  could  not  be  started  before  1  AM.  After  the  incubation, 
everyone  was  busy  for  a  while  carrying  out  some  part  of  the  separation 
procedure.  Then  we  gathered  about  Ruben  in  the  early  hours  of  the  morn 
ing  to  watch  the  counting  of  the  samples.  There  was  always  a  sense  of 
excitement  and  drama  when  the  incorporation  of  CO2  into  some  metabolic 
product  was  shown  by  the  high  speed  ticking  of  the  counter.  We  felt  that 
science  was  really  progressing! 

Carbon  14  was  first  prepared  in  significant  amounts  by  Ruben  and  Ka- 
men  in  1 940  (8),  but  because  of  wartime  restrictions  and  the  untimely  death 
of  Ruben,  the  isotope  did  not  become  available  for  experimental  purposes 
until  1944.  At  that  time  T.  H.  Norris  of  the  Chemistry  Department  and  I 
recovered  the  14C  from  several  hundred  liters  of  saturated  ammonium 
nitrate  solution  that  had  been  exposed  to  stray  neutron  radiation  from  the 
60-inch  cyclotron.  This  was  a  messy  job  lasting  several  days.  It  involved 
boiling  aliquots  of  the  solution  in  a  12-liter  flask,  passing  the  vapors  through 
a  condenser  and  over  hot  copper  oxide,  and  then  absorbing  the  CO2  in  alkali 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM          15 
89 

and  precipitating  it  as  BaCO3.  My  share  of  the  product  was  1.8  g  of 
BaCO3  that  had  a  rather  low  specific  activity  of  about  1.5  X  105  cpm  per 
mmole.  This  amount,  small  by  current  standards,  proved  to  be  sufficient  for 
several  fairly  complicated  tracer  experiments  on  bacterial  metabolism. 

Although  by  this  time  I  had  some  experience  with  tracer  methodology, 
I  knew  virtually  nothing  about  the  technical  aspects  of  estimating  radioac 
tivity  because  Ruben  had  previously  always  done  the  counting  on  a  home 
made  counter  that  only  he  could  operate.  Fortunately  for  me,  just  about  the 
time  14C  became  available  Kamen  lost  his  position  in  the  Radiation  Labora 
tory  because  of  wartime  hysteria  aroused  by  his  conversation  with  a  Russian 
consular  official,  and  he  was  able  to  collaborate  with  me  on  the  first  tracer 
experiments  with  I4C.  He  taught  me  the  art  of  making  mica  window  Geiger 
tubes  and  many  other  tricks  of  tracer  methodology,  and  I  in  turn  con 
tributed  something  to  his  education  in  microbiology  and  biochemistry.  It 
was  a  most  useful  and  pleasant  collaboration. 

We  first  examined  the  role  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  fermentation  of 
glucose  by  Clostridium  thermoaceticum.  This  bacterium  had  been  shown  to 
ferment  glucose  and  xylose  with  the  formation  of  over  2  moles  of  acetic  acid 
per  mole  of  sugar.  The  high  yield  of  acetic  acid,  and  the  virtual  absence  of 
carbon  dioxide  or  other  one-carbon  product,  suggested  that  part  of  the 
acetic  acid  was  formed  from  carbon  dioxide.  This  hypothesis  was  shown  to 
be  correct  by  fermenting  glucose  in  the  presence  of  14CO2  and  establishing 
that  the  isotope  is  incorporated  into  both  carbon  atoms  of  acetate,  and  that 
over  2  moles  of  carbon  dioxide  are  actually  formed  and  reutilized  during 
the  fermentation.  Similar  experiments  showed  that  Butyribacterium  rettgeri 
also  uses  carbon  dioxide  and  converts  it  to  acetic  and  butyric  acids  during 
the  anaerobic  degradation  of  lactate. 

A  somewhat  more  elaborate  tracer  experiment  on  the  conversion  of 
ethanol  and  acetate  to  butyrate  and  caproate  by  C.  kluyveri  provided  sub 
stantial  evidence  that  acetate,  or  a  compound  in  isotopic  equilibrium  with 
acetate,  is  an  intermediate  in  the  conversion  of  ethanol  to  €4  and  Q  fatty 
acids,  and  that  caproic  acid  synthesis  almost  certainly  involves  the  addition 
of  a  C2  unit  to  the  carboxyl  carbon  of  butyrate  rather  than  the  reciprocal 
reaction  (7).  The  latter  conclusion  was  later  confirmed  by  showing  that 
I4C-labeled  caproic  acid  derived  from  [l-I4C]butyric  acid  and  ethanol  is 
labeled  almost  exclusively  in  the  /8-carbon  atom. 

SABBATICAL  INTERLUDE 

In  1941 1  became  eligible  for  my  first  sabbatical  and  was  fortunate  to  receive 
a  fellowship  from  the  Guggenheim  Foundation.  I  spent  the  first  two  months 
with  L.  F.  Rettger  at  Yale  University  studying  the  fermentation  products 


90 
16         BARKER 

and  cultural  characteristics  of  various  nonsporulating  anaerobic  bacteria, 
which  included  an  organism  we  later  called  Butyribacterium  rettgeri.  The 
last  two  months  were  spent  with  W.  H.  Peterson  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin  learning  methods  that  had  been  developed  there  for  investigating 
bacterial  nutrition  and  assaying  for  growth  factors  by  microbiological  meth 
ods.  The  remainder  of  the  year  was  spent  with  Fritz  Lipmann  in  the 
Surgical  Laboratories  of  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital.  I  had  been 
attracted  to  Lipmann  by  his  studies  of  enzymatic  pyruvate  oxidation  by 
Lactobacillus  delbrueckii,  and  by  his  stimulating  review  on  phosphate  bond 
energy.  When  I  arrived  he  was  engaged  in  the  isolation  of  the  labile  phos 
phate  compound  formed  from  pyruvate  that  was  soon  shown  to  be  acetyl 
phosphate.  Lipmann  determined  the  phosphate  content  of  the  isolated 
product  and  I  contributed  to  its  characterization  by  estimating  the  acetate 
content. 

Before  working  with  Lipmann  all  my  research  had  involved  the  use  of 
living  bacteria,  either  as  growing  cultures  or  as  cell  suspensions.  He  intro 
duced  me  to  methods  of  preparing  and  studying  cell-free  extracts,  and  to 
techniques  of  detecting  and  estimating  intermediate  metabolites  by  colori- 
metric  and  other  relatively  sensitive  procedures.  The  method  that  Lipmann 
favored  for  making  bacterial  extracts  consisted  of  simply  drying  cells  in  a 
vacuum  desiccator  over  ¥2®$  a°d  then  extracting  them  with  buffer.  This 
seems  primitive  by  comparison  with  currently  available  methods,  but  it  was 
inexpensive  and  served  well  for  a  number  of  later  studies  of  bacterial  en 
zymes  at  Berkeley. 

SUCROSE  PHOSPHORYLASE 

On  returning  to  Berkeley  I  continued  to  study  various  bacterial  fermenta 
tions,  some  of  which  have  already  been  mentioned,  and  also  became  in 
volved  in  two  new  lines  of  research:  a  study  of  enzymatic  sucrose 
degradation  and  an  investigation  of  the  deterioration  of  dried  fruit  during 
storage. 

The  investigation  of  sucrose  degradation  was  initiated  by  Michael 
Doudoroff.  He  had  isolated  an  H2-oxidizing  bacterium  that  also  utilized  a 
wide  range  of  organic  substrates.  An  interesting  peculiarity  of  this  organ 
ism,  Pseudomonas  saccharophila,  was  that  it  oxidized  sucrose  more  rapidly 
than  the  component  monosaccharides,  glucose  and  fructose.  About  the  time 
I  returned  from  sabbatical  leave  Doudoroff  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
further  analysis  of  this  phenomenon  could  only  be  made  by  the  use  of  cell 
extracts.  At  my  suggestion  he  made  some  dried  cell  preparations  and  soon 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM          17 

91 

found  that  suspensions  of  the  dried  cells  in  a  sucrose-phosphate  solution 
caused  a  rapid  esterification  of  inorganic  phosphate.  To  identify  and  quanti- 
tate  the  products  he  enlisted  the  cooperation  of  Nathan  O.  Kaplan,  who  had 
had  experience  with  the  characterization  of  phosphate  esters  during  his 
thesis  research  with  David  M.  Greenberg,  and  W.  Z.  Hassid,  who  was  a 
carbohydrate  chemist.  Together  they  demonstrated  that  the  major  en 
zymatic  reaction  is  an  apparently  reversible  conversion  of  sucrose  and 
orthophosphate  to  fructose  and  glucose- 1 -phosphate.  Because  Hassid, 
Doudoroff,  and  I  often  had  lunch  together,  and  the  conversation  frequently 
dealt  with  the  sucrose  problem,  I  was  gradually  drawn  into  this  research 
and  contributed  in  various  ways  to  the  planning  of  the  experiments  and  the 
isolation  and  characterization  of  sucrose  and  other  disaccharides  that  can 
be  synthesized  by  the  phosphorylase  from  appropriate  substrates  (9).  My 
most  significant  contribution  to  this  research  came  as  a  result  of  an  experi 
ment  that  Doudoroff  and  I  had  planned  to  investigate  the  incorporation  of 
32P  into  glucose- 1 -phosphate  under  various  conditions.  We  incubated  glu 
cose- 1 -phosphate  and  32Pj  with  sucrose  or  fructose  expecting  that  the  re 
versible  enzymatic  reaction  would  result  in  the  formation  of  labeled 
glucose- 1 -phosphate.  Almost  as  an  afterthought  we  included  a  control  with 
only  glucose- 1 -phosphate  and  32Pj,  and  were  surprised  to  find  that  more 
32P  was  incorporated  into  glucose- 1 -phosphate  in  the  absence  of  the  sugars 
than  in  their  presence.  In  fact  we  did  not  believe  the  first  result,  and 
concluded  that  there  had  been  a  mix  up  of  the  samples.  However,  repetition 
confirmed  the  initial  observation.  We  discussed  the  result  for  some  time  and 
by  the  next  day  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  simplest  interpretation  was 
a  reversible  reaction  of  glucose- 1 -phosphate  with  enzyme  to  form  a  cova- 
lently  bonded  glucosyl  enzyme  and  Pj.  This  soon  led  to  the  idea  that  sucrose 
was  probably  reacting  in  a  similar  way  with  the  enzyme  to  form  glucosyl 
enzyme  and  fructose.  This  in  turn  implied  that  the  glucosyl  moiety  derived 
from  sucrose  could  be  transferred  to  another  glucosyl  acceptor  such  as 
sorbose  to  form  glucosidosorboside  in  the  complete  absence  of  inorganic 
phosphate.  Although  I  do  not  now  recall  the  exact  course  of  the  discussion 
leading  to  these  conclusions,  I  think  that  Doudoroff,  who  had  a  very  agile 
mind,  was  the  first  to  sense  the  probable  explanation  of  our  results.  In  any 
event,  with  Hassid's  collaboration  we  were  soon  able  to  demonstrate  the 
predicted  synthesis  of  disaccharides  by  glucosyl  transfer  from  sucrose  in  the 
absence  of  phosphate  (10).  These  results  established  the  concept  that  su 
crose  phosphorylase  functions  as  a  glucosyl-transferring  enzyme,  and  pro 
vided  substantial,  though  indirect,  evidence  for  the  existence  of  a  covalent 
glucosyl  enzyme  compound,  which  was  demonstrated  many  years  later  by 
Voet  &  Abeles(ll). 


92 
18         BARKER 

RESEARCH  ON  DRIED  FRUIT 

Like  many  Americans  in  the  early  1940s  I  felt  an  urge  to  assist  in  some  way 
in  the  great  conflict  in  which  the  nation  was  engaged.  So  in  1943  I  eagerly 
accepted  the  invitation  of  my  friend  Emil  M.  Mrak  of  the  Department  of 
Food  Technology  to  participate  in  a  Quartermaster  Corps  project  on  meth 
ods  of  retarding  the  deterioration  of  dried  fruit  during  storage,  particularly 
since  the  work  could  be  done  on  the  campus  and  would  not  preclude  other 
research  activities.  The  project  provided  funds  for  an  assistant;  I  was  fortu 
nate  to  select  Earl  R.  Stadtman,  a  graduate  of  the  Soil  Science  program  who 
had  taken  my  course  in  soil  microbiology  and  later  had  assisted  me  in 
growing  Chlorella  on  a  large  scale  for  Ruben.  At  first  we  knew  almost 
nothing  about  the  problems  of  preparing  and  storing  dried  fruit  and  soon 
discovered  that  the  scientific  literature  dealing  with  these  subjects  was  very 
meager.  Mrak  introduced  us  to  the  conventional  methods  of  handling  dried 
fruit,  and  then  Stadtman  and  I,  and  later  Victoria  Haas,  undertook  a 
systematic  study  of  factors  influencing  the  deterioration  of  dried  apricots. 
This  required  first  the  development  of  a  reasonably  quantitative  measure  of 
quality.  Since  fruit  darkens  progressively  during  storage  this  was  accom 
plished  by  visually  comparing  the  color  of  an  alcoholic  extract  of  fruit  with 
a  series  of  standards.  We  then  proceeded  to  determine  the  effects  of  temper 
ature,  moisture,  sulfur  dioxide,  and  oxygen,  and  their  interrelationships,  on 
storage  life,  which  was  defined  as  the  time  required  to  reach  an  arbitrary 
degree  of  darkening  (12).  Several  effects  were  revealed  that  had  not  previ 
ously  been  observed,  or  at  least  not  adequately  appreciated.  Our  results  did 
not  help  to  shorten  the  war,  since  they  were  not  published  until  after  its 
conclusion.  I  hope  they  have  had  some  beneficial  effect  on  the  quality  of 
commercial  dried  fruit,  but  I  do  not  know  that  this  is  so. 

CLOSTRIDIUM KLUYVERI:  FATTY  ACID 
METABOLISM  AND  AMINO  ACID  BIOSYNTHESIS 

After  the  war  Earl  Stadtman  decided  to  do  his  Ph.D.  thesis  with  me  and 
undertook  to  explore  the  enzymatic  reactions  participating  in  the  energy 
metabolism  of  C.  kluyveri.  He  soon  found  that  crude  extracts  of  dried  cells 
are  able  to  catalyze  the  anaerobic  conversion  of  ethanol  and  acetate  to 
butyrate  and  caproate,  as  well  as  the  aerobic  oxidation  of  ethanol  and 
butyrate.  This  exciting  discovery  opened  up  the  possibility  of  identifying  the 
enzymatic  reactions  involved  in  the  oxidation  and  synthesis  of  fatty  acids. 
In  fact  the  analysis  of  the  system  progressed  rapidly.  Stadtman  found  that 
acetyl  phosphate  is  a  product  of  the  oxidation  of  both  ethanol  and  butyrate 
in  a  phosphate  buffer,  and  is  an  essential  substrate  for  the  synthesis  of 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM          iy 

93 

butyrate  when  hydrogen  is  used  as  a  reducing  agent.  Other  significant 
findings  were  the  discovery  of  an  acetyl-transferring  enzyme  (phosphotran- 
sacetylase)  and  an  enzymatic  system  for  using  acetyl  phosphate  to  activate 
other  fatty  acids.  Later,  in  Lipmann's  laboratory,  Stadtman  and  his  asso 
ciates  showed  that  both  of  these  enzyme  systems  require  CoA  and  catalyze 
the  formation  of  acyl-CoA  compounds  (13,  14). 

Investigation  of  the  utilization  of  several  C4  compounds  that  had  been 
postulated  to  be  intermediates  in  the  reversible  conversion  of  butyrate  to 
acetate  and  acetyl  phosphate  established  that  acetoacetate  can  be  either 
reduced  to  /3-hydroxybutyrate  or  cleaved  to  acetyl  phosphate  and  acetate, 
and  that  vinyl  acetate  can  undergo  a  dismutation  forming  butyrate,  acetyl 
phosphate,  and  acetate.  However,  tracer  experiments  showed  conclusively 
that  neither  acetoacetate  nor  vinyl  acetate  could  be  an  intermediate  in 
butyrate  oxidation  or  synthesis.  Since  no  other  C4  compound  at  the  oxida 
tion  levels  of  /S-hydroxybutyrate  and  acetoacetate  was  used  in  this  system, 
and  no  intermediate  accumulated  in  sufficient  amounts  to  be  detected  by  the 
available  methods,  we  were  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  the  intermediates 
must  be  relatively  stable  complexes  of  C4  compounds  with  a  coenzyme  or 
other  carrier.  This  interpretation,  which  I  first  presented  in  a  lecture  before 
the  Harvey  Society  in  May  1950,  was  developed  during  discussions  with 
Stadtman,  and  later  with  Eugene  P.  Kennedy,  who  spent  a  year  with  me 
as  a  postdoctoral  fellow. 

The  following  year  I  was  invited  to  give  a  major  lecture  on  the  formation 
and  utilization  of  active  acetate  at  the  first  Symposium  on  Phosphorus 
Metabolism  at  Johns  Hopkins  University.  I  am  not  sure  why  I  was  selected 
for  this  assignment,  although  it  was  probably  connected  with  the  fact  that 
Lipmann  and  Ochoa,  who  were  major  contributors  to  this  area  of  research, 
were  regarded  at  that  time  as  competitors,  and  someone  thought  that  selec 
tion  of  a  neutral  third  party  would  be  more  diplomatic.  In  any  event,  I  felt 
a  great  responsibility  to  present  a  comprehensive  and  balanced  review  of  the 
whole  field,  covering  the  work  that  had  been  done  with  animal  as  well  as 
bacterial  systems.  This  required  a  major  effort;  I  spent  several  months 
studying  the  literature  and  trying  to  arrive  at  a  unified  interpretation  of  the 
often  incomplete  and  sometimes  conflicting  experimental  results.  Finally  I 
reached  the  conclusion  that  acyl-CoA  compounds  are  not  only  primary 
products  of  the  oxidation  of  pyruvate  and  acetaldehyde,  and  primary  sub 
strates  in  the  synthesis  of  acetoacetate  and  citrate,  as  had  already  been 
demonstrated,  but  that  they  must  also  be  intermediates  in  the  oxidation  and 
synthesis  of  butyrate  (15).  I  proposed  a  pathway  for  butyrate  oxidation  to 
acetyl  phosphate  via  butyryl-CoA,  vinylacetyl-CoA,  ,8-hydroxybutyryl- 
CoA  (by  implication),  acetoacetyl-CoA,  and  acetyl-CoA  that  was  very 
similar  to  that  later  demonstrated  experimentally  by  Lynen  and  others. 


94 
20         BARKER 

Vinylacetyl-CoA  was  postulated  to  be  the  initial  oxidation  product  of 
butyryl-CoA  because  vinyl  acetate  is  used  more  readily  than  crotonate  by 
extracts  of  C.  kluyveri.  This  apparently  results  from  the  specificity  of  the 
CoA  transferase  in  this  organism.  Robert  Bartsch  later  found  that  C. 
kluyveri  contains  a  special  isomerase  that  converts  vinylacetyl-CoA  to 
crotonyl-CoA. 

Another  aspect  of  the  metabolism  of  C.  kluyveri  that  proved  to  be  of 
interest  was  the  biosynthesis  of  its  amino  acids.  Since  C.  kluyveri  could  be 
grown  in  a  medium  containing  ethanol,  acetate,  and  carbon  dioxide  as  the 
only  carbon  compounds,  other  than  small  amounts  of  biotin  and  p- 
aminobenzoate,  it  was  apparent  that  the  cellular  amino  acids  must  all  be 
synthesized  from  C2  compounds  and  carbon  dioxide.  Tracer  experiments  by 
Neil  Tomlinson  showed  that  about  25%  of  the  cellular  carbon  was  derived 
from  carbon  dioxide  and  75%  from  acetate.  Examination  of  the  2-,  3-,  and 
4-carbon  amino  acids  derived  from  the  proteins  of  bacteria  gro%vn  in  the 
presence  of  14CO2  or  [1-14C]  acetate  established  that  the  amino  acid  car- 
boxyl  groups  are  derived  from  carbon  dioxide  and  the  a-carbon  atoms  are 
derived  from  the  carboxyl  carbon  of  acetate.  The  results  were  consistent 
with  the  interpretation  that  C.  kluyveri  carboxylates  acetyl-CoA  and  pyru- 
vate  to  form  pyruvate  and  oxaloacetate  and  then  converts  these  compounds 
into  the  indicated  amino  acids.  The  postulated  carboxylation  reactions  were 
subsequently  demonstrated  in  C.  kluyveri  by  Stern  (16). 

Tomlinson  also  investigated  the  origin  of  the  carbon  atoms  of  glutamate 
in  C.  kluyveri  and  found,  in  contrast  to  what  had  been  observed  in  other 
organisms,  that  the  a-carboxyl  and  ,8-carbon  atoms  are  derived  mainly 
from  the  carboxyl  carbon  of  acetate,  and  that  the  y-carboxyl  carbon  atoms 
are  derived  mainly  from  carbon  dioxide  (17).  He  pointed  out  that  these 
results  could  be  accounted  for  by  the  usual  reactions  for  the  conversion  of 
oxaloacetate  and  acetyl-CoA  to  glutamate,  provided  the  aconitase  in  C. 
kluyveri  had  an  unconventional  stereospecificity  resulting  in  the  formation 
of  a  double  bond  in  ciy-aconitate  between  the  central  carbon  atom  and  the 
methylene  carbon  atom  derived  from  oxaloacetate.  This  change  in  the 
position  of  the  double  bond  would  cause  a  reversal  of  the  positions  of  the 
glutamate  carbon  atoms  derived  from  oxaloacetate  and  acetate,  as  com 
pared  to  glutamate  formed  by  the  usual  tricarboxylic  acid  cycle  reactions. 
This  plausible  hypothesis  was  eventually  disproved  by  Gottschalk,  who 
obtained  convincing  evidence  that  the  citrate  synthase,  rather  than  the 
aconitase  of  C.  kluyveri,  displays  an  atypical  stereospecificity.  He  found  that 
C.  kluyveri  contains  an  (R)-citrate  synthase  rather  than  the  (S)-citrate 
synthase  characteristic  of  most  other  organisms.  The  (R)-citrate  synthase 
of  C.  kluyveri  fully  accounts  for  the  unusual  origin  of  the  carbon  atoms  of 
glutamate.  This  type  of  citrate  synthase  apparently  occurs  in  only  a  few 
anaerobic  bacteria  (18). 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         21 

95 

*       OH 
HOOC-CH2T  ..CH2COOH 

COOH [l-'4c]glu 

6 

*  /  (S)-Citrate 

HOOC-CH,     0 


-t-  CH3CO-CoA 
COOH 


HOOGCH^    .CHgCOOH 

•"V1  ' 


COOH  — —  [5-l4c]glu 

6 

(R)-Citrote 

BIOCHEMISTRY  OF  METHANE  FORMATION 

Since  our  earlier  tracer  experiments  with  nC  on  the  origin  of  methane  in 
the  fermentations  of  methanol  and  acetate  had  given  equivocal  results, 
when  I4C  became  available  I  decided  to  reinvestigate  these  problems.  The 
immediate  stimulus  for  this  was  a  report  by  Buswell  &  Sollo  (19)  showing 
that  little  14C  is  incorporated  into  methane  when  unlabeled  acetate  is  fer 
mented  in  the  presence  of  14CO2-  This  result  was  dearly  contrary  to  the 
COi  reduction  theory,  but  it  did  not  specifically  identify  the  source  of 
methane  carbon.  I  therefore  encouraged  Thressa  Stadtman  to  study  the 
fermentation  of  specifically  labeled  acetate;  her  results  showed  that  virtually 
all  the  methane  carbon  is  derived  from  the  methyl  group  of  acetate  (20). 
She  also  established  that  methanogenic  bacteria  convert  methyl  alcohol  to 
methane  by  a  process  not  involving  carbon  dioxide  reduction.  In  a  further 
effort  to  define  the  chemistry  of  the  conversion  of  acetate  to  methane  Martin 
J.  Pine  investigated  the  fermentation  of  acetate  labeled  in  the  methyl  group 
with  deuterium,  and  found  that  the  methyl  group  is  incorporated  as  a  unit 
into  methane  without  loss  of  attached  hydrogen  or  deuterium.  The  fourth 
hydrogen  atom  was  shown  to  come  from  the  solvent.  These  results  appeared 
to  exclude  an  oxidation-reduction  of  the  methyl  group  during  methane 
formation,  although  the  possibility  that  the  same  hydrogen  atoms  are  re 
moved  and  returned  to  the  methyl  carbon  cannot  be  entirely  eliminated. 
Disregarding  this  possibility,  the  results  of  the  various  tracer  experiments 
are  consistent  with  a  simple  decarboxylation  of  acetate  to  methane  and 
carbon  dioxide.  However,  this  still  seems  unlikely  since  it  is  difficult  to 
imagine  how  an  organism  can  obtain  useful  energy  from  such  a  process.  As 
yet  no  one  has  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  cell-free  extract  with  which  to  make 
a  further  analysis  of  the  chemistry  of  the  conversion  of  acetate  to  methane. 
In  1956  I  undertook  to  summarize  the  results  of  our  studies  on  methane 
fermentation  and  to  correlate  this  with  the  contributions  of  other  groups. 


96 
22          BARKER 

This  led  to  the  proposal  of  a  generalized  pathway  for  the  formation  of 
methane  from  either  acetate,  methanol,  or  carbon  dioxide,  ail  of  which  are 
known  to  be  used  by  some  methane-forming  bacteria  (20).  The  main  fea 
tures  of  this  pathway  were  the  carboxylation  of  an  unspecified  carrier  and 
the  sequential  reduction  of  the  carboxyl  group  to  a  methyl  group  that  was 
finally  converted  to  methane.  The  methyl  groups  of  acetate  and  methanol 
were  postulated  to  enter  this  sequence  by  a  more  or  less  direct  methyl 
transfer  to  the  carrier  and  be  either  reduced  to  methane  or  oxidized  to 
carbon  dioxide  by  a  reversal  of  the  carbon  dioxide  reduction  pathway,  or 
both.  This  conceptual  scheme  seems  to  have  been  of  some  value  to  later 
students  of  methane  fermentation  (21). 

TRANSITION  FROM  MICROBIOLOGY 
TO  BIOCHEMISTRY 

Since  my  original  position  at  Berkeley  was  that  of  a  soil  microbiologist  and 
I  ended  up  as  a  biochemist,  I  should  mention  some  of  the  stages  of  my 
metamorphosis.  I  remained  a  member  of  Plant  Nutrition  until  1950.  At  that 
time,  following  the  death  of  D.  R.  Hoagland,  its  long-time  chairman,  five 
members  of  the  faculty — Zev  Hassid,  Paul  K.  Stumpf,  Eric  E.  Conn,  Con 
stant  C.  Delwiche,  and  I — whose  interests  were  primarily  biochemical, 
formed  a  new  Department  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry  in  the  College  of 
Agriculture.  When  the  Biochemistry  and  Virus  Laboratory  was  completed 
in  1951  we  moved  in  along  with  the  new  Biochemistry  Department  and  the 
Virus  Laboratory.  Although  the  laboratories  were  an  improvement  over 
those  we  had  previously  occupied,  the  administrative  arrangements  in  the 
building  were  difficult  for  several  years  because  of  an  almost  constant 
struggle  over  authority  and  space.  This  situation  was  greatly  ameliorated 
when  Esmond  Snell  became  chairman  of  the  Biochemistry  Department. 
Shortly  thereafter  Hassid  and  I  transferred  into  that  department,  and  the 
other  members  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry  moved  to  the  Davis  campus 
of  the  University  to  establish  a  new,  and  now  flourishing,  Department  of 
Biochemistry  and  Biophysics.  In  1964  the  remaining  interdepartmental 
problems  were  resolved  by  moving  the  Biochemistry  Department  to  a  new 
building. 

From  1936  to  1948  my  students  obtained  advanced  degrees  in  the  gradu 
ate  curricula  of  Bacteriology,  Microbiology,  or  Agricultural  Chemistry. 
The  Biochemistry  Department  at  Berkeley  during  that  period  was  part  of 
the  Medical  School;  graduate  degrees  in  biochemistry  were  not  available  to 
students  studying  with  other  faculty  members.  Since  many  students  in  other 
departments  were  doing  research  on  biochemical  problems  and  wished  to 
be  recognized  as  biochemists,  there  was  considerable  interest  among  both 


97 

students  and  faculty  in  setting  up  an  academic  mechanism  for  giving  de 
grees  in  biochemistry  outside  of  the  Biochemistry  Department.  I.  L.  Chai- 
koff  of  the  Physiology  Department  and  I  took  the  lead  in  organizing  an 
interdepartmental  group  major,  called  Comparative  Biochemistry,  to  take 
care  of  this  problem.  A  curriculum  for  a  Ph.D.  degree  in  Comparative 
Biochemistry  was  approved  in  1948  and  from  then  until  1958,  when  I  joined 
the  new  Biochemistry  Department,  most  of  my  students  majored  in  this 
field.  I  took  on  the  responsibilities  of  graduate  student  adviser  in  Compara 
tive  Biochemistry  when  the  group  was  organized,  and  retained  the  position 
until  my  academic  retirement  in  1975.  During  this  period  about  75  students 
obtained  Ph.D.  degrees  in  Comparative  Biochemistry.  Subsequently  many 
of  these  students  have  contributed  substantially  to  the  world  of  biochemis 
try;  notable  examples  of  graduates  from  the  earlier  years  of  this  program 
are  Elizabeth  F.  Neufeld,  Paul  A.  Srere,  and  Earl  Stadtman. 

THE  BR  FACTOR 

I  have  previously  mentioned  some  experiments  on  Butyribacterium  rettgeri, 
an  anaerobic  bacterium  that  catalyzes  butyric  acid  fermentation  of  lactate 
and  carbohydrates.  In  1950  one  of  my  students,  Leo  Kline,  tried  to  grow 
the  organism  in  a  synthetic  medium  and  found  that  it  required  a  small 
amount  of  yeast  extract  in  addition  to  the  then  known  nutrients  and  growth 
factors.  An  examination  of  some  properties  of  the  essential  material,  called 
the  BR  factor,  established  that  it  was  a  very  stable  carboxylic  acid,  readily 
extractable  with  organic  solvents  from  acid  aqueous  solutions;  in  addition, 
it  occurred  in  several  more  complex  forms  that  were  not  soluble  in  organic 
solvents  until  released  by  vigorous  acid  or  alkali  hydrolysis.  These  proper 
ties  were  similar  to  but  not  identical  with  those  of  some  other  unidentified 
growth  factors,  including  a  Lactobacillus  casei  factor  studied  by  Guirard, 
Snell  &  Williams  (22),  and  a  pyruvate  oxidation  factor  for  Streptococcus 
faecalis  reported  by  O'Kane  &  Gunsalus  (23).  At  this  stage,  I  should  have 
contacted  these  investigators  in  order  to  make  a  closer  comparison  of  the 
various  preparations.  Instead,  after  Kline  had  completed  his  thesis,  I  con 
tinued  work  in  the  isolation  of  the  BR  factor.  I  obtained  about  100  pounds 
of  Penicillium  notatum  mycelium,  a  good  source  of  BR  factor,  prepared 
many  gallons  of  autolyzate,  acid  hydrolyzed  the  material  in  an  autoclave, 
built  a  large  liquid-liquid  extractor,  extracted  the  hydrolyzate  for  weeks, 
and  with  the  aid  of  an  assistant,  performed  innumerable  tedious  and  not 
always  completely  reproducible  assays.  After  some  additional  steps,  we 
obtained  several  hundred  milligrams  of  material  substantially  purified  but 
still  containing  a  number  of  components  both  active  and  inactive.  About 
this  time  Gunsalus  visited  Berkeley  and  in  the  course  of  conversation  we 


98 
24         BARKER 

found  that  the  properties  of  the  BR  factor  and  the  pyruvate  oxidation  factor 
were  very  similar.  By  exchanging  samples  we  found  that  they  were  in  fact 
identical.  Since  Gunsalus'  preparations  were  considerably  purer  than  ours, 
I  immediately  abandoned  the  attempt  to  further  purify  the  BR  factor. 
Subsequent  observations  demonstrated  that  lipoic  acid  is  highly  active  as  a 
growth  factor  for  B.  rettgeri. 

The  lipoate  requirement  of  B.  rettgeri  continued  to  be  of  interest  because 
the  function  of  the  factor  appeared  to  be  different  from  that  in  other  organ 
isms.  Lipoate  had  been  shown  to  function  as  an  electron  carrier  in  the 
oxidation  of  pyruvate.  Kline  and  others  found  on  the  contrary  that  B. 
rettgeri  does  not  require  lipoate  for  the  utilization  of  pyruvate,  but  only  for 
the  utilization  of  lactate.  Since  the  products  formed  from  lactate  and  pyru 
vate  are  qualitatively  the  same,  it  was  concluded  that  lipoate  probably 
functions  as  an  electron  carrier  in  the  oxidation  of  lactate  to  pyruvate. 
Martin  Flavin  became  interested  in  the  role  of  lipoic  acid  in  this  system 
when  he  was  in  my  laboratory,  and  later  collaborated  with  C.  L.  Witten- 
berger  in  a  study  of  this  problem.  They  reached  the  tentative  conclusion  that 
in  lactate  oxidation,  enzyme-bound  lipoate  mediates  electron  transfer  be 
tween  an  unidentified  electron  carrier  and  DPN  (24).  Further  analysis  of 
the  specific  role  of  the  lipoate-containing  enzyme  in  the  lactate-oxidizing 
system  in  B.  rettgeri  has  been  impeded  so  far  by  the  instability  of  the  system 
(25). 

PURINE  DEGRADATION  BY  CLOSTRIDIA 

From  1937  to  1957  one  of  my  major  research  interests  was  the  degradation 
of  uric  acid  and  other  purines  by  clostridia.  I  started  on  this  project  as  a 
result  of  a  conversation  with  a  colleague  who  raised  chickens.  He  had  filled 
a  large  container  with  chicken  droppings,  which  contain  uric  acid,  and 
water,  and  was  greatly  impressed  by  the  rapid  rate  at  which  the  mixture 
developed  a  strong  ammoniacal  odor.  I  undertook  the  isolation  of  the 
responsible  bacteria  and  had  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  a  number  of  cultures 
that  showed  a  high  degree  of  specificity  for  the  degradation  of  uric  acid  and 
a  few  other  purines.  Jay  V.  Beck,  my  first  graduate  student,  joined  me  in 
studying  the  physiology  and  nutrition  of  the  bacteria,  which  we  named 
Clostridiumacidi-uriciand  C.  cylindrosporum.  and  in  identifying  the  fermen 
tation  products.  We  found  that  both  organisms  decompose  uric  acid,  xan- 
thine,  and  guanine  readily,  and  hypoxanthine  more  slowly,  with  formation 
of  acetate,  carbon  dioxide,  and  ammonia  as  major  products;  in  addition, 
C.  cylindrosporum  forms  significant  amounts  of  glycine.  Later,  Norman 
Radin  found  that  formate  is  also  a  fermentation  product.  Since  both  clos- 
tridium  species  were  able  to  activate  glycine  as  a  reducing  agent  and  decom- 


99 
EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         25 

pose  it  when  uric  acid  was  simultaneously  available,  glycine  appeared  to  be 
a  normal  intermediate  in  purine  degradation.  Various  enzymes  and  metabo 
lites  known  to  participate  in  the  aerobic  degradation  of  purines  were  not 
detected  in  the  clostridia,  and  consequently  we  concluded  that  the  pathway 
of  purine  degradation  in  these  bacteria  is  quite  different  from  that  in  aerobic 
organisms.  This  conclusion  was  strengthened  by  a  number  of  tracer  experi 
ments  on  the  origin  of  the  product  carbon  atoms.  The  early  experiments 
showed  that  both  carbon  atoms  of  acetate  and  the  carboxyl  group  of  glycine 
are  derived  in  part  from  carbon  dioxide.  Later  experiments  by  Jon  L. 
Karlsson  and  by  Jesse  C.  Rabinowitz  with  specifically  labeled  purines, 
glycine,  and  formate  established  a  similarity  between  the  pathways  of  pu 
rine  degradation  by  clostridia  and  of  purine  biosynthesis  by  other  organisms 
(26).  The  pieces  of  the  jigsaw  puzzle  of  the  degradative  pathway  were  finally 
assembled  into  a  coherent  picture  as  a  result  of  enzymatic  studies  initiated 
by  Radin  and  carried  to  completion  by  Rabinowitz.  Radin  found  that  the 
first  step  in  uric  acid  utilization  is  its  reduction  to  xanthine,  which  is  then 
converted  by  crude  enzyme  preparations  to  glycine,  formate,  carbon  diox 
ide,  and  ammonia.  Glycine  can  be  oxidized  to  acetate,  carbon  dioxide,  and 
ammonia,  and  serine  is  converted  by  way  of  pyruvate  to  the  same  products. 
These  results,  in  conjunction  with  those  of  the  tracer  experiments,  suggested 
that  acetate  is  formed  mainly  by  the  sequence  glycine  ->  serine  -»  pyruvate 
-»•  acetate.  Radin  also  obtained  presumptive  evidence  for  the  formation  of 
one  or  more  aminoimidazoles,  none  of  which  was  identical  with  4-amino-5- 
carboxamidoimidazole,  which  had  been  implicated  in  purine  biosynthesis. 
These  observations  suggested  that  the  pyrimidine  ring  of  xanthine  is  ini 
tially  cleaved  at  the  1-6  bond  to  yield  4-ureido-5-carboxyimidazole.  The 
formation  of  this  intermediate  was  confirmed  by  Rabinowitz,  who  then 
proceeded  to  elucidate  the  further  enzymatic  steps  in  purine  degradation, 
including  the  role  of  folic  acid,  in  elegant  detail  (26,  27).  The  last  contribu 
tion  to  this  area  of  research  from  my  laboratory  was  a  study  by  Willard  H. 
Bradshaw  of  the  properties,  particularly  the  substrate  specificity,  of  the 
xanthine  dehydrogenase  of  C.  cylindrosporum,  the  enzyme  responsible  for 
the  reduction  of  uric  acid  to  xanthine. 

SABBATICAL  AT  THE  NATIONAL  INSTITUTES 
OF  HEALTH 

As  a  result  of  my  early  experience  with  14C,  I  had  come  to  rely  heavily  on 
the  application  of  tracer  methods  to  intact  cells  for  the  elucidation  of 
various  problems  of  bacterial  metabolism.  When  the  use  of  intact  cells 
seemed  inadequate,  I  occasionally  encouraged  my  students  to  use  cell-free 
extracts,  but  until  the  early  1950s  we  did  not  attempt  to  purify  specific 


100 
26         BARKER 

enzymes.  The  stimulus  to  investigate  individual  reactions  of  metabolic  path 
ways  through  the  use  of  purified  enzymes  was  provided  by  Arthur  Korn- 
berg,  who  spent  part  of  the  summer  of  1951  in  my  laboratory  learning  how 
to  handle  anaerobic  bacteria.  He  spoke  with  such  enthusiasm  about  the 
advantages  of  using  purified  enzymes  that  I  decided  I  should  get  some 
experience  in  the  art  of  enzyme  isolation.  The  following  year  I  spent  six 
months  with  Kornberg  at  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.  He  and  I  shared 
a  small  laboratory  and  I  was  able  to  draw  upon  his  knowledge  and  experi 
ence  whenever  it  was  required.  I  learned  a  great  deal  from  him  in  a  few 
months  that  I  was  later  able  to  apply  to  my  own  research. 

In  Kornberg's  laboratory  I  investigated  two  unrelated  problems.  One  was 
the  purification  of  the  coenzyme  A  transferase  from  C.  kluyveri,  using  an 
assay  method  developed  by  Earl  Stadtman.  I  tried  every  known  method  of 
enzyme  purification  on  this  transferase,  but  even  with  Kornberg's  advice  I 
had  very  little  success;  the  best  preparation  was  purified  only  about  fivefold 
with  a  3 1  %  yield.  However,  even  the  methods  that  did  not  give  any  purifica 
tion  provided  valuable  experience,  and  that  was  what  I  needed.  My  second 
research  problem,  suggested  by  Kornberg,  was  the  isolation  and  characteri 
zation  of  ATP  from  the  sulfur-oxidizing  bacterium,  Thiobacillus  thiooxi- 
dans,  which  had  been  reported  to  differ  from  the  ATP  of  other  organisms 
by  having  the  phosphate  groups  attached  to  the  3',  rather  than  the  5' 
position  of  adenosine.  During  the  isolation  of  ATP  I  learned  how  useful  ion 
exchange  resins  can  be  for  separating  charged  molecules,  and  during  the 
characterization  of  ATP  I  came  to  appreciate  the  value  of  enzymes  as 
specific  and  convenient  analytical  reagents.  The  conclusion  of  our  work  was 
that  the  ATP  of  thiobacillus  is  the  same  as  that  of  other  organisms. 

GLUTAMATE  FERMENTATION 
AND  B12  COENZYMES 

1  have  already  mentioned  my  early  studies  on  glutamate  degradation  by 
Clostridium  tetanomorphum.  Further  investigation  of  the  chemistry  of  this 
process  was  put  off  for  many  years  while  I  was  involved  in  what  seemed  to 
be  more  exciting  problems.  A  stimulus  to  return  to  a  study  of  glutamate 
metabolism  was  provided  indirectly  by  Kornberg,  who  isolated  a  histidine- 
degrading  strain  of  C.  tetanomorphum  while  visiting  my  laboratory.  My 
student,  Joseph  Wachsman,  investigated  the  early  steps  of  histidine  degra 
dation  by  this  organism  and  concluded  that  glutamate  is  an  intermediate 
in  this  process,  as  it  is  in  histidine  degradation  by  aerobic  organisms.  He 
then  studied  the  degradation  of  glutamate  by  both  tracer  and  enzymatic 
methods  and  showed  that  the  carbon  chain  is  cleaved  between  carbon  atoms 

2  and  3  to  form  acetate  from  carbon  atoms  1  and  2,  and  pyruvate  from 


101 
EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         27 

carbon  atoms  5,  4,  and  3  (26).  The  pyruvate  is  oxidized  to  carbon  dioxide 
(carbon  5),  hydrogen,  and  presumably  acetyl-CoA  (carbon  atoms  4  and  3), 
which  is  mainly  converted  to  butyrate.  These  results  established  that  gluta- 
mate  was  being  degraded  by  a  novel  pathway.  A  clue  to  the  nature  of  the 
pathway  was  provided  when  Wachsman  identified  mesaconic  acid,  a 
branched-chain  unsaturated  dicarboxylic  acid,  as  an  intermediate  in  gluta- 
mate  degradation. 


'COOH 

H2C-NH2 
I 

3CH2 

I 
4CH 

5COOH 
L-  Glutomate 


'COOH 
2CHNH 


'COOH 
2CH 


CH3-4CH 


CH3-4C 


COOH 


/3-  Methyl 
aspartate 


I 
COOH 


Mesaconate 


The  nature  of  the  carbon  skeleton  rearrangement  in  the  glutamate-mesa- 
conate  conversion  was  established  a  little  later  by  Agnete  Munch-Petersen, 
who  convened  [4-14Cl]  glutamate  enzymatically  to  mesaconate  and  deter 
mined  the  position  of  the  isotope  in  the  product.  The  result  proved  that  the 
bond  between  carbon  atoms  2  and  3  of  glutamate  is  broken,  and  a  new  bond 
is  established  between  carbon  atoms  2  and  4,  leaving  carbon  atom  3  in  a 
methyl  group.  A  further  study  of  the  carbon  chain  rearrangement  estab 
lished  that  the  first  product  formed  from  glutamate  is  the  amino  acid 
3-methyl-L-aspartate,  which  is  then  deaminated  to  form  mesaconate.  The 
inter-conversion  of  glutamate  and  3-methylaspartate  proved  to  be  the  most 
novel  and  interesting  step  in  glutamate  degradation.  The  branched-chain 
amino  acid  was  missed  in  the  early  investigations  of  this  system  because 
some  of  its  properties  are  very  similar  to  those  of  glutamate,  and  because 
the  equilibria  in  the  system  are  unfavorable  for  its  accumulation  in  quantity. 
It  was  first  detected  as  a  product  of  mesaconate  amination  only  after  we 
found  that  the  enzyme  catalyzing  its  reversible  conversion  to  glutamate  can 
be  inactivated  by  treatment  with  charcoal. 

A  rather  detailed  account  of  the  circumstances  leading  to  the  isolation 
of  the  charcoal-absorbable  cofactor  for  the  mutase  and  its  identification  as 
a  derivative  of  vitamin  B12  has  recently  been  published  (28)  and  need  not 
be  repeated  here.  But  perhaps  a  few  comments  may  be  of  interest.  In 
retrospect,  the  isolation  of  the  corrinoid  coenzymes  was  rather  straightfor 
ward  once  we  had  reached  an  adequate  level  of  understanding  of  the  en 
zymatic  system  in  which  it  functioned.  We  had  a  specific,  sensitive,  and 


28         BARKER 

reasonably  convenient  enzymatic  assay;  the  coenzyme  was  relatively  stable 
except  to  one  environmental  factor,  and  its  physical  properties  were  ideally 
suited  to  permit  purification  by  ion  exchange  and  solvent  extraction  tech 
niques.  Nature  had  put  only  one  roadblock  in  our  way,  namely,  the  instabil 
ity  of  the  coenzyme  to  light.  Our  failure  to  recognize  this  property  caused 
much  difficulty  and  frustration  during  the  early  stages  of  our  investigation, 
which  lasted  almost  two  years.  Once  this  property  was  recognized,  the 
isolation  of  the  coenzyme  could  be  completed  in  a  few  weeks.  The  critical 
factor  for  the  recognition  of  the  light  effect  was  the  development  of  a  rapid 
spectrophotometric  assay  for  the  coenzyme.  We  should  have  done  this 
much  earlier,  but  the  advantages  of  such  an  assay  were  not  as  evident  at 
the  time  as  they  are  in  hindsight. 

I  cannot  leave  this  topic  without  at  least  mentioning  my  associates, 
students  and  postdoctoral  fellows,  who  made  important  contributions  to 
the  successful  outcome  of  our  work  on  the  isolation  and  characterization 
of  corrinoid  coenzymes.  Agnete  Munch-Petersen  first  undertook  to  purify 
the  coenzyme  and  established  some  of  its  ionic  properties;  Herbert  Weiss- 
bach  first  recognized  the  coenzyme  to  be  a  corrinoid  compound  and  con 
tributed  in  many  ways  to  the  identification  of  its  structure;  Harry 
Hogenkamp  determined  the  structure  of  the  two  nucleotides  formed  by 
photolysis  of  the  coenzyme;  John  Toohey  established  optimal  conditions  for 
corrinoid  coenzyme  formation  by  C.  tetanomorphum,  and  isolated  and 
characterized  several  coenzyme  analogs  from  bacteria  and  liver;  Benjamin 
Volcani  developed  a  bioautographic  method  for  the  identification  of  small 
amounts  of  coenzyme  analogs;  Jeff  Ladd  determined  the  pKa  values  of  the 
coenzymes  and  the  effect  of  ionization  on  the  absorption  spectra;  David 
Perlman  of  the  Squibb  Institute  for  Medical  Research  assisted  us  greatly  by 
providing  large  quantities  of  propionic  acid  bacteria  containing  various 
coenzyme  analogs;  Axel  Lezius  identified'the  major  corrinoid  coenzyme  in 
a  methane-producing  bacterium;  Roscoe  Brady  demonstrated  the  reactions 
involved  in  the  adenosylation  of  corrinoid  compounds  in  Propionibacterium 
shermanii;  and  Robert  Smyth  assisted  in  many  ways  with  the  assay  and 
initial  isolation  of  the  coenzymes. 

While  studies  of  the  structure  of  the  corrinoid  coenzymes  were  progress 
ing,  we  simultaneously  tried  to  learn  something  about  the  chemistry  of  the 
mutase  reaction,  but  with  little  success.  Attempts  to  detect  either  free  or 
coenzyme-bound  intermediates  gave  negative  results,  so  we  concluded  that 
they  must  have  a  very  short  life.  A  somewhat  more  significant  conclusion 
was  reached  in  an  investigation  of  hydrogen  transfer  during  the  mutase 
reaction.  Arthur  lodice  found  that  solvent  hydrogen  is  not  incorporated 
into  products  in  appreciable  amounts;  this  supported  the  interpretation  that 
hydrogen  is  transferred  as  either  H°  or  H~,  but  not  as  H+.  After  Lenhert 
&  Hodgkin  (29)  showed  the  presence  of  a  deoxyadenosyl  group  in  the 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         29 

103 
coenzyme,  Fujio  Suzuki  and  I  investigated  the  role  of  the  coenzyme  as  a 

hydrogen-transferring  agent  by  looking  for  a  transfer  of  tritium  from 
[3H-methyl]3-methylaspartate  to  coenzyme.  A  significant  amount  of 
tritium  was  found  in  the  coenzyme;  unfortunately,  the  coenzyme  from  a 
control  experiment  without  enzyme  showed  about  half  as  much  tritium,  so 
the  results  were  ambiguous.  Not  long  thereafter  Abeles  and  his  associates 
clearly  demonstrated  that  the  coenzyme  functions  as  a  hydrogen-transfer 
ring  agent  by  the  use  of  synthetic,  tritium-labeled  coenzyme  in  the  diol 
dehydrase  reaction.  We  later  confirmed  that  the  coenzyme  functions  in  the 
same  way  in  the  glutamate  mutase  reaction. 

To  learn  more  about  the  mode  of  action  of  glutamate  mutase  I  felt  it 
would  be  desirable  to  have  a  highly  purified  preparation.  This  turned  out 
to  be  more  complicated  than  I  anticipated.  Early  attempts  to  purify  the 
activity  showed  that  it  depends  on  the  presence  of  two  readily  separable 
proteins  which  we  called  the  E  and  S  components.  The  relatively  unstable 
E  component,  with  a  molecular  weight  of  about  125,000,  was  purified  by 
Suzuki;  and  the  relatively  stable  S  component,  with  a  molecular  weight  of 
17,000,  was  purified  by  Robert  L.  Switzer.  Although  we  learned  something 
about  the  molecular  and  kinetic  properties  of  these  proteins  and  the  condi 
tions  for  their  interaction,  we  were  unable  to  demonstrate  separate  functions 
for  the  two  subunits,  if  such  they  be,  or  understand  how  they  interact  to 
form  the  catalytically  active  species.  This  remains  a  problem  for  the  future. 

After  the  discovery  of  the  role  of  corrinoid  coenzymes  in  the  glutamate 
mutase  reaction,  I  considered  the  possibility  that  they  might  also  participate 
in  the  methylmalonyl  mutase  reaction,  but  never  got  beyond  the  stage  of 
speculation.  Soon  afterward,  several  groups  of  investigators  demonstrated 
that  the  coenzyme  is  indeed  required  for  this  reaction.  Another  process  in 
which  vitamin  B12  had  been  implicated  by  the  nutritional  experiments  of 
Snell,  Kitay  &  MacNutt  (30)  was  the  conversion  of  ribonucleotides  to 
deoxyribonucleotides  in  Lactobacillus  leichmannii.  When  Raymond  Blak- 
ley  came  to  my  laboratory  I  encouraged  him  to  see  whether  corrinoid 
coenzymes  participate  in  this  conversion.  He  was  able  to  obtain  a  cell-free 
preparation  that  reduced  the  ribose  moiety  of  CMP  to  a  deoxyribose  moiety 
and  established  that  the  reaction  is  strongly  stimulated  by  corrinoid  coen 
zymes.  After  returning  to  Canberra,  Blakley  purified  the  ribonucleotide 
triphosphate  reductase  responsible  for  deoxyribose  formation  and  clarified 
the  novel  role  of  the  coenzyme  in  this  oxidation-reduction  reaction. 

LYSINE  DEGRADATION  BY  CLOSTRIDIA 
AND  RELATED  PROBLEMS 

j 

In  1962,  Olga  Rochovansky  came  to  my  laboratory  as  a  postdoctoral  fellow 
and  said  she  would  like  to  investigate  the  anaerobic  degradation  of  lysine 


30         BARKER 

while  getting  experience  in  handling  anaerobic  bacteria.  The  year  before, 
Thressa  Stadtman  (31)  had  reported  that  cell-free  extracts  of  Closiridium 
sticklandii  are  able  to  convert  lysine  to  acetate,  butyrate,  and  ammonia.  She 
had  identified  several  cofactors  required  for  the  reaction,  but  had  been 
unable  to  detect  any  intermediate  in  lysine  degradation,  even  when  one  or 
another  of  the  cofactors  was  omitted  from  a  reaction  solution.  Since  it 
seemed  possible  that  another  organism  might  provide  enzyme  preparations 
more  suitable  for  detecting  intermediates,  after  consultation  with  Stadtman, 
Rochovansky  undertook  to  isolate  a  lysine-degrading  anaerobe.  She  suc 
ceeded  in  obtaining  such  an  organism  (Clostridium  SB4)  from  sewage 
sludge  and  went  on  to  show  that  the  cofactor  requirements  for  lysine 
degradation  by  extracts  are  almost  the  same  as  for  C.  sticklandii. 

The  search  for  intermediates  in  lysine  degradation  by  extracts  of  SB4  was 
started  by  my  student,  Ernest  A.  Rimerm'an.  We  decided  to  begin  by  adding 
all  the  known  cofactors  except  coenzyme  A  in  the  expectation  that  interme 
diates  found  before  the  CoA-dependent  reaction  might  accumulate  in  larger 
amounts  than  those  formed  subsequently.  Rimerman  soon  found  that  omis 
sion  of  CoA  caused  the  accumulation  of  significant  amounts  of  a  heat-labile 
neutral  compound  that  could  be  separated  from  other  products  by  paper 
electrophoresis.  This  compound  was  identified  as  3-keto-5-aminohexanoic 
acid,  an  unexpected  product  to  be  derived  from  lysine,  which  is  substituted 
in  the  2  and  6  positions.  An  explanation  for  the  location  of  the  carbonyl 
group  was  obtained  by  Ralph  N.  Costilow  who  was  visiting  my  laboratory. 
He  looked  for  other  intermediates  in  lysine  degradation  by  omitting  DPN 
from  an  otherwise  complete  reaction  solution,  and  by  paper  ionophoresis 
at  neutral  pH  he  detected  a  second  basic  amino  acid  that  overlapped  lysine. 
At  a  lower  pH  this  amino  acid  separates  readily  from  lysine  and  can  be 
easily  assayed.  The  new  amino  acid  was  isolated  and  identified  as  L-3,6- 
diaminohexanoic  acid  (yS-lysine),  a  compound  previously  known  only  as  a 
component  of  some  polypeptide  antibiotics.  The  formation  of  this  amino 
acid  indicated  that  the  first  step  in  lysine  degradation  is  a  migration  of  the 
amino  group  from  the  2  to  the  3  position.  This  was  later  established  more 
firmly  after  purification  of  the  responsible  enzyme,  L-lysine  aminomutase, 
by  Thomas  P.  Chirpich;  he  also  demonstrated  that  the  enzyme  is  stimulated 
by  pyridoxal  phosphate,  ferrous  ion,  and  S-adenosylmethionine.  The  second 
intermediate  in  anaerobic  lysine  degradation,  and  the  immediate  precursor 
of  3-keto-5-amino  hexanoate,  was  soon  found  to  be  3,5-diaminohexanoate. 
This  compound  was  first  recognized  by  Stadtman  &  Renz  (32);  it  was 
independently  discovered  in  my  laboratory  by  Eugene  E.  Dekker  while 
looking  for  an  intermediate  accumulating  in  the  absence  of  corrinoid  coen 
zyme.  Thressa  Stadtman  and  her  associates  at  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health  later  purified  and  extensively  investigated  the  corrinoid  coenzyme- 


105 
EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM         31 


CH2CH2CH2CH2CHCOO"  —=S — *-  CH2CH2CH2CHCH2COO" 
i  i  AdoMet    i  i 

+NH3  *NH3 


LYSINE  /3-LYSINE 


Bfi-P 


B,2CoE 


NAD 
CH3CHCH2CCH2COCT     — ^^-  CH3CHCH2CHCH2COCr 

1       A  '        ' 

"""Mi-Is     °  *NH3    +NH3 

3-KETO,  5-AMINOHEXANOATE          3,5-DIAMINOHEXANOATE 

dependent  enzyme  responsible  for  the  formation  of  3,5-diaminohexanoate, 
whereas  we  concentrated  on  the  enzymes  responsible  for  the  formation  and 
degradation  of  3-keto-5-aminohexanoate. 

The  enzyme  catalyzing  the  oxidative  deamination  of  3,5-diaminohexano 
ate  to  the  3-keto  acid  was  purified  by  John  J.  Baker  and  shown  to  be  a  highly 
substrate-specific,  but  otherwise  conventional,  dehydrogenase.  Su-Chen  L. 
Hong  and  Ing-Ming  Jeng  found  that  the  degradation  of  3-keto-5-aminohex- 
anoate  requires  the  presence  of  acetyl-CoA,  but  the  nature  of  the  enzymatic 
reaction  responsible  for  the  degradation  eluded  us  for  some  time.  The 
acetyl-CoA  requirements  suggested  that  the  degradation  would  follow  the 
usual  pathway  for  fatty  acid  oxidation;  formation  of  a  CoA  thioester  of  the 
yS-keto  acid  followed  by  a  thiolytic  cleavage,  which  in  the  lysine  degradation 
system  would  result  in  the  formation  of  3-aminobutyryl-CoA  and  acetyl- 
CoA.  However,  numerous  attempts  to  detect  the  postulated  intermediates 
and  products  were  unsuccessful. 

At  this  point  we  decided  to  switch  to  another  experimental  approach  to 
the  problem,  namely,  the  synthesis  of  the  postulated  3-aminobutyryl-CoA 
and  the  test  of  its  ability  to  be  further  degraded.  Jeng  soon  found  that 
extracts  of  our  lysine-fermenting  clostridium  contain  a  highly  active  deami- 
nase  that  converts  L-3-aminobutyryl-CoA  to  crotonyl-CoA.  The  presence 
of  this  enzyme  and  crotonase  accounted  for  our  earlier  inability  to  detect 
3-aminobutyryl-CoA  as  a  product  of  3-keto-5-aminohexanoate  degrada 
tion,  but  did  not  account  for  our  failure  to  detect  the  other  possible  interme 
diate,  3-keto-5-aminohexanoyl-CoA.  The  nature  of  the  reaction  responsible 
for  the  removal  of  3-keto-5-aminohexanoate  in  the  presence  of  acetyl-CoA 
was  finally  determined  by  Takamitsu  Yorifuji,  who  purified  the  responsible 
3-keto-5-aminohexanoate  cleavage  enzyme,  and  found  to  our  surprise  that 
it  catalyzes  the  following  reaction: 

CH3CHCH2COCH2CO2  +  Ac-CoA  **  CH3CHCH2CO-CoA  +  AcAcCK 
NHt  NHt 


106 
32         BARKER 

This  is  a  previously  unrecognized  type  of  reaction  for  the  degradation  and 
synthesis  of  jS-keto  acids. 

Since  the  study  of  lysine  degradation  by  clostridia  had  turned  up  several 
novel  types  of  reactions,  I  decided  to  investigate  analogous  enzymatic  reac 
tions  in  two  aerobic  bacteria  that  utilize  yS-lysine  or  3,5-diaminohexanoic 
acid  as  an  energy  source.  Although  these  investigations  are  not  yet  com 
plete,  studies  by  Henry  N.  Edmunds,  Su-Chen  L.  Hong,  Gerhard  Bozler, 
John  M.  Robertson,  and  Masahiro  Ohsugi  have  established  that  the  type 
of  /3-keto  acid  cleavage  reaction  discovered  in  clostridia  also  occurs  in  both 
aerobic  bacteria.  The  j8-lysine  decomposing  organism  is  of  additional  inter 
est  because  it  catalyzes  both  an  initial  acetylation  of  the  substrate  and  a 
novel  but  as  yet  not  fully  denned  type  of  deacetylation  reaction  at  a  later 
step  in  the  degradation  sequence. 

FINAL  COMMENTS 

It  will  be  obvious  to  the  reader  that  the  central  focus  of  my  scientific  career 
has  been  the  exploration  of  bacterial  metabolism,  generally  the  energy 
metabolism  of  anaerobic  bacteria,  with  the  objective  of  establishing  meta 
bolic  pathways  or  of  identifying  novel  enzymatic  reactions.  With  some 
exceptions  this  has  been  a  relatively  quiet  area  of  science,  usually  peripheral 
to  the  main  stream  of  biochemical  research,  and  therefore  not  subject  to 
much  competition.  Consequently,  I  have  always  worked  in  a  rather  relaxed 
atmosphere  and  have  been  able  to  enjoy  several  weeks  vacation  with  my 
family  each  summer  in  the  mountains,  without  developing  a  bad  conscience 
for  neglecting  my  students  or  suffering  a  fear  of  being  scooped. 

Most  of  the  research  embodied  in  my  publications,  particularly  in  my 
most  productive  years,  was  done  by  my  students  and  postdoctoral  asso 
ciates.  I  have  been  fortunate  in  having  many  bright,  enthusiastic,  and  dedi 
cated  collaborators,  several  of  whom  regretfully  could  not  be  mentioned  in 
this  chapter  because  of  limitations  of  space.  Much  that  we  have  accom 
plished  is  attributable  to  their  skill  and  intuition. 

Literature  Cited 

1.  Thimann,  K.  V.,  Haagen-Smit,  A.  J.  6.  Omeliansky,  V.  L.  1916.  Ann.  Inst.  Pas- 
1937.  Nature  140  645^6  teur  Paris  30:56-60 

2.  Clifton,  C.   E.    1946.   Adv.   EnzymoL  1-  Barker,  H.  A.  1947.  Antonie  van  Leeu- 
6-269-308  wenhoek  J.  Microbiol.  Serol.  12:167-76 

3.  Horler,  D.  F,  McConnell,  W.  B,  West-  8"  **$!£*'  D    1963'  J~  Chem'  EduC' 
lake,  D  W.  S.  1966.  Can.  J.  Microbiol  9    «««,  z    ^^^  ^  ^^ 

12:1247-52  H    A    1947    Arch    Biochem.    u:29-37 

4.  Johnson,  W.  M.,  Westlake,  D.  W.  S.  10    Doudoroff,  M.,  Barker,  H.  A.,  Hassid, 
1972.  Can.  J.  Microbiol.  18:881-92  w.  Z.  1947.  /  Biol.  Chem.  168:725-32 

5.  Buckel,  W.,  Barker,  H.  A.  1974.  /.  Bac-  \\.  Voet,  J.  G.,  Abeles,  R.  H.  1970.  /  Biol. 
teriol.   117:1248-60  Chem.  245:1020-31 


EXPLORATIONS  OF  BACTERIAL  METABOLISM 


33 


107 

12.  Stadtman,  E.  R..  Barker,  H.  A..  Haas, 
V  ,  Mrak,  E.  M.  1946.  Ind.  Eng.  Chem. 
38:541-43 

13  Stadtman,  E.  R.  1954.  Rec.  Chem.  Prog. 
15  1-17 

14.  Stadtman,  E.  R.  1976.  In  Reflections  in 
Biochemistry,  ed.  A.  Kornberg,  B.  L. 
Horecker,  L.  Cornudella,  J.  Oro,  pp. 
161-72.  Oxford:  Pergamon 

15.  Barker,  H.  A.  1951.  In  Phosphorus  Me 
tabolism,  ed.  W.  D.  McElroy.  B.  Glass, 
1:204-45.    Baltimore:   Johns   Hopkins 
Univ.  Press 

16  Stern,  J.  R.  1965.  In  Non-Heme  Iron 
Proteins:  Role  of  in  Energy  Conversion. 
ed.  A.  San  Pietro.  pp.  199-209.  Yellow 
Springs,  Ohio:  Antioch 

17.  Tomlinson,  N.   1954.  /.  Biol.   Chem. 
209:605-9 

18.  Gottschalk.  G.,  Barker,  H.  A.   1 
Biochemistry  6:1027-34 

19  Buswell,  A.  M.,  Sollo,  F.  W.  1948.  / 
Am.  Chem.  Soc.  70:1778-80 

20  Barker,  H.  A.  1956.  Ind.  Eng.  Chem. 
48:1438-42 

21  Zeikus,   J.   G.    1977.   Bacterial.    Rev. 
41:514-41 


22  Guirard,  B.  M.,  Snell.  E.  E.,  Williams, 
R.  J.  1946.  Arch.  Biochem.  9:381-86 

23  O'Kane,  D.  J.,  Gunsalus,  I.  C.  1948.  /. 
Bacterial.  56:499-506 

24  Wittenberger,  C.  L.,  Flavin,  M.  1963. 
/.  Biol.  Chem.  238:2529-36 

25.  Wittenberger,  C.  L.,  Haaf,  A.  S.  1966. 
Biochim.  Biophys.  Acta  122:393^05 

26  Barker,  H.  A.  1961.  In  The  Bacteria  ed. 
I.  C.  Gunsalus,  R.  Y.  Stamer,  2:151- 
207.  New  York:  Academic 

27  Uyeda,  K.,  Rabinowitz,  J.  C.  1967.  /. 
Biol.  Chem.  242:24-31 

28.  Barker,  H.  A.  1976.  In  Reflections  on 
Biochemistry,  ed.  A.  Kornberg,  B.  L. 
Horecker,  L.  Cornudella,  J.  Oro,  pp. 
95-104.  Oxford:  Pergamon 

29.  Lenhert,  P.  G.,  Hodgkin,  D.  C.  1962.  In 
Vitamin  B,2  und  Intrinsic  Factor,  turo- 
paisches  Symposion.  ed.  H.  C.  Hemnch, 
pp.  105-10.  Stuttgart:  Enke  Verlag 

30.  Snell,  E.  E.,  Kitay,  E.,  MacNutt  W.  S. 
1948.  J.  Biol.  Chem.   175:473-74 

31.  Stadtman,  T.  C.  1963.  /  Biol.  Chem. 

32.  SSSK.  C.,  Renz,  P.   1967.  Fed. 


Proc.  26:343 


108 


CURRICULUM  VITAE 


Horace  A.  Barker 

Professor  Emeritus,  Biochemistry 

University  of  California,  Berkeley 

April  1982 


EDUCATION 


Stanford  University,  A.B.,  Physical  Science,  1929 
Stanford  University,  Ph.D.,  Chemistry,  1933 


EMPLOYMENT 


Professor,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  1936-1959 

Professor,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Department  of  Biochemistry,  1959-1969 

Visiting  Professor,  Stanford  University  Medical  School,  1962 

Chairman,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Plant  Nutrition,  1949-1950 

Chairman,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Plant  Biochemistry,  1950-1953 

Vice  Chairman,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Agricultural  Biochemistry,  1958-1959 

Vice  Chairman,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Biochemistry,  1959-1962 

Chairman,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Biochemistry,  1962-1964 

Professor,  Biochemist,  UC  Berkeley  Department  of  Biochemistry,  1969-1975 

Professor  Emeritus,  1975- 


MEMBERSHIPS 


American  Chemical  Society 

American  Society  of  Biological  Chemists 

American  Society  of  Biochemistry  and  Molecular  Biology 

Society  of  American  Bacteriologists 

Biochemical  Society  (British) 

National  Academy  of  Sciences 

American  Institute  of  Nutrition 

American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Science 


109 


HONORS,  AWARDS 


Sug.  Res.  Award  of  National  Academy  of  Science,  1945 

Carl  Neuberg  Award,  American  Soc.  Europ.  Chem.,  1959 

Borden  Award  in  Nutrition,  American  Institute  of  Nutrition,  1962 

Election  to  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  1953 

Guggenheim  Foundation  Fellow,  1941-42,  1962 

Sc.D.  (honorary),  Western  Reserve  University,  1964 

California  Scientist  of  the  Year,  1965 

Hopkins  Memorial  Medal  and  Lectureship,  1 967 

National  Science  Medal  (Presidential  Award),  1 969 

Faculty  Research  Lecturer,  University  of  California,  1972 

Honorary  Membership  in  American  Society  for  Microbiology,  1980 


31  -  Biochemist,  National  Me...fessor  Horace  A.  Barker  dies  at  93   http://www.berkeley.edu/news/media/releases/2001/01/08_barkr.html 

110 


UC  Berkeley  > 


- 
NEWS  SEARCH 


NEWS  HOME 

ARCHIVES 

EXTRAS 

MEDIA 
RELATIONS 

Press  Releases 
Image  Downloads 
Contacts 


PRESS        RELEASE 


Horace  Albert  Barker 


Biochemist,  National  Medal  of  Science  winner  and  retired 
UC  Berkeley  professor  Horace  A.  Barker  dies  at  93 


By  Robert  Sanders,  Media  Relations 

Berkeley  -  Horace  Albert  Barker,  one  of 
the  preeminent  biochemists  of  the 
mid-20th  century  and  professor  emeritus 
of  biochemistry  at  the  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  died  Dec.  24  at  his 
home  in  Berkeley  after  a  brief  illness.  He 
was  93. 


Barker,  who  had  a  research  building 

named  after  him  at  UC  Berkeley  in  1988, 

is  best  known  for  work  in  the  late  1950s  on  the  biochemical 

function  of  vitamin  B-12.  This  was  regarded  as  a  major  advance  in 

understanding  the  complex  chemical  conversion  processes  inside 

living  organisms. 

"He  was  richly  deserving  of  the  Nobel  Prize  for  his  work  on 
coenzyme  B-12,"  said  biochemist  Jack  F.  Kirsch,  professor  of 
molecular  and  cell  biology  at  UC  Berkeley.  "He  was  one  of  the 
finest  microbiologists  who  ever  lived." 

Barker  also  was  a  member  of  the  team  that,  in  1944,  first 
discovered  the  enzymatic  steps  living  cells  take  when  they 
synthesize  sucrose  -  common  table  sugar.  This  feat  involved  one 
of  the  first  uses  of  radioactive  carbon-14  tracers,  which  Barker 
helped  pioneer. 

His  studies  in  vitamin  chemistry,  bacterial  metabolism,  fatty  acid 
oxidation  and  synthesis,  carbohydrate  transformations  and  amino 
acid  and  purine  metabolism  form  a  basic  structure  for  much  of  our 
current  understanding  of  metabolism  and  its  role  in  sickness  and 
health. 

"He  was  a  true  leader  in  biochemistry  and  a  leader  on  campus, 
widely  respected  internationally  and  by  his  Berkeley  colleagues," 
said  Daniel  E.  Koshland  Jr.,  professor  emeritus  of  biochemistry  at 
UC  Berkeley.  "He  was  very  self-effacing,  but  was  the  real  core  of 
the  biochemistry  department  initially  and  as  it  developed  on 
campus." 


.08.01  -  Biochemist,  National  Me...fessor  Horace  A.  Barker  dies  at  93  http://www.berkeley.edu/news/media/releases/200 1/0  l/08_barkr.htm 

111 

Barker  won  numerous  awards  for  his  achievements,  including  the 
National  Medal  of  Science  in  1968  and  election  to  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  and  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 

An  avid  fisherman  and  outdoorsman,  he  continued  into  his  90s  to 
hike  and  fish  at  his  summer  cabin  near  Mount  Lassen. 

Barker  was  born  in  Oakland,  Calif.,  on  Nov.  29,  1907,  and  raised 
in  Palo  Alto.  He  received  his  AB  in  physical  sciences  in  1929  and  a 
PhD  in  chemistry  in  1933  from  Stanford  University.  After  two 
years  as  a  National  Research  Council  Fellow  at  the  Hopkins  Marine 
Station  in  Monterey,  Calif.,  and  a  year  at  the  Technical  University 
:£••'•••'•.  of  Delft,  Holland,  he  came  to  UC  Berkeley  as  an  instructor  in  soil 

microbiology  in  1936.  He  was  appointed  a  full  professor  of  soil 
microbiology  in  1946,  but  switched  titles  periodically  until  1959, 
when  he  became  a  professor  in  the  new  Department  of 
Biochemistry  in  the  College  of  Letters  &  Science. 

He  chaired  the  Department  of  Plant  Nutrition  from  1949-50,  the 
Department  of  Plant  Biochemistry  from  1950-1953,  and  the 
Department  of  Biochemistry  from  1962-1964.  He  retired  as  a 
professor  emeritus  of  biochemistry  in  1975,  although  he  remained 
active  in  the  department  into  his  80s. 

During  his  early  career  he  studied  the  metabolism  of  ethyl  alcohol 
and  acetic  acid  (vinegar)  in  bacteria,  providing  important  new 
information  on  the  formation  of  fatty  acids.  Other  bacterial  studies 

.':.  •;> :.j/,V  laid  the  foundation  for  our  current  understanding  of  the  role  of 

folic  acid,  one  of  the  B  vitamins. 

It  was  during  work  on  a  common  soil  bacterium,  Clostridium 
tetanomorphum,  isolated  from  the  mud  of  San  Francisco  Bay,  that 
he  and  his  coworkers  discovered  in  1959  vitamin  B-12  coenzyme  - 
the  active  form  of  vitamin  B-12  that  performs  certain  critical 
chemical  conversions  in  the  body.  He  subsequently  mapped  out 
. ••'• ....  many  of  the  metabolic  reactions  involving  vitamin  B-12 

coenzyme,  clarifying  its  role  in  building  body  tissue.  This 
contributed  greatly  to  an  understanding  of  several  human 
diseases,  including  pernicious  anemia,  caused  by  a  deficiency  of 
vitamin  B-12. 

Among  the  awards  he  received  during  his  career  were  the  Sugar . 
Research  Award  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  in  1945, 
with  Michael  Doudoroff  and  William  Z.  Hassid,  his  colleagues  in 
the  enzymatic  synthesis  of  sucrose;  the  Carl  Neuberg  Medal  of  the 
American  Society  of  European  Chemists;  the  Borden  Award  in 
Nutrition  from  the  American  Institute  of  Nutrition  in  1962;  the 
California  Scientist  of  the  Year  award  from  the  California  Museum 
of  Science  and  Industry  in  1966;  and  the  Gowland  Hopkins  Medal 
of  the  London  Biochemist  Society  in  1967. 

He  was  elected  to  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  in  1953, 
authored  or  coauthored  some  235  scholarly  publications,  and 
received  honorary  doctorate  degrees  from  Western  Reserve 
University,  now  part  of  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  and 
J£S;:  Munich  University  in  Germany. 


":'.    .V-'-n-.-. 


;.01  -  Biochemist,  National  Me...fessor  Horace  A.  Barker  dies  at  93  http://www.berkeley.edu/news/media/releases/200 1/0 l/08_barkr.html 

112 

'.  .' .     ..-..•. 

He  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  Barbara  Friede  of  Piedmont, 
Calif.,  and  Betsy  Mark  of  Lexington,  Mass;  a  son,  Bob  Barker  of 
Camino,  Calif.;  and  four  grandchildren.  His  wife,  Margaret 
(McDowell)  Barker,  died  in  1995. 

### 


UC  Berkeley  |  News  |  Archives  |  Extras  |  Media  Relations 
Comments?  E-mail  newscenter® pa. urel.berkelev.edu. 

Copyright  2001  UC  Regents.  All  rights  reserved. 


113 


H.  A.  BARKER 

1907-2000 


114 


H.  A.  BARKER  i 

1907-2000 

t 

i 

Professor  Barker  was  born  in  Oakland,  GA,  where  he  lived  until  1918 
when  his  family  moved  to  Palo  Alto.  He  attended  Stanford  University 
and  obtained  a  Bachelor's  degree  in  Physical  Sciences  in  1929  and  a 
Ph.D.  in  Chemistry  in  igSS.  While  at  Stanford,  he  met  and  married 
Margaret  McDowell,  with  whom  he  had  three  children,  Barbara  Friede 
of  Piedmont,  CA,  Betsy  Mark  of  Lexington,  MA,  and  Bob  Barker  of 
Camino,  CA.  During  a  two-year  postdoctoral  at  The  Hopkins  Marine 
Station  he  became  interested  in  microbial  metabolism,  and  this  sub 
ject  became  the  focus  of  his  scientific  career.  After  a  year  at  the  Delft 
Microbiological  Laboratory  in  Holland,  he  joined  the  Berkeley  faculty 
in  1986  as  a  Professor  of  Soil  Microbiology.  Subsequently,  he  held  ap 
pointments  in  Plant  Nutrition,  Plant  Biochemistry  and,  starting  in  1959, 
in  Biochemistry,  and  he  served  as  chairman  in  all  three  departments. 
Barker's  major  research  activities  dealt  with  anaerobic  fermentation  by 
bacteria.  He  elucidated  a  general  pathway  for  the  formation  of  methane 
from  carbon  dioxide,  acetate  and  methanol,  and  in  so  doing  he  pioneered 
the  use  of  carbon- 14,  as  a  biological  tracer.  Using  similar  techniques,  he 
demonstrated  the  reductive  incorporation  of  carbon  dioxide  and  etha- 
nol  into  short-chain  fatty  acids  and  various  amino  acids.  Turning  his 
attention  to  the  fermentation  of  amino  acids,  he  uncovered  new 
pathways  for  their  decomposition  that,  with  glutamate  as  a  substrate, 
involved  a  novel  chain  rearrangement.  This  reaction  was  found  to 
be  dependent  on  vitamin  B-i2,  which  led  Barker  and  his  students 
to  the  landmark  discovery  of  the  coenzyme  forms  of  the  vitamin  and 
to  the  discovery  of  other  coenzyme  B- 12, -requiring  reactions.  Barker 
received  numerous  awards,  including  the  1965  Borden  Award  in  Nutri 
tion,  the  1966  California  Scientist  of  the  Year  Award,  and  the  National 
Medal  of  Science  in  1968.  Nook,  as  he  was  known  to  his  friends  and 
colleagues,  was  a  role  model  and  hero  to  several  generations  of  life  sci 
entists.  In  1988,  the  UC  Regents  renamed  the  Biochemistry  Building 
H.  A.  Barker  Hall  in  recognition  of  his  scientific  achievements  and 
contributions  to  the  University. 


115 


A  MEMORIAL  CELEBRATION 
OF  THE  LIFE  OF 


H.  A.  BARKER  j 


1907-2000 


May  10,  3001 
4=00  to  6:00  pm 

THE  GREAT  HALL  OF 
THE  MEN'S  FACULTY  CLUB 


Music.- 

David  Require,  Cello  '. 

J.S.Bach  Suite  for  Solo  Cello  No.  4  in  E-Flat  Major 
S.Prokofiev  "Children's  March"  for  Solo  Cello 

I 

Speakers: 
Michael  R.  Botchan,  U.  C.  Berkeley 

Stuart  M.  Linn,  U.  C.  Berkeley 
Karen  Mark,  Harbor  General  Hospital,  Los  Angeles 

Eric  E.  Conn,  U.  C.  Davis 

H.P.C.  Hogenkamp,  University  of  Minnesota 

Herman].  Phaff,  U.  C.  Davis 

Paul  K.  Stumpf,  U.  C.  Davis 

Earl  R.  Stadtman,  National  Heart,  Lung,  and  Blood  Institute 

Gerhard  Gottschalk,  Institut  fur  Mikrobiologie  &  Genetik,  Gottingen 

Robert  L.  Switzer,  University  of  Illinois 

C.  C.  Wang,  U.  C.  San  Francisco 

J.  B.  Neilands,  U.  C.  Berkeley 

D.  E.  Koshland,  Jr.,  U.  C.  Berkeley 

Robert  Tjian,  U.  C.  Berkeley 


116 


Co -organizers.-  Michael  R.  Botchan,  Head  of  the  Division 

of  Biochemistry  and  Molecular  Biology 
Stuart  M.  Linn,  Professor  of  Biochemistry  and  Molecular  Biology 


117 


INDEX- -Horace  A.  Barker,  Ph.D. 


Abrams,  L.  R. ,   3-4 
Adelberg,  Edward,   55,  57 
Agriculture  Experiment  Station, 

Berkeley,   12-18 
American  Type  Culture  Society 

Collection,   46,  48 


enrichment  culture  (microbial) , 

7,  9,  11,  29,  39,  43-44 
Evans,  Herbert,   19 


Greenberg,  David,   19,  50-52,  55 


Barker,  Horace  A.,  research 
anerobic  bacteria,   44,  59 
Bj2  coenzyme,   40-41,  44- 

45 

methane  bacteria,   10-11,  32-33 
sugar  metabolism,   28,  39-41, 

55 

Baumberger,  James  Perey,   5-6 
Beijerinck,  Martinus,   7-8,  11, 
29,  35,  48 


C&H  Sugar  Company,   25,  40 
Chaikoff,  Israel  Lyon,   19,  50, 

51,  53,  56 

Cook,  Sherburne  F.,   52-53 
Crocker  Radiation  Lab,   22,  28,  52 
culture  collections  (microbial) 

Berkeley,   45-46 

Hopkins  Marine  Station,   49 

Microbiology  Laboratory,  Delft, 
47-48 

van  Neil,   48-49 
cyclotron,   21-22,  41 


Delft  Laboratory  of  Microbiology, 
7-11,  13,  16,  57,  58 
culture  collection,   47-48 
physical  layout  and  operation, 

8-9,  30-31 
research,   10-11,  29-30,  32-34 

Doudoroff,  Michael,   19,  28,  38, 
40,  52,  54,  55,  57 


Hassid,  Zev,   21,  24-25,  28,  38, 

40,  50,  52,  56, 
Hoagland,  Dennis  R. ,   13,  14,  26, 

38,  52 
Hopkins  Marine  Station,  Pacific 

Grove,   2,  5-8,  10,  13,  16,  28, 

34-36,  49,  54,  57-58 


Joslyn,  Maynard  Alexander,   50, 
52,  56 


Kamen,  Martin,   20-24,  28,  41-44 
Kingna-Boltyes,   31-32 
Kirk,  Paul,   51 

Kluyver,  A.  J.,   6,  8-10,  30-35, 
47,  57-58 


Lawrence,  Ernest,   42-43 
Lawrence,  John,   42-43 
Lepkovsky,  Samuel,   52 
Liptnan,  C.  B.,   13-14,  16-17,  37- 

39,  56 
Luck,  Murray,   3 


Mackinney,  Gordon,   50,  52 
McBain,  James  W. ,   2 
methane-producing  bacteria 

(methanogens) ,   10-11,  32-33 
Meyer,  Karl  F.,   12,  57 


118 


microbial  culture  collections. 

See  culture  collections. 
Mrak,  Emil  Marcel,   16,  25 


nitrifying  bacteria,   18,  32 


Pasteur,  Louis,   39 
patent/patenting,   45 
photosynthetic  bacteria,   24,  30, 

34-35 
Program  in  Comparative 

Biochemistry,  Berkeley,   18-20, 

50-56 

Radiation  Lab,  Berkeley,   22,  28 
radioactive  tracers,  early 

research  with,   20-25,  28,  53 
carbon-11,   20,  24,  41-44 
carbon-14,   21-22,  41-44 
rat  lab,  Berkeley,   23 
Ruben,  Sam,   20-23,  28 


Schmidt,  C.  L.  A. ,   27 

soil  microbiology,   29,  37,  58, 

and  passim 
soil  microbiology  course, 

Berkeley,   13,  16-18,  56-57 
Sproul,  Robert,   27 
Stadtman,  Earl  Reece,   17 
Stanford  University,   1-4,  35,  57 

botany,   3-4 

chemistry  department  2-3,  13 

herbarium,   3-4 

microbiology,   28 

physiology  department,   5-6 
Stanier,  Roger,   38,  54-55,  57 
Stanley,  Wendell,   26-27 
sugar  metabolism,  research  on, 

28,  39-41,  55 


UC  Berkeley,   12-59 

Agriculture  Experiment  Station, 

12-16,  38 
bacteriology  department,   12, 

18-20,  28,  38,  52,  54 
biochemistry  department,   12, 

19,  52 
chemistry  department,   21-22, 

28 

College  of  Agriculture,   14,  26 
cyclotron,   21-22,  41 
food  technology  department, 

15,  25,  50,  52,  56 
Life  Sciences  Building,   12-16, 

21,  27,  28,  37-38,  51 
physiology  department,   19,  53 
plant  nutrition  department, 

12-13,  15,  38,  50,  56 
reorganization  of  biology,   19 
Stanley  Hall,   15,  26 
UC  Davis,   15-16 
UC  San  Francisco  biochemistry 
group,   12,  19,  50-51,  55 


van  Niel,  Cornelius,   2,  5-10,  13- 
14,  18,  28-31,  34-36,  47,  48, 
56-57 

culture  collection,   48-49 
microbiology  course,   7-8,  13, 

16,  56-57 
teaching  style,   58 


Werkman,  Chester  Hamlin,   31 
Winogradsky,  Sergei,   29,  35,  39 


Tarver,  Harold,   52 
Taylor,  C.  V.,   1-3 


Sally  Smith  Hughes 


Graduated  from  the  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  in 
1963  with  an  A.B.  degree  in  zoology,  and  from  the  University 
of  California,  San  Francisco,  in  1966  with  an  M.A.  degree  in 
anatomy.   She  received  a  Ph.D.  degree  in  the  history  of 
science  and  medicine  from  the  Royal  Postgraduate  Medical 
School,  University  of  London,  in  1972. 

Postgraduate  Research  Histologist,  the  Cardiovascular 
Research  Institute,  University  of  California,  San  Francisco, 
1966-1969;  science  historian  for  the  History  of  Science  and 
Technology  Program,  The  Bancroft  Library,  1978-1980. 

Presently  Research  Historian  and  Principal  Editor  on  medical 
and  scientific  topics  for  the  Regional  Oral  History  Office, 
University  of  California,  Berkeley.   Author  of  The  Virus:  A 
History  of  the  Concept,  Sally  Smith  Hughes  is  currently 
interviewing  and  writing  in  the  fields  of  AIDS  and  molecular 
biology /biotechnology. 


M  3  3  6  3 


BERK£LEY  LIBRARIES